SupplyChain Strategy sits down with Ronald Kleijwegt, CEO at Vinturas, to explore the impact of recent tariff changes and geopolitical disruptions on global supply chains.

Donald Trump’s global trade war seems to be in a lull right now. Reciprocal tariffs between the US and China have paused, the US auto industry managed to compel the Trump administration to ease its levies on cars and vehicle components, and a successful trade deal between the UK and US has de-escalated transatlantic tensions somewhat. Friction between the US and EU, as well as with Canada to the north, remain high, however, and if there’s one thing the last four months have taught supply chain leaders, it’s that when it comes to the current US government, it’s unwise to take any amount of stability for granted. 

To take stock — as well as to try and understand what supply chain leaders can do to navigate periods of intense disruption — SupplyChain Strategy sat down with Ronald Kleijwegt, CEO at Vinturas, a Netherlands-based company that develops supply chain network software intended to provide real-time end-to-end visibility for supply chain and logistics teams. While our discussion focused on the impact of recent tariff changes and geopolitical disruptions on supply chains Kleijwegt was keen to highlight the fact that supply chains have always dealt with unpredictability and pain points of one kind or another. Citing examples like the Fukushima earthquake and the Eyjafjallajökull ash cloud, Kleijwegt emphasised the importance of accurate data and technology for resilience to ensure that the supply chains of today survive to become tomorrow’s success stories. 

SupplyChain Strategy: Ronald, could you help us set the stage a bit? I think it’s important to recognise that we’re operating in an increasingly unpredictable environment with a lot of pressures and headwinds. Then there’s always some specific context defining the exact moment we’re having these conversations. For example, in the last couple of days, we’ve seen restructuring in the US–China tariff relationship.

Still, uncertainty remains very high. Things are changing all the time. Could you give us a sense of where things currently stand with the latest tariff developments and what that means for organisations trying to stabilise their supply chains?

Ronald Kleijwegt: “Happy to. First of all, welcome to the world of supply chain! Maybe I’m getting a bit older, but like you said, today it’s about tariffs and trade relations with China. Tomorrow, it might be an earthquake somewhere in the world or another ash cloud grounding flights.

“Although I now run an IT software company, I spent most of my career managing large, complex supply chain operations globally. For example, I was deeply involved during the Fukushima earthquake, which had a massive impact due to sole sourcing of components in Japan. The same happened with the Icelandic ash cloud that shut down airspace.

“Now, we’re dealing with tariff changes in North America. There’s a 90-day grace period, but from a long-term supply chain management perspective, 90 days means very little. You’re still in reactive mode.

“Since COVID, the dynamics of global supply chains have intensified. Crises are no longer isolated—they’re overlapping and constant. To respond effectively, organisations need the right data and information, fast. With that, you can be agile and resilient.”

Ronald Kleijwegt, Vinturas CEO

SupplyChain Strategy: Absolutely. One other point is that these disruptions often bring ripple effects, like new regulatory hurdles or customs red tape. Could you speak to how organisations can deal with that increasing level of administrative complexity?

Ronald Kleijwegt: “It’s a good question, and the answer often depends on how governments choose to respond.

“In North America, for example, tariffs have been increased across the board. In my experience, it’s more effective when governments try to attract companies by offering incentives—like tax breaks or subsidies—not by creating blanket penalties.

“When I worked closely with governments, we had to educate them on how supply chains function. If you want to localise production, you need to lower duties on components and raise them on finished goods. That sounds obvious, but many countries still get it wrong.

“The US is now imposing tariffs across the board—including on components—which can be counterproductive. Then there’s the customs infrastructure. In some countries, like Germany, it’s still quite archaic, and delays in implementation disrupt supply chains even further. Policy decisions might be made at a boardroom level, but the operational side often lags far behind.

“A good example of a country doing things right is Morocco. They’ve successfully built a manufacturing ecosystem where over 65% of sourcing is local. This makes them highly competitive, especially with shipping access to South America and the US East Coast.

“Ultimately, companies can adapt to tariffs and regulatory shifts, but they need stability. You can’t build strategy around constantly shifting policies.

“At the end of the day, companies make decisions based on total landed cost, not just the price of production.

“Adidas, for example, adopted what they called Smart Manufacturing. Fast-moving products were produced closer to demand markets, while slower-moving items remained centralized, even if it meant slightly higher costs. It worked because the overall cost-efficiency improved.

“The problem isn’t just tariffs; it’s the constant change. You can’t build a company or strategy when the rules shift every 90 days.”

SupplyChain Strategy: Do you think we’ve entered a phase where economic policy is more deeply politicised? 

Ronald Kleijwegt: “What we’re seeing in the US right now is pretty unprecedented.

“Historically, trade barriers and subsidies have always existed. Offshoring to China, for instance, was largely driven by subsidies that made manufacturing cheaper. Even the US took advantage of that.

“But politics and trade are now more openly intertwined. Still, even with sanctions—take Russia as an example—trade finds a way. Goods flow through Dubai, Turkey, Kazakhstan, and so on. You can’t stop trade entirely.”

SupplyChain Strategy: What do the next 12 to 18 months look like for supply chain organisations that want to improve visibility and resilience?

Ronald Kleijwegt: “We’re in an ongoing crisis environment—COVID, wars, trade issues. But one positive is that supply chain now has a seat at the boardroom table. That recognition is growing.

“Companies are also realising that visibility alone isn’t enough. They’re shifting from simple dashboards to full-scale network solutions that connect their entire ecosystem. That’s how you get high-quality data, and that’s how you make AI and automation work effectively.

“More companies are coming around. It’s not just about having the latest tech; it’s about transforming how supply chains operate.

“Change is coming. And, for those that embrace it, there’s a big opportunity.”

  • Risk & Resilience

Wayne Scott, GRC Solutions Lead at Escode, looks at the risk posed by supplier software fragility as third party platforms become increasingly essential to the supply chain.

Resilience has become a board-level priority in today’s supply chain landscape. While much attention is rightly given to geopolitical disruption, climate change, and raw material shortages, one risk is still frequently overlooked: financial instability in the software supply chain. As digital operations increasingly rely on third-party platforms, supplier fragility – driven by unpredictable and unpreventable economic pressures – is becoming a critical vulnerability that must be addressed.

From logistics and inventory systems to order management and supplier portals, critical applications form the backbone of modern supply chains. Yet many of the applications powering these operations are developed and maintained by small, specialist vendors with business models that can be fragile and volatile. The threat of supplier failure, degradation of service, or sudden end-of-life decisions is growing, and it’s one that traditional risk assessments often miss. Startup failures rose by over 25% in 2024, with many enterprise SaaS providers among them. If you haven’t yet considered the threat of a supplier failure on your own operation and the disruption it may cause, you have a significant risk hiding in plain sight.

Why software vendor fragility matters

Unlike physical disruptions, which tend to be visible and simpler to quantify, financial instability can quietly accumulate in the background – and should it crystalise, present a severe but plausible risk. A missed software update, a key developer leaving, or a product line being quietly wound down can all trigger significant operational disruption. This type of risk is often difficult to detect until the effects are already being felt. There have been some very high-profile examples of this happening in recent times, the collapse of Sungard Availability Services being one such case. 

The worrying thing is that economic shocks in the software supply chain cannot always be stopped or sidestepped. Even large companies are not immune to service deterioration, particularly in the age of cloud and SaaS. These platforms are typically built for availability and security. However, they aren’t always designed to ensure business continuity for their clients. Ultimately, it is the responsibility of the end user to mitigate the risk of supplier failure. It’s the end user that needs to plan ahead, build protections, and maintain resilience. Even if the supplier can’t be. 

Adding further complexity is concentration risk. The frequent acquisition of smaller tech vendors by larger firms in a buoyant tech market often results in sudden changes to product focus, support levels, or platform continuity. These changes can reshape supply chain dependencies quickly, introducing risks that are difficult to anticipate. So, a complex picture begins to emerge. 

A gap in resilience thinking

Unfortunately, these are not theoretical concerns. Within finance, frameworks like DORA and PRA specifically highlight supplier fragility, service degradation and concentration risk as resilience issues. Now, if these are recognised risks in an industry known for its control and scrutiny, surely they must be just as significant (not to mention damaging) in other sectors where operational downtime affects fulfilment, reputation or customer trust.

However, continuity planning and procurement practices across many industries have yet to address these realities. The level of consideration to these risks across different sectors is varied at best – likely non-existent in some others. Too often, contracts do not establish controls such as access to source code or recovery rights if a supplier ceases operations. Many services were not developed with supplier failure in mind, leaving organisations to urgently rebuild essential functions – sometimes without the instructions.

In my work with regulated firms in financial services and their critical suppliers, I’ve seen how even seemingly stable suppliers can quietly exit the market. The warning signs are often small. They could be slower updates or reduced communication. But often, by the time it’s recognised as an issue, the impact is already being felt. This risk deserves greater attention in resilience planning.

Procurement: where third party risk management begins

These risks can be mitigated with action – best taken as early as possible. In an ideal world, resilience planning should start at onboarding, assuming critical supplier failure by default. Procurement has become a key function in safeguarding continuity. It ensures contracts include appropriate risk controls and embeds ‘resilience by design’ from the outset.

One widely adopted approach is software escrow. This involves securing access to the source code, documentation and development materials for essential software through a neutral third party. Should the supplier fail, or support be withdrawn, the organisation retains the ability to maintain the software independently. This practice is well-established in regulated industries across the world – with uptake increasing too.

Another crucial step is ensuring the ability to carry out ‘stressed exits’. This means organisations must include contractual rights and practical measures that allow them to exit key supplier relationships in a structured and low-risk way.

AI’s impact on vendor resilience

Looking ahead, the growing use of AI in software products may disrupt traditional software providers. Vendors with narrow offerings could find their business models undermined and may face financial pressures as a result. This creates a different kind of risk, one based on strategic viability rather than technical failure.

Organisations should regularly assess the financial health and future plans of their suppliers. As these pressures grow, the case for building resilience into supplier relationships becomes even stronger.

Software failures can stall a supply chain just as effectively as a logistics breakdown. Businesses that aim to maintain continuity must start considering these digital risks alongside more visible ones.

It’s an uncomfortable truth, but one we must accept. Vendor failure is no longer a rare event, so preparing for it is essential.

  • Digital Supply Chain
  • Risk & Resilience

Lyall Cresswell, Founder and CEO of TEG, on why integrated supply chains systems are essential to weathering ongoing uncertainty.

HSBC’s latest study on the impact of international trade disruption revealed that 75% of logistics firms expect to be impacted by tariff changes, which tells a familiar story. When uncertainty strikes, the industry’s instinct is to batten down the hatches – delay investments, cut costs, and hope the storm passes.

But whilst most operators are pulling back, the most forward-thinking logistics providers are doing the opposite. They’re recognising that trade disruption isn’t a temporary blip to weather. Rather, it’s a fundamental shift that demands a completely different approach to how logistics operations are structured.

The traditional model – owning expensive, dedicated truck fleets and managing isolated systems for capacity, compliance, payments, and data – made sense in a stable trade environment. When supply chains were predictable and trade routes were fixed, having your own assets provided control and certainty.

Today, that model has become a liability. When trade patterns shift weekly and 28% of firms are delaying investments due to uncertainty (according to HSBC), being locked into fixed assets limits rather than enhances your ability to respond. The logistics providers thriving through this disruption are those rethinking their entire operational architecture.

The power of connected systems in logistics

The real opportunity lies in connecting the traditionally isolated components of the logistics puzzle. When capacity sourcing, compliance management, payment processing, and performance analytics work as an integrated system rather than separate silos, businesses gain something far more valuable than asset ownership: operational agility.

Consider what happens when these systems talk to each other. Real-time capacity data informs instant pricing decisions. Automated compliance checks enable rapid onboarding of new carriers when trade routes suddenly shift. Integrated payment systems eliminate the cash flow delays that can cripple operations during volatile periods. Performance analytics provide the insights needed to adapt quickly to changing market conditions.

This integration transforms how logistics providers respond to disruption. Rather than being constrained by the capacity they own, they can access on-demand resources precisely when and where needed. Instead of lengthy manual processes for vetting new partners, automated compliance frameworks enable rapid network expansion. And waiting weeks for payment reconciliation is replaced by integrated settlement systems maintain healthy cash flows even during turbulent times.

Platforms like TEG exemplify this approach. They combine carrier sourcing, compliance management, real-time execution, and automated payment processing in a single integrated system. This allows businesses to pivot quickly between different capacity sources whilst maintaining full operational control and visibility.

Resilience through flexibility

The HSBC study found that 21% of logistics firms are already reconfiguring their supply chains to match global demand. Others are sharing services to spread risk. These are exactly the right instincts, but they require the right technological foundation to execute effectively.

Traditional, asset-heavy operations struggle with this kind of rapid reconfiguration. How do you pivot to new trade routes when your trucks are committed to existing contracts? How do you rapidly scale capacity when your fleet is fixed? And, how do you ensure compliance with new international partners when your processes are manual and time-consuming?

Technology-enabled operations face none of these constraints. They can source capacity from diverse networks, automatically ensure compliance across jurisdictions, and maintain real-time visibility regardless of how complex their operations become. When trade patterns shift, they shift with them.

The competitive advantage

What we’re witnessing isn’t just a response to current trade uncertainty – it’s the emergence of a fundamentally more competitive operating model. Whilst asset-heavy competitors struggle with fixed costs and limited flexibility, technology-integrated operations can offer better service levels at lower costs precisely because they’re not constrained by physical infrastructure.

The logistics providers making this transition aren’t just surviving the current disruption – they’re positioning themselves to thrive in whatever comes next. Because in an increasingly uncertain world, the ability to adapt quickly isn’t just an advantage – it’s essential for survival.

The question facing every logistics provider today isn’t whether to invest in more assets, but whether to invest in the technology integration that makes assets irrelevant.

  • Digital Supply Chain
  • Risk & Resilience

James Smith, Co-CEO at A-SAFE, looks at the need for better transparency and risk management in the supply chain.

What if the real issue isn’t the risk, but your blind spot around it? Warehouses push harder for speed, scale and efficiency, yet the thinking behind how they manage risk still lags. It’s not the forklifts or the night shifts that are holding back operations. It’s the blurry, all-in-one approach to risk that masks real threats, like logging all incidents under one category or not analysing their root cause. This behaviour is what stifles performance and creates a culture of guesswork. 

If your risk map looks like a one-size-fits-all spreadsheet, then yes, poor risk understanding is probably dragging your efficiency down too. It’s time to reframe how we think about risk, not as a siloed compliance exercise, but as a driver of sharper operations and smarter business decisions.

The cast of characters in operational risk

Risk doesn’t float around as a general threat. It shows up through real people and physical systems, each bringing their own weight to the equation. You have machines, vehicles, people, workflows, site layout, external contractors, materials movement, visitors… all constantly interacting, all with potential friction points.

Operational risk comes to life through this web of movement and interaction. Yet, most companies still treat it as an abstract category, a box-ticking exercise that allows them to get on with ‘the important things of the business.’ Instead of dissecting the risk profile of each element, companies with a substandard safety infrastructure apply a blanket approach to risk management. For example, they use the same type of safety barrier across the entire facility regardless of the vehicle types operating nearby or enforce generic speed limits without accounting for the presence of pedestrian walkways. The one word to describe this approach is ‘dangerous.’

Risk must be classified in terms of its physical, behavioural and systemic origins. When each factor is visible and accounted for, the reactive cycle ends. A safety barrier that cannot suitably protect your people and assets from your site’s real impact angles or frequency patterns is not protection, but rather a false sense of safety. 

As a result of this misdirected investment in safety, efficiency and productivity suffer. For example, just because a safety barrier claims it can withstand X-thousand Joules, it does not mean it has been independently tested to that standard, or that it can withstand that force repeatedly or across its whole structure. This is why it is imperative to deploy safety solutions that are fit for purpose, independently tested and, most importantly, able to protect from your very own particular risks. Otherwise, you will be under the impression of being safe, yet you are leaving real risk unaddressed.

Your environment shapes your risk – not the other way around

Every facility has its own risk fingerprint defined by its layout, vehicle types, pedestrian walkways and traffic intensity. But too many sites still rely on standardised solutions that ignore this complexity. They segregate people and machines with painted lines on the floor, place the same barrier system near low-speed pallet trucks and high-impact forklifts, or have damaged safety solutions in place that do not guarantee protection in the event of a new impact.

These misalignments reflect a surface-level approach that ticks boxes instead of solving problems. Real risk management starts with questioning how people move, how machines behave and planning an efficient segregation between them. These are examples of what happens when safety infrastructure is not based on how a space is actually used. Misfit solutions offer false security. Real protection begins with matching infrastructure to operational conditions.

The future of risk management is proactive, not reactive

The old model of risk management was built around audits, forms and lagging indicators. But in modern operations, risk changes by the hour or even by the shift, whether that is at night with fewer staff, or a day or week of high e-commerce activity like Black Friday. Waiting for a weekly or monthly safety report to understand evolving risk and adjust does not cut it anymore.

Staff engagement is another benefit of having a good understanding of your own risk. When teams see their feedback reflected in real-time adjustments, they stop viewing safety as top-down enforcement. Instead, it becomes behavioural, part of how they do their jobs better. That change in attitude has a compounding effect. Workers become eyes on the floor, flagging issues before they escalate, feeding valuable insight back into the system.

Risk and efficiency are interlinked 

This is where risk and efficiency are linked because operational efficiency depends on fast feedback loops. That means switching from static documentation to live data. Smart safety infrastructure such as impact-tracking barriers, wearable sensors or predictive maintenance systems powered by the Industrial Internet of Things (IIoT) are what offer this level of visibility. You don’t just spot the problem after the fact. You see risk forming and deal with it in real time.

The payoff of investing in safety is worth it: more efficient and productive operations enabled by optimised internal routes for people and machines, reduced unscheduled downtime thanks to a lack of friction and, most importantly, fewer incidents. The financial case for proactive risk management could not be clearer. The average cost of one hour of downtime in UK factories is just over £5,000, although for larger companies in industries like automotive, it can reach up to £2m. With the average downtime per company per year reaching 49 hours, the costs skyrocket. 

With a sound safety infrastructure in place that helps you prevent downtime, the costs diminish and you create a suitable environment for productivity and long-term growth. The message is simple: in risk, proactivity always outperforms reactivity.

Final thoughts

If you are still seeing risk as a static compliance task, you are missing the bigger picture. The businesses that lead in growth are those that recognise risk as a personal reality, shaped by their unique context, challenges and goals – not as a universal constant. They map it and turn that data into stronger performance. Risk reduction is, effectively, a growth tool. But only if you treat it as a perpetual obligation, not a checklist.

Risk itself isn’t what holds you back. Unidentified risk is. Call it out, bring it into focus and address appropriately. Once you’ve done that, watch efficiency follow the clarity you’ve created.

  • Risk & Resilience

Sebastian Dori, Chief Purchasing Officer, PHINIA, looks at the evolving tariff landscape and how supply chains can be strengthened to weather the storm.

Amid ongoing global shifts, trade disputes, and economic instability, building resilient supply chains remains an essential part of the automotive industry. Emerging tariffs now act both as hurdles and prompts, pushing companies to reevaluate their sourcing strategies, cultivate stronger supplier relationships, and boost procurement adaptability. The World Trade Organisation forecasts a 3% rise in global trade growth by 2025 driven by easing inflationary pressures. Despite this, trade uncertainty remains constant and conditions unpredictable, meaning this landscape could change rapidly.

Success in the automotive industry will hinge on the ability to anticipate and respond to trade disruptions with speed and precision. Manufacturers and suppliers that prioritise agility, diversify their sourcing, and invest in strategic, long-term supplier relationships will have a much easier time managing volatility. By embedding flexibility into procurement strategies, these companies can enhance resilience, safeguard continuity, and maintain a competitive edge in an increasingly unpredictable global market.

A typical motor vehicle can contain between 15,000 and 25,000 component parts that often cross multiple global borders before final assembly. With even small changes in trade agreements, there can be ripple effects across the entire production process. The industry is at a heightened risk of increased costs, delays, regulatory hurdles, and production bottlenecks. These issues can no longer be treated as temporary changes but must be addressed through proactive risk management and strategic planning.

Modernising procurement practices

Procurement in the automotive industry has been driven by price competitiveness historically. Changes in global trade are disrupting traditional sourcing models. As this happens, companies are finding a narrow focus on cost reduction can leave them vulnerable to sudden market shifts. Businesses are realising that a more sustainable approach prioritises supplier reliability, transparency, and shared business objectives.

Focusing solely on short-term cost savings in supplier selection, without considering broader factors such as reliability, transparency, and strategic alignment, can expose businesses to unnecessary risk. Cost competitiveness is still important consideration. However, organisations must balance it with a supplier’s ability to support long-term operational continuity and shared business goals. 

Establishing deeper collaboration with key suppliers helps to ensure a steady flow of high-quality components while safeguarding against unexpected disruptions. A 2023 survey by Deloitte found that 79% of manufacturing executives believe supplier collaboration is critical to supply chain resilience. Nevertheless, only 43% have structured programs in place. A strong supplier relationship won’t happen overnight. They need to be an evolving relationship built on mutual investment and a shared vision for growth.

Using supplier engagement programs

One of the most effective ways to manage tariff-related risks is through structured supplier engagement programs. Tiered supplier relationships — where businesses prioritise partners that demonstrate operational agility, proactive risk management, and long-term investment in innovation — offer a natural buffer against trade uncertainty. Companies that formalise supplier relationships will gain a significant advantage in managing trade-related disruptions.

Supplier engagement programs create incentives for suppliers to maintain high performance and invest in shared business objectives, from technological innovations to sustainability initiatives. In return, suppliers benefit from greater transparency, access to executive support, and long-term business continuity. This reciprocal approach not only strengthens the supply chain but also ensures that companies can pivot more quickly when faced with external disruptions. Manufacturers can future proof their procurement strategies while fostering stronger, more aligned supplier relationships by integrating a framework that rewards innovation, agility, and reliability.

Adapting through strategy: the evolving role of strategic sourcing

Tariffs present the chance for the automotive industry to reassess its sourcing strategies and uncover efficiencies that may have previously gone unnoticed. 

Some organisations are leveraging trade policy shifts to diversify their supplier base. This allows them to reduce dependence on single-source suppliers and explore alternative markets that offer competitive advantages. Nearshoring and regional manufacturing have gained traction as viable solutions, reducing logistics complexities and minimising exposure to volatile trade policies. Investing in regional suppliers not only mitigates risks associated with tariffs but also encourages economic growth in key markets.

At the same time, the shift towards reshoring manufacturing and reducing reliance on imports has the potential to reshape global supply chain dynamics. This trend creates opportunities for local industry. However, it can also lead to constrained global sourcing options, capacity bottlenecks, and intensified competition for domestic supply

Companies must weigh the benefits of proximity and control against rising input costs and potential limitations in supplier availability. Balancing these pressures with strategic diversification remains critical to building long-term supply chain resilience in a more fragmented trade landscape.

Closer supplier collaboration can drive joint innovation efforts, particularly in areas such as value engineering, alternative materials, and localised production. By working together to optimise component designs and streamline manufacturing processes, suppliers and original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) can uncover cost savings that help offset tariff-related expenses. 

This collaboration encourages suppliers to propose new materials or manufacturing techniques that enhance efficiency and sustainability. Auto companies that take a forward-thinking approach to supplier partnerships will be better positioned to capitalise on these opportunities. Not only that, but they will also be able to better mitigate the risks associated with shifting trade policies. The auto companies that continue to operate with rigid, transactional relationships will struggle to adapt when new challenges arise.

Sustainability and supply chain resilience: clash or complement?

A significant part of the conversation around supply chain resilience must also include sustainability and ESG considerations. Per a recent report from BCG and CDP, Scope 3 supply chain emissions were, on average, 26 times greater than their emissions from direct operations. Despite this, organisations continue to overlook Scope 3 emissions. Only 15% of corporates have set a supply chain emissions target according to the report.

As regulatory scrutiny on environmental, social, and governance factors increases, supplier selection should consider long-term sustainability commitments. Companies that align procurement strategies with sustainability goals can mitigate financial and regulatory risks. Not only that but they can also position themselves favorably in an industry where environmental impact is under growing scrutiny.

Suppliers with a high share of renewable energy in their mix seemingly managed to get through the European energy crisis in 2022/2023 much better than those relying on gas and oil. Hence embedding sustainability into the supplier relationship framework ensures that resilience is truly built into the supply chain.

The future of automotive supply chains

Disruption is not a new concept in the automotive industry. However, today’s industrial landscape, posed with emerging challenges, offers an opportunity to rethink procurement strategies, and strengthen supply networks. 

By staying agile and fostering long-term, strategic supplier relationships, companies can position themselves to navigate future trade uncertainties with greater confidence. The key to long-term success lies in transforming unpredictability into strategic advantage. 

With a focus on collaboration, innovation, and adaptability, the industry can build supply chains that are not only resilient but also prepared to support sustainable growth in the years ahead.

  • Risk & Resilience
  • Sourcing & Procurement

Anthony Michael, Global Practice Director of Location Intelligence at Searce, believes the global supply chain is headed for an inflection point, as frequent disruptions and regulatory pressures prompt a completely new approach to structuring supply chains.

The global supply chain is evolving into a smarter, more adaptive ecosystem, connected digitally, end-to-end. 

However, 45% of supply chain leaders report more frequent disruptions since 2020. Geopolitical tensions, like the Red Sea shipping crisis, have disrupted trade lanes and supplier networks. Climate events such as flooding in Southeast Asia and wildfires in Europe have impacted agricultural outputs and logistics hubs. Demand spikes and post-COVID consumption shifts caught many companies off guard, straining inventory systems.

On top of this, regulatory pressure is rising. Frameworks like the EU’s Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) and the U.S. Uyghur Forced Labor Prevention Act (UFLPA) are forcing firms to increase transparency and rethink sourcing practices.

In response, organisations are completely rethinking their supply chain strategies by moving away from rigid planning and manual processes toward smarter, more adaptive systems that can sense change and respond in real-time.

Autonomous optimisation at scale

AI in supply chains is rapidly evolving from basic anomaly detection and dashboarding, to prescriptive and autonomous decision-making. Most organisations have achieved real-time visibility, but the competitive edge lies in how decisions are made and acted upon.

Companies are moving beyond basic data visualisation to implement AI systems capable of evaluating trade-offs, predicting disruptions, and recommending optimal responses in real-time.

Imagine a ride-hailing network navigating the chaos of a busy city. With AI-driven risk intelligence and real-time location data, the system spots patterns early, redirecting drivers to keep things on time and delivering insights that help teams perform better while keeping risks in check. Thus, the smartest systems are anticipating, adapting, and improving outcomes across the ecosystem.

A new sourcing paradigm

Geopolitical instability and trade shifts have dramatically altered the risk calculus and forced a reassessment of global sourcing strategies. While reshoring continues to make headlines, the real shift is more nuanced: the rise of regionally distributed, hybrid supply networks that strike a balance between efficiency and resilience. Think of it as designing a mesh-like supply chain that lets companies dynamically pivot between local and global sources based on real-time risk, cost, and market conditions.

Companies are moving beyond traditional cost-focused models, adopting a holistic approach that evaluates factors such as political stability, regulatory exposure, lead times, and sustainability. Businesses are adopting strategies that also weigh supply risk, sustainability, and market access – reflecting a more comprehensive risk management approach.

The focus now is on building supply networks that can flex with uncertainty by staying close to demand when it matters most, and bouncing back quickly when things go off track. That means localising where it’s smart to do so – and staying agile everywhere else.

From visibility to strategic simulation

Digital twins, virtual replicas of physical supply chain assets or operations, are no longer confined to engineering and factory floors. They’ve evolved into real-time simulation engines spanning the entire supply network. These tools now play a central role in prescriptive intelligence, enabling demand sensing, inventory management, and logistics optimisation.

For example, a logistics network might use a digital twin to simulate rerouting during a port shutdown, whilst a retailer could model inventory shifts in real-time during a seasonal demand spike. These simulations help companies ‘stress-test’ their supply chain strategies before taking real-world action.

The market for supply chain digital twins is projected to reach $5.98 billion by 2030, reflecting their expanding role in enabling predictive and prescriptive decision-making.

Optimising for ESG and economics

The old trade-off between going green and staying lean doesn’t hold up anymore. Today, forward-looking businesses are weaving sustainability into how they operate, right from sourcing materials to planning deliveries.

Carbon data is now being fed into procurement and production models, not just to report impact, but to actively shape smarter, lower-emission decisions. In fact, 74% of supply chain leaders expect profits to increase through 2025 as a result of applying circular economy principles.

Hence, sustainability is evolving from a compliance obligation into a true performance driver and, for many, a source of competitive advantage.

Breaking the silos

There’s no doubt that collaboration has become a performance multiplier. Organisations are increasingly partnering to share logistics infrastructure, supply capacity, and even real-time data and predictive intelligence. These collaborations are helping unlock synchronised planning and inventory precision, previously unattainable in siloed operations.

You could compare it to running a supply chain operation like a well-rehearsed routine where manufacturers and suppliers stay closely coordinated, producing only what’s needed, when it’s needed. 

However, partnerships don’t thrive on intention alone. From our experience, they work best when built on aligned data strategies, mutual accountability, and shared outcomes. Businesses should prioritise partners who can exchange operational data securely, support API-based integration, and co-own KPIs tied to real value.

It’s also worth considering that potential roadblocks like mismatched technology stacks, cultural misalignment, and unclear ownership can slow progress. The most successful collaborations are those that plan for these realities from the outset. Hence, such alliances go beyond cost savings by unlocking speed, precision, and resilience across the value chain.

People remain the edge

Technology is advancing rapidly, but people remain the true differentiator in supply chains. What’s changing is how they work. The most forward-thinking organisations are transforming traditional planners into ‘ecosystem architects’. These professionals blend operational expertise with digital fluency and strong data instincts.

Rather than replacing people, AI is becoming a trusted partner in decision-making. From copilots that support complex choices to embedded tools that guide everyday actions, intelligent systems are helping teams move faster and with more clarity.

The real advantage lies in how effectively organisations design and implement collaborative workflows between specialised human talent and intelligent automation. This will help amplify people’s judgement and creativity with intelligent systems.

As these shifts accelerate, the supply chains of tomorrow will be antifragile – built to flex, absorb shocks, and learn by turning disruption into momentum.

What will set the next wave of leaders apart isn’t their technology stack but how they weave intelligence, agility, and sustainability into everyday decisions, relationships, and roles across the supply chain.

  • Digital Supply Chain
  • Risk & Resilience

Stephen Williams, director and co-founder of Fidelity Fulfilment, conducts his analysis on the state of UK-EU fulfilment networks in the post-Brexit era.

When Brexit came into force, few supply chain professionals could have anticipated the full complexity it would introduce across logistics, customs, and trade compliance. The once seamless movement of goods between the UK and EU was suddenly undermined by layers of regulation, new customs requirements, and uncertainty. In the years since, fulfilment providers, brands, and technology platforms have had to rewire how cross-border trade works.

While the dust has largely settled, the logistics landscape today is very different from the one businesses operated in pre-2020, and it’s still evolving.

From firefighting to forward planning

In the early post-Brexit period, no one – not carriers, customs, nor fulfilment providers – had all the answers. Regulatory frameworks emerged in real time, holding up entire shipments due to a single missing data point or misclassified product code. The absence of a unified source of expertise meant that costly mistakes were common, and businesses had little choice but to learn through trial and error.

Thankfully, that reactive phase is now behind us. What emerged in its placef is a more resilient, tech led fulfilment ecosystem. The brands and logistics providers that weathered the post-Brexit storm are now operating with deeper in-house customs knowledge, better integration with digital platforms, and a clearer understanding of how to deliver consistent cross-border customer experiences.

Dual-entity warehousing as the new normal

One of the most significant structural changes has been the rise of dual-entity warehousing – where brands maintain inventory in both the UK and EU to minimise customs friction and delivery delays. This was inevitable for many, but Brexit made it a priority.

The Netherlands, in particular, has emerged as a hub for EU-side fulfilment, offering proximity to major ports and infrastructure, along with favourable tax and customs frameworks. For many 3PLs, acquiring existing fulfilment operations or warehousing space in the region has proven to be a fast track for expansion, but with that comes the need for cultural alignment, process integration, and – crucially – ownership of operations. Brands increasingly value direct control over their fulfilment touchpoints, rather than relying on third-party partner networks that can introduce communication gaps and dilute service quality.

Technology and customs automation no longer optional

Perhaps the most transformative development has been the rise of customs automation and API-driven compliance. Today, most major carriers have stabilised their DTC customs processes, and automated platforms are handling tasks that once required manual intervention. The shipping label now acts as a digital passport, embedding all required data – from product descriptions and values to origin details – directly into the logistics flow.

However, the picture is more complex for B2B shipments, where full-container loads and bulk freight still face significant scrutiny. One incorrect HS code or misdeclared value can delay or derail an entire shipment. As a result, many fulfilment providers have taken customs clearance in-house, supported by platforms that provide real-time validation and compliance checks.

Rebalancing demand across borders

There has also been a notable shift in client strategy. In the immediate wake of Brexit, many EU-based brands deprioritised the UK, choosing instead to focus on domestic or pan-EU growth. That’s now changing. Over the past 12 months, there’s been a renewed appetite for UK expansion – a recognition that revenue left on the table during the adjustment period is now worth pursuing again.

That said, the complexity of cross-border trade has forced hard choices. Some brands, particularly those with low basket value or lean technical capabilities, have exited certain markets altogether. The cost-to-serve has simply become too high for some use cases, especially where duties, delays, and customer dissatisfaction risk eroding already thin margins.

The policy reset and the road ahead

Recent political progress – particularly the SPS (Sanitary and Phytosanitary) agreement –  could bring meaningful change. For sectors like food and agriculture, where spoilage at ports due to delayed certification has been a major issue, the new rules offer hope for reduced waste and smoother transit. While the benefits for DTC/B2C may be minimal (since that part of the supply chain has adapted well), larger B2B shipments should see improved reliability and shorter lead times. But the real gains will be in efficiency and predictability for larger freight movements.

Looking further ahead, AI will likely be the next major catalyst for transformation including everything from intelligent routing to regulatory compliance automation. Combined with a natural market consolidation (a correction after the COVID-fuelled boom in logistics start-ups), we expect fulfilment companies that prioritise innovation, automation, and client value to emerge stronger.

This is already happening. The UK fulfilment services market will likely more than double by 2030, growing from $7.54 billion in 2024 to $17.3 billion. EU markets will follow a similar upward trajectory. It’s a signal that this is not just a phase – ecommerce fulfilment is becoming more central to global trade strategy.

Fulfilment is no longer just a backend function; it’s a growth enabler. The UK-EU corridor may have been disrupted, but it’s also forced the sector to evolve to become smarter, faster, and more focused on the long term. Visit Fidelity Fulfilment to learn more.

  • Risk & Resilience
  • Sourcing & Procurement

John Wegman, CEO of Customs Support Group, explores how customs can be transformed from reactive, transactional function into a vital source of foresight, stability and control.

Let’s be honest: customs has historically not been viewed as the most exciting part of the international trade process. 

For decades, it has been synonymous with queues, paperwork, and unpredictable delays, with arcane rules proving more of a bureaucratic headache than a factor that contributes to business growth. 

As such, most companies still approach customs with a ‘just get on with it’ mindset, seeing it as a sunken cost rather than the strategic opportunity it really is. Indeed, as global supply chains face unprecedented disruption – from erratically shifting tariffs and tighter regulations to geopolitical instabilities and climate-related challenges – the role of customs is undergoing a quiet revolution. What was once a reactive, transactional function is now emerging as a vital source of foresight, stability and control, where the right technology, expertise and approach can turn a compliance obligation into a hub for business strategy, shielding from shocks as it creates room for long-term sustainability, adaptability and growth. 

The question, then, is no longer how to minimise customs’ impact but how to maximise its potential. 

The cost of negative thinking

For too long, customs has been seen as a necessary back office evil – something to be endured rather than a vital part of smart business planning. However, the costs of ignoring its growing potential in the age of digitalisation are now glaring. 

Inefficient border administration and fragmented regulations can significantly hinder trade efficiency. For instance, internal trade barriers within countries can prove just as damaging as shifting international tariffs, leading to increased costs and critical business delays. Addressing these internal challenges could boost national productivity, whilst reducing individual business transaction costs and enhancing competitivity – all advantages that prove particularly crucial in the face of rising global protectionism. 

With tariffs and regulatory conditions now changing faster than many organisations can keep track of, the risks of non-compliance – and potential financial and reputational penalties associated – only grow. Simply surviving in this climate requires a new level of visibility and adaptability, where thriving demands something above and beyond: anticipatory intelligence and forward-looking insight.

The rise of predictive trade

Technology is key to unlocking this vision. By automating routine declarations and digitising both documentation and data collection, qualified customs professionals are no longer held back by form filling. Instead, they’re moving into more strategic roles, consolidating data, interpreting trade patterns, identifying inefficiencies and advising on sourcing, routing and compliance decisions. 

This shift mirrors wider trends in supply-chain digitisation. Companies with advanced supply-chain capabilities, including AI and generative technologies, consistently outperform their competitors on resilience and profitability. With leading customs agencies now embracing similar tools, these benefits no longer need to stop at the factory gates. 

Customs automation offers more than just speed – ensuring cleaner data, more reliable compliance and fewer manual errors, as well. The result is less time spent reacting to issues and more time for real customs expertise driving business value. This is where customs transforms from a defensive cost centre into a proactive control tower, so to speak. 

Smarter declarations for smarter savings

Classifying goods under the correct tariff codes is fundamental, yet often overlooked, with misclassifications leading to unnecessary duties or compliance penalties. Customs companies that use digitised documentation and AI-powered tools to ensure declarations are both correct and complete are not only achieving higher accuracy, but it also protects businesses from costly errors whilst also uncovering new opportunities for reductions in payments. 

With rules of origin under Free Trade Agreements (FTAs) likewise becoming increasingly complex, many companies miss out on lower tariffs that they may be eligible for. Skilled customs agents, equipped with full access to digital records, can trace product origins to ensure businesses reap the benefits, without the guesswork or manual burden. 

For companies that import and then export their goods, duty drawback schemes present yet another underutilised opportunity. Automating claims and matching data more effectively allows for faster, more frequent refunds, improving cash flow without adding administrative overheads. 

Building reputations

Digitising customs processes doesn’t just speed up clearance and identify potential for savings, however. It also boosts credibility. Companies that consistently provide accurate, compliant, timely documentation gain a reputation as more reliable partners, not only with authorities but with clients and suppliers alike. This can strengthen relationships across the value chain and even open up access to new markets. 

Beyond this, proactive customs planning helps to avoid common yet costly penalties like demurrage and detention fees, which can rack up quickly when goods sit too long in ports. There can also be issues when customers return containers late. But, with real-time coordination and pre-clearance, customs agents can ensure documentation is in place before arrival, preventing cost spikes and delays that prove particularly detrimental for time-sensitive cargo and perishable goods. 

Staying ahead of change

Perhaps the most significant advantage in today’s volatile landscape, however, is agility. Regulatory changes can happen overnight, whether it’s new sanctions, dual-use controls, or changes to country-of-origin rules and tariffs. Customs professionals who monitor such global developments in real time can nonetheless serve as an early-warning system, allowing companies to turn things around to their advantage. 

This used to be the remit of legal departments at major corporations, but today, thanks to digital partnerships, the same insight is now accessible for SMEs, as well. That’s a significant leveller and a major line of defence for businesses navigating difficulties with limited inside knowledge or resources. 

From paperwork to performance

Ultimately, reframing customs as a business opportunity is a must. As borders tighten, trade complexity rises and economic uncertainty continues, companies that treat customs as a tick-box exercise risk missing out on the insight, growth and efficiency that comes with working with the right, digitally enabled, data-first partners. 

In short, customs is no longer just about goods getting through, but building a business that can go further, faster, and with greater confidence – even in today’s uncertain trading world.

  • Collaboration & Optimization
  • Risk & Resilience

Patrick Brodie, Partner at RPC, and Eve Matthews, Associate at RPC, explore what the refreshed TISC guidance means for businesses – and why future-proofing supply chains starts with transparency.

When it first came into force ten years ago, many hailed the Modern Slavery Act 2015 (the Act) as a ‘world-leading’ piece of legislation in the fight against modern slavery. The Act was among the first legal frameworks to impose obligations on large businesses to scrutinise and report on forced labour and human trafficking within their supply chains. Despite this initial positivity, in the decade that has followed, critics have highlighted the fact that the Act “lacks teeth” and enforcement hasn’t been as meaningful as promised. The act was criticised most recently in the House of Lords, where it was argued that the legislation is “too limited to have significant practical impact”.

Now, in 2025, with global supply chains more complex and interconnected than ever, the Government has updated the Home Office’s Transparency in Supply Chains (TISC) guidance (the Guidance). The Guidance was first made available alongside the Act in October 2015 and is designed to provide practical guidance to in-scope businesses by explaining how they should comply with their obligations under section 54 of the Act. As a reminder, section 54 of the Act applies to large commercial organisations with a global annual turnover of £36 million or more, carrying on a business (or part of a business) in the UK.

Shifting from compliance to action 

This latest edition of the Guidance signifies a renewed focus on compliance. It urges businesses to move beyond box-ticking and to instead enact meaningful changes within their supply chain by effective due diligence and increased transparency. Essentially, it encourages organisations not merely to meet the letter of the law, but to embrace its spirit. An acknowledgement of the existence of slavery risks within their businesses and supply chains is a foundational first step. This acceptance will better enable an organisation to address any such risks, and to embed appropriate anti-slavery efforts into broader corporate strategy. To illustrate this point, the Minister for Safeguarding and Violence Against Women and Girls, Jess Phillips, has stressed that organisations that fail to identify risks and cases as part of their statutory obligations are “probably not looking hard enough”.

What businesses need to know

Businesses who must comply with Section 54, should pay close attention to the following changes: 

  • A new two-tier system of disclosures in relation to the recommended statement disclosures which will distinguish between organisations, drafting their statements for the first time, and organisations that are more familiar with the reporting requirements. The latter group should provide deeper insights and demonstrate progress over time, continuously improving their practices;
  • The clarification that while it remains permissible for a parent company to produce a single statement that its in-scope subsidiaries can also use, if the various organisations within a group structure operate across different sectors (and therefore attract different risks and responses) it is best practice for each in-scope organisation to produce their own tailored statement rather than relying on the parent company’s statement; and
  • The promotion of the Government’s Modern Slavery Statement Registry and the express encouragement of businesses to upload their statements to the centralised platform to allow for greater transparency and public scrutiny.

The Guidance also highlights the growing importance of modern slavery risk management underpinning Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) considerations. It recommends that businesses integrate anti-slavery efforts into a broader, unified strategy for risk mapping, due diligence, and remediation. 

How far do the changes actually go?

It’s important to note that, despite these updates clearly indicating the direction of travel that the Government intends to take on modern slavery reporting, the Guidance, by its nature, will not introduce any new mandatory requirements, with many of its recommendations remaining voluntary. Absent a legislative amendment, the introduction of the long awaited financial penalties for non-compliance or new civil enforcement powers remain out of reach. It’s notable that the Government hasn’t issued a single injunction since the Act’s inception.

In practice, this means that businesses are unlikely to face legal consequences for publishing vague statements, or for failing to act on identified risks. Nevertheless, these businesses still face potentially increased risk of public scrutiny, procurement exclusion, and reputational damage to businesses still failing to observe the spirit of their Section 54 obligations. For leaders responsible for organisations’ supply chains, the conversation has shifted: it’s no longer enough to simply publish a statement – it’s about the substance, frequency of updates, and the actions that follow. As ESG standards tighten, those who fail to adapt risk losing their competitive edge.

Where do we go from here?

Modern slavery is a current business risk, one that affects reputation, regulation, and responsibility. The Guidance challenges businesses to engage more deeply, act responsibly, and protect vulnerable workers, all while future-proofing their supply chains. Stronger legislation may be on the horizon. Irrespective of when it emerges, wider societal, economic (including from investors) and consumer pressures are driving organisations to better map, undertake due diligence and more clearly report on their supply chains and their associated risks. 

In turn, this has led to a tightening of supplier contracts.

The return of the modern slavery brief to the Safeguarding Minister signals renewed political commitment, but real progress will require legislative reform. The updated Guidance is a wake-up call. Businesses need to act now or risk falling behind on public and investor expectations, and being excluded from ethical supply chains.

  • Risk & Resilience
  • Sourcing & Procurement

BUSINESSES IN THE SUPPLY CHAIN CANNOT AFFORD TO ‘WAIT AND SEE’
Oliver Chapman – Group CEO of OCI, a procurement company which delivers structured supply chain solutions and optimisation programmes across sourcing, logistics and trade finance, responds to the unfolding trade negotiations between the UK and US.

The recently agreed UK-US trade deal has been hailed by both Westminster and Wall Street as a ‘breakthrough’ for transatlantic commerce. Yet the announcement has raised significant concerns across British supply chains – and understandably so. 

Looking a little closer

Underneath the congratulatory statements lies a problem: the universal, sustained 10% blanket tariff on most British exports to the US remains firmly in place, despite reductions in a handful of sectors. President Donald Trump has made it clear that, even after new agreements are reached, the baseline duty will endure across the board unless companies secure a limited number of exemptions. 

This means an extra cost on British goods will be unavoidable, adding layers of complexity for UK exporters.

On one hand, a trade deal should simplify and strengthen bilateral economic ties. But President Trump’s tariffs cast a shadow over the potential benefits of the new pact. UK businesses cannot assume exemptions or goodwill will hold under an administration focused on protectionism.

There seems to be a contradiction in policy signals. For example, the UK-US trade deal promises reduced barriers and streamlined trade, yet maintaining the 10% tariff would surely override those gains, sowing confusion among exporters, manufacturers and investors.

The real impact of the UK-US “deal”

These tariffs will inevitably ripple throughout global supply networks. UK businesses, particularly those supplying components to US-based manufacturers or reliant on US demand, are right to be concerned. Although the tariffs are aimed at imports into the US, supply chains are undeniably interconnected. UK businesses that are part of US-focused supply chains could feel indirect pressure.

Not only that, but UK firms expecting growth from new US market access may face price disadvantages too, reducing the competitiveness of British goods in the American market. Also, UK firms that export components or finished goods to the US may face reduced demand if US firms pass higher costs down the chain or seek alternatives.

Take the automotive sector as an example. While the deal trims tariffs on up to 100,000 UK-build cars from 27.5% to 10%, the duty snaps back into force the moment that annual ceiling is met. That effect alone is enough to prompt American assemblers to rethink their sourcing strategies. UK manufacturers and logistics companies, already grappling with post-Brexit challenges, now face the prospect of competition from more favourable trade routes via Mexico and Canada.

The bigger picture

Tariff announcements often trigger foreign exchange fluctuations, and the pound wobbled on the news of the trade deal. A weaker pound might partially offset tariff costs for US buyers—it offsets part of the 10 percent duty—but increases import costs for UK firms relying on expensive, raw and overseas materials.

However, some global companies may look to move production away from US-involved routes, potentially presenting both challenges and opportunities for the UK. UK firms could benefit from ‘tariff-avoidance’ reshuffling if positioned strategically. But changes in trade rules may increase the compliance costs for UK businesses, especially SMEs, and uncertainty may delay investment or disrupt long-term supply relationships.

The changes may hit the UK’s automotive and aerospace industries hardest due to their deep ties with both US and EU supply chains. Pharmaceuticals and agriculture will certainly face regulatory hurdles in addition to cost increases.

With US trade policy becoming increasingly unpredictable, UK companies and multinational corporations may divert investment to less volatile markets. Some UK businesses may need to rethink supply chains in their entirety, either by reshoring production, sourcing alternative suppliers, creating mini-hubs stateside, or establishing US-based subsidiaries to bypass tariffs. This will require investment, but the prize is continuity of trad, rather than catastrophic or costly disruption.

And time is not necessarily on our side. British firms should immediately assess their exposure to US markets, hedge and build in resilience, not just for tariffs, but for broader policy volatility.

It’s “not all doom and gloom”


Yet not all is doom and gloom. The fact that the US administration was willing to strike a deal, however limited, signals a pragmatism and opportunity for wider negotiations.

At OCI, we have already begun advising clients on these scenarios and our message is clear: Businesses cannot afford to wait and see. The UK government, under Prime Minister Keir Starmer, must seek clarity on how the new trade deal would impact the British economy. Beyond tariffs and currencies, the deal’s narrow focus leaves many questions unanswered.

We must act now—with agility, foresight and a focus on supply chain resilience—lest this so-called ‘breakthrough’ deal prove more restricting than liberating.

  • Collaboration & Optimization
  • Procurement Strategy
  • Risk & Resilience

Notis Iliopoulos, VP of MRC at Obrela discusses how adopting a structured approach to supply chain risk management can safeguard your organisation against evolving cyber threats.

In the contemporary digital era, supply chains have transcended their traditional role as mere logistical networks. They have evolved into pivotal ecosystems that underpin the success of modern businesses. Nevertheless, as these intricate systems undergo digital transformation, they have become increasingly vulnerable to cyberattacks. 

A vulnerable third-party vendor or contractor frequently serves as an entry point for breaches. This makes it a necessity to implement compliance and risk management measures. For businesses aiming to safeguard their operations, supply chain risk management is more than a regulatory mandate. It’s a critical countermeasure for protecting sensitive data, maintaining operations and ensuring trust.

Obrela’s third party risk management offerings

Obrela recognises the complexities that organisations face in managing third-party cyber security risks. Through its Managed Risk and Controls (MRC) offering, Obrela helps businesses meet stringent compliance mandates while ensuring a robust security posture. MRC is designed to evaluate, monitor and mitigate risks associated with third-party providers, ensuring compliance with industry regulations and frameworks, including the likes of NIS2, DORA, and ISO 27001.

The unique value of Obrela’s MRC lies in its ability to deliver a holistic approach. MRC Services offer an umbrella of solutions that enable clients to effectively manage and orchestrate various aspects of cybersecurity such as governance, risk, compliance, and operations. The comprehensive approach streamlines these diverse facets of cybersecurity, providing clients with a cohesive and integrated security solution.  In particular, MRC for Supply Chain, encompass the collection, analysis, and evaluation of information on security processes and practices currently in place, enabling a thorough assessment of compliance with selected contractual requirements and identification of areas that require remediation actions.

Given the dynamic nature of contemporary supply chains, it is imperative that businesses maintain constant vigilance. Contractors and third-party providers frequently handle sensitive data or access critical systems, necessitating businesses to ensure that these external entities adhere to stringent cybersecurity standards. 

Risk monitoring, assessment, and going beyond compliance 

Obrela’s MRC offering addresses this requirement through a comprehensive four-pronged approach. 

Firstly, continuous risk monitoring delivers real-time insights into the cybersecurity posture of third-party vendors. Monitoring key risk indicators ensures businesses can promptly address vulnerabilities as they emerge.

Next, comprehensive compliance assessments using automated tools and standardised frameworks allow the MRC solution to evaluate third-party providers against both regulatory and organisational requirements. This ensures vendors align with critical security policies and standards.

Thirdly, beyond compliance, MRC emphasises proactive measures to reduce risk. Identifying weak points within the supply chain enables businesses to implement targeted solutions before vulnerabilities are exploited.

Finally, MRC delivers detailed reporting and visual dashboards, providing organisations with a clear picture of their third-party risk landscape. This transparency supports informed decision-making and prioritisation of mitigation efforts.

Benefits of proactive compliance score and third-party risk assessment

Central to Obrela’s MRC approach is the concept of compliance assessment. This provides a quantifiable measure of a third-party vendor’s adherence to cybersecurity standards, helping businesses streamline vendor selection, for example. A compliance assessment enables organisations to evaluate potential vendors at a glance, ensuring only those with robust cybersecurity practices are onboarded.

Clear compliance benchmarks also facilitate smoother contract discussions, as expectations around security and data protection are established upfront. Meanwhile, knowing the compliance status of each vendor allows businesses to act swiftly in the event of a breach, minimising potential damage.

A proactive approach to compliance demonstrates due diligence, satisfying regulators and reducing the risk of penalties or legal issues. Finally, by regularly assessing and improving the compliance of their supply chain partners, businesses can create a more resilient and secure ecosystem.

Why proactive supply chain cybersecurity management matters

The growing integration of cloud services, IoT devices, and advanced technologies into supply chains only serves to amplify their vulnerability. Cybercriminals often exploit the weakest link, making proactive risk management crucial. Obrela’s MRC offering not only identifies these weak links but also strengthens them, creating a fortified supply chain that supports business continuity.

Supply chain compliance is no longer optional; it’s an operational necessity in an era of escalating cyber threats. Obrela’s Managed Risk and Controls offering empowers businesses to navigate this complex landscape by providing the tools, insights and strategies needed to safeguard their supply chains. With continuous monitoring, thorough assessments, and actionable compliance recommendations, Obrela helps organisations protect their operations, their data and their reputation.

Incorporating Obrela’s MRC into your cybersecurity framework ensures the integrity and resilience of organizations’ supply chains, by thoroughly examining security processes and practices. MRC for the Supply Chain provides organisations with the confidence to mitigate risks, safeguard sensitive information, and maintain uninterrupted operations.

  • Digital Supply Chain
  • Risk & Resilience

The new agreement between the US and UK lowers tariffs on cars, steel, beef, and ethanol, providing much needed relief to businesses.

This week, UK Prime Minister Sir Kier Starmer and US President Donald Trump met to discuss the lowering of tariffs on goods imported to the US. In April, Trump instituted sweeping tariffs as part of his “Liberation Day” celebrations. 

In addition to a blanket 10% tariff on all US imports — a move which Trump said will revitalise US manufacturing and reset America’s trade agenda — many specific countries and industries also incurred additional levies. This included higher tariffs affecting the US’ automotive and steel imports — moves which were expected to severely afflict UK manufacturing.  

Now, following a meeting at 10, Downing Street, Starmer and Trump have this week come to an agreement that alleviates some, but not all, of the US’ imposed levies. The move, hailed by the Labour government as a successful effort to save “thousands of jobs” comes just days after the announcement of a new free-trade deal between the UK and India.

Relief for UK manufacturers 

As a result of the negotiated deal, car export tariffs will reduce from 27.5% to 10% — a change the government says will save “hundreds of millions a year for Jaguar Land Rover alone.” Above a quota of 100,000 UK cars — slightly less than the UK exported last year — the tariff rates rise again to 27.5%. Sir Kier Starmer called the deal “a huge and important reduction.” 

Cars are the UK’s biggest export to the US, selling roughly £9 billion per year. It’s also not clear if the UK will lift or alter the 10% levy the country currently charges on US car imports. 

The UK’s steel supply chain is also seeing tariff reductions. The industry was, according to the government, “on the brink of collapse just weeks ago,” and will now no longer face tariffs thanks to the new deal. The UK negotiated the 25% tariff down to zero, meaning UK steelmakers can carry on exporting to the US as before. The move follows the UK government’s move to temporarily renationalise Chinese-owned British Steel last month

Starmer and Trump also agreed on new reciprocal market access on beef – with UK farmers given a quota for 13,000 metric tonnes. The government was quick to assure citizens that the deal will result in no weakening of UK food standards on imports. The deal also saw the removal of the UK’s tariff on ethanol from the US, down to zero.

  • Risk & Resilience

Kelly van der Weg, Managing Director of Spring Global Delivery Solutions UK explores how rising global tariffs are disrupting international logistics, reshaping trade routes, and driving up supply chain costs for UK and European businesses.

Donald Trump’s return to the US presidency, and his subsequent decision to make good on the protectionist, pro-tariff trade policies from his first term and 2024 campaign, have intensified uncertainty surrounding global trade and economic growth. His trade policies not only affect the US economy but also have worldwide repercussions.

The rise in import tariffs has sparked growing international concern, impacting investment and destabilising global value chains. Europe was quick to respond to Trump’s “Liberation Day” tariffs, with the European Commission announcing a €26 billion retaliation package in April as a countermeasure against Washington’s tariffs.

This trade conflict will have a significant impact on global logistics and, even more critically, on international trade. But how will these effects materialise, and what can we expect in the coming months if the tariff war continues?

Rising Costs and Disruptions in Supply Chains

The increase in import costs will be inevitable. Businesses will have two choices: pass the added costs onto consumers—making goods more expensive—or absorb them, leading to financial losses and budget adjustments.

In this context, logistics will be directly affected. Additional fees at ports and customs will add to costs, some companies will relocate distribution centers to avoid tariffs, and regulatory compliance expenses will rise, further driving up supply chain costs.

Moreover, stricter customs inspections will cause shipping delays, disrupting deliveries and creating bottlenecks in distribution networks. As a result, many companies will face shortages of products or raw materials, limiting their production capacity and increasing the price of available goods. To counteract this, businesses will seek alternative suppliers—a process that comes with additional costs and complexities, further destabilizing supply chains.

Redefining Trade Routes and Sector Instability

As tariffs rise, many companies will reroute imports and exports through third-party countries to minimize costs. However, this strategy comes with major challenges: delivery times will increase due to more complex trade routes, administrative burdens will rise with new regulations, and congestion at alternative ports will further strain logistics efficiency. Consequently, global trade will slow down, leading to higher costs and more uncertainty across supply chains.

The higher cost of imported goods may also cause a drop in demand, further reducing global trade volumes. This will affect cargo transportation by sea, air, and land, disrupting operations at ports and logistics hubs. Additionally, uncertainty will discourage investment in infrastructure and logistics technology, limiting the industry’s ability to adapt to new challenges. As a result, the slowdown in global trade could trigger a ripple effect, impacting the broader economy.

In the UK, the automotive, machinery, and steel/aluminium industries and pharmaceuticals could experience reduced demand as US buyers face higher costs. While this week will likely see the US and UK announce a lower-tariff deal to spare the countries’ auto industries, top economists warn this will not be the kind of “free trade” deal that defined Anglo-American relations in the 1990s

The global tariff war is only just beginning. Constant changes in trade policies and unexpected announcements not only heighten political and economic instability but also significantly impact global logistics. Are we truly prepared for a new era of logistical challenges?

  • Risk & Resilience

Michel Spruijt, President at Brain Corp International explores how robotics and AI are helping logistics functions mitigate the ongoing pain points caused by an increasingly volatile supply chain landscape.

It seems as though every new week (maybe even day) means a new, seismic change to the global economic order. The Trump administration’s tariffs have affected every import to the US. Many nations have responded in kind with their own tariffs designed to target President Trump’s electoral base. For example: the EU tariffs hitting US trucks, cigarettes, and ice cream last month. While all sectors are affected, some — including automakers and, most recently, the film industry — are faring worse than others. 

In response, companies with large, globalised supply chains are racing to relocate manufacturing and strike deals with new suppliers. Many are also trying to quickly move stock into US ahead of the next round of changes. In this unstable climate, inventory management has become an ever more pivotal aspect of managing the supply chain.  

To find out more, we caught up with Michel Spruijt, President at Brain Corp International. Brain Corp are a robotics and artificial intelligence (AI) company. Its solutions are helping logistics functions mitigate the pain points caused by an increasingly volatile supply chain landscape. 

Michel, how big of a challenge do inventory mismanagement and other supply chain inefficiencies pose for organisations today?

Inventory mismanagement and supply chain inefficiencies represent a significant challenge for European organisations. They have direct impacts on profitability, customer satisfaction, and operational resilience. Blind spots in supply chains can be extremely costly: research indicates that the average company could lose nearly half of one year’s profit over a decade from a single prolonged, severe disruption. 

Inefficiencies such as inaccurate inventory data, manual processes, and lack of real-time insights often result in lost revenue, overordering, waste, and missed sales opportunities. 

The scale of these problems is amplified by the complexity of modern supply chains. These systems can span continents and involve hundreds or thousands of suppliers. It makes visibility and control even tougher.

What’s causing these types of inefficiency and lack of visibility?

When we examine the European supply chain landscape, we’re witnessing several critical challenges that are holding companies back. First, there’s a significant technology shortfall. Many organisations are still operating on legacy systems that simply weren’t designed to handle the speed and complexity of today’s market disruptions.

Second, we’re facing what could be thought of as a talent crisis in logistics and manufacturing. The workforce is aging, recruitment isn’t keeping pace, and this labor shortage is creating real operational bottlenecks across the continent, according to the European Commission.

Third, supplier networks have become incredibly convoluted and opaque. Most businesses only have clear visibility into their internal contents, leaving them vulnerable to disruptions further upstream that can appear without warning.

“For the retail and supply chain sectors specifically, these tariffs represent a significant threat” — Michel Spruijt, President, Brain Corp International
“For the retail and supply chain sectors specifically, these tariffs represent a significant threat” — Michel Spruijt, President, Brain Corp International

Finally, despite all our technological advances, we’re still seeing an overreliance on manual processes for fundamental operations including inventory management. This not only introduces errors but also creates significant efficiency drags.

These factors combined are seriously impacting European businesses’ ability to maintain resilient, responsive supply chains in today’s volatile market conditions.

Do you see the ongoing uncertainty around Trump’s tariffs exacerbating these problems (not to mention their impact on businesses)?

For the retail and supply chain sectors specifically, these tariffs represent a significant threat. They’re impacting everything from product pricing to distribution networks, potentially compromising jobs, export competitiveness, and forcing many companies to fundamentally rethink their global sourcing and distribution strategies.

Perhaps most concerning from a business perspective is the broader uncertainty these policies create. It’s becoming increasingly difficult for retailers and supply chain operators to engage in effective long-term planning, make confident investment decisions, or maintain stable supplier relationships. This environment of uncertainty inevitably leads to inefficiencies and significant disruptions across the entire supply ecosystem.

The reality is that in today’s interconnected global marketplace, this level of trade policy volatility creates ripple effects that extend far beyond immediate tariff costs.

How does a business with a global supply chain consistently get their hands on real-time, accurate data?

We’re seeing a multi-layered approach – comprising new technology and a new attitude – that’s delivering results for forward-thinking organisations.

First off, there’s a shift toward IoT and Sensor deployment across the entire supply ecosystem. These technologies when deployed within intelligent solutions can offer continuous, granular visibility into inventories that simply wasn’t possible before. Equally critical is the move toward centralised, cloud-based data platforms, that are breaking down traditional information silos and creating a single source of truth that’s accessible across boundaries.

The real game-changer, though, is how we’re applying AI and advanced analytics to this data ecosystem. These tools aren’t just monitoring information—they’re identifying patterns, flagging anomalies, and generating insights that allow managers to address potential difficulties proactively rather than reactively.

We’re also seeing tremendous impact from automated robotics solutions like our own Inventory Scan technology that’s being used in global warehouses and logistics facilities. These solutions are capturing near real-time inventory data without adding operational headaches. This dramatically reduces dependence on error-prone manual processes while significantly boosting data quality and timeliness.

Where do robots and AI fit into this picture?

Robotics and AI are among the solutions leading the charge to transform supply chains. AI-powered robots, particularly those that collect inventory information, autonomously collect critical data on pricing, planogram compliance, and product location—freeing staff for customer engagement while reducing human error. These systems tackle both labor shortages and cost woes by consistently and accurately handling routine tasks.

What’s powerful is how this robotics-collected data feeds AI analytics, that can in turn improve decisions across operations, from maintenance to forecasting. Most importantly, when used in a well arranged stack, this technology dramatically enhances supply chain resilience, enabling faster disruption response and smarter resource allocation.

This robotics-AI–management convergence represents the future of intelligent supply chains, already delivering measurable advantages for early adopters.

Do you have any examples of retailers successfully navigating their way past these pain points?

European retailers are implementing inventory scanning technology with autonomous robots to automate inventory management. 

An example would be Sam’s Club in the US deploying Brain Corp-powered robots, which scan aisle inventories whilst cleaning. Benefits include faster data collection, freed staff time for customer service, reduced human error, and better responsiveness to demand changes. 

A recent study from ECR Community Shrinkage looking at seven European retailers found that correcting inventory discrepancies led to 4–8% sales growth, with the largest gains in high-volume and high-value items. For a typical European grocery retailer with €10 billion in sales, resolving inaccuracies could recover €0.4–0.8 billion in sales. 

  • Digital Supply Chain
  • Risk & Resilience

Aman Parmar, Head of Marketing at BizSpace, argues that, while the challenges facing global supply chains are significant, the opportunities for innovation are equally substantial.

The global supply chain landscape has always been dynamic. However, recent years have seen a dramatic shift in how businesses and professionals approach logistics, distribution and sourcing. 

From the upheavals caused by the COVID-19 pandemic to the rise of technological advancements such as digital twins, Artificial Intelligence (AI) and the increasing urgency of addressing climate change, the challenges are clear. But so too are the opportunities. Now more than ever, supply chain professionals must adopt innovative strategies and embrace new technologies to stay resilient and competitive in a constantly shifting environment.

Adapting to Disruption: The Need for Resilience

One of the most profound lessons from the past few years has been the need for supply chain resilience. The pandemic exposed the fragility of just-in-time (JIT) systems and highlighted how quickly global disruptions can escalate. While many companies had previously focused on cost-efficiency and speed, the crisis forced them to re-evaluate their supply chain strategies. In response, businesses are moving towards more resilient models that incorporate flexibility, agility, and risk management.

“Businesses we work with are increasingly aware of the need for diversification in their supply chains,” says Aman Parmar, Head of Marketing at BizSpace, a provider of industrial space to UK based SMEs. “Nearshoring and diversifying suppliers can help mitigate the risk of disruptions. This is especially important as companies move away from heavy reliance on single-source suppliers or geographically concentrated regions, such as in Asia.”

Nearshoring, or bringing production and sourcing closer to home, is a critical response to global disruptions. It offers companies an opportunity to reduce lead times and limit exposure to geopolitical tensions. It can also help address environmental concerns around long-distance shipping.

Technological Innovation: The Rise of Digital Twins and AI

Technology continues to be one of the most transformative factors in the evolution of supply chains. Among the innovations driving change is the concept of “digital twins.” A digital twin is a virtual model of a physical asset, process, or system. It allows companies to simulate and analyse different scenarios in real time. By creating a digital replica of their supply chains, businesses can gain valuable insights. These include exposing inefficiencies, forecasting disruptions, and testing out various strategies for improvement.

“Digital twins enable businesses to better predict demand fluctuations, supply shortages, and logistical issues,” says Parmar. “This technology provides a way to make data-driven decisions, reduce costs, and improve decision-making accuracy.”

In parallel, AI is playing an increasingly crucial role in optimising supply chains. From automating warehouse management systems to enhancing route planning for transportation, AI is streamlining operations across industries. AI-powered predictive analytics are helping businesses better forecast demand, which in turn allows for better inventory management and less waste.

Decarbonisation: Navigating the Climate Crisis

Businesses across the world face increasing pressure to reduce their carbon footprints. As a result, decarbonising supply chains has become a major are of focus. The transportation sector accounts for a significant portion of global emissions. Therefore, it is one of the primary areas in which companies are looking to make changes. From using electric vehicles (EVs) for last-mile delivery to implementing greener packaging solutions, many businesses are rethinking how they operate to reduce their environmental impact.

The UK government has set ambitious targets to achieve net-zero emissions by 2050, and supply chain professionals must find ways to align with these goals. This includes making decisions on energy-efficient logistics, sustainable sourcing, and reducing waste in packaging. Innovations such as biodegradable packaging and the use of RFID (Radio Frequency Identification) to optimise inventory management are examples of how businesses are embracing sustainability.

“Decarbonisation is not just a regulatory requirement; it’s increasingly a competitive differentiator,” says Parmar. “Consumers, especially younger generations, are more aware of the environmental impact of their purchases, and they prefer companies that are transparent and committed to sustainability.”

AI, IoT, and the Future of Supply Chains

The Internet of Things (IoT) is another transformative force in supply chain management. By connecting devices, sensors, and equipment across the supply chain, businesses can collect real-time data on everything from inventory levels to the temperature of goods in transit. This data allows for greater transparency, improved traceability, and more proactive decision-making.

In particular, the food and retail industries have benefited from IoT’s ability to track perishable goods through the cold chain. By ensuring that products are kept at the right temperature throughout their journey, businesses can reduce waste and maintain the integrity of the products they deliver.

Embracing Change: The Role of Supplier Relationships and Third-Party Logistics

As global supply chains become more complex, maintaining strong supplier relationships and leveraging third-party logistics (3PL) providers is essential. By collaborating with suppliers to share information and streamline processes, businesses can increase visibility across their supply chains, which ultimately enhances efficiency.

The rise of e-commerce has also brought about an increased reliance on 3PLs, as businesses look to outsource logistics operations to companies that can handle everything from warehousing to last-mile delivery. For many smaller businesses, working with a 3PL offers access to a level of expertise and infrastructure that they would otherwise not be able to afford on their own.

Conclusion

The challenges facing global supply chains are significant, but the opportunities for innovation are equally substantial. By focusing on resilience, adopting cutting-edge technologies, and prioritising sustainability, businesses can not only weather disruptions but thrive in the face of change. The future of supply chains will require agility, transparency, and a commitment to ongoing transformation.

As Parmar concludes, “The future of supply chains lies in adaptability. Those who can embrace new technologies, collaborate with partners, and prioritise sustainability will be the ones leading the way forward in a rapidly evolving global market.”

Through exploring these key trends and strategies, businesses can position themselves to not only survive but thrive as the supply chain landscape continues to evolve.

  • Risk & Resilience

Adrian Wood, Director of Strategic Business Development at DELMIA, explores the idea that the need to react to unexpected global disruption is now a fundamental requirement for all companies; tariffs are only the latest incarnation of what manufacturers have to deal with.

Personally, and professionally, the impact of recent US government policy around trade and tariffs is felt by all of us. From a business perspective, tariffs represent a major concern for companies looking at corporate goals and metrics in both the short and long-term. It has now become unclear exactly what the cost of doing business will be, and how consumer demand may shift, based upon personal preferences and spending ability.

But this is not really uncharted territory. Over the last decade, the world has faced many disruptive events: Brexit, COVID, the Suez Canal, geo-political conflicts, climate changes, and so on. Each one is unique in its nature, but they all have similar impacts on supply chains and manufacturing; causing breaks in global supply, extreme fluctuations in demand, and unknown costs and barriers to competing.

Tariffs & Twins – The critical connection between disruption, AI and virtual twins

The need to react to unexpected global disruption is now a fundamental requirement for all companies; tariffs are only the latest incarnation of what manufacturers have to deal with. In each case, business leaders in supply chain and manufacturing are forced to face with the same basic questions:

  1. What is the impact of the disruption?
  2. What should I do now?
  3. What can I do to prepare for the future?

Prior to globalisation of trade and the increase in product and supply chain complexity, the first two questions were difficult, but not impossible to solve. Because of that, organisations largely ignored or deprioritised the third question. Today (with COVID being the pivot point in my opinion), all three questions have become a) critical and b) impossible to answer without the help of technology.

This is where Virtual Twins and AI capabilities have become essential to helping companies become agile and resilient to disruption. Let’s look at how they help with each of the basic questions:

What is the impact of the disruption?

This was the biggest (certainly the first) question from companies at the start of COVID, and led to much analysis and investment in the “control tower” concept. A control tower is only part of the solution though. What people were actually asking for was a precise digital representation of the entire supply chain with end-to-end and top-to-bottom detail and real-time operational status of facilities, resources and products – also known as the Virtual Twin.

With tariffs, the virtual twin acts as a source of truth that enables companies to see the current state of production and fulfillment, the source of all materials, and the process by which inventory and products are moved across borders before reaching customers. Additionally, it allows companies to immediately identify vulnerable points of supply, new costs, and opportunities to leverage existing contingencies based upon real-time availability and capabilities.

What should I do now?

Even with a precision virtual twin, the complexity of global supply chains and the number of possible business permutations are beyond human comprehension to evaluate and analyse effectively. However, traditional AI methods (such as optimisation) are now adept and considering competing business priorities to balance supply and demand while considering any number of physical and logical constraints. Used along with the virtual twin model, manufacturing and supply chain leaders can use AI to experience unlimited what-if scenarios to determine tactical responses.

Tariffs don’t represent a physical constraint, but cost is a major driving factor in the optimisation of the supply chain and production plans. Experimentation also allows companies to play games with the possible limits. For example, at what tariff percentage might we be able to absorb costs to protect margin without having to pass all the costs along to the consumer and impacting demand? These are logical questions that are extraordinarily difficult to answer without technology.

What can I do to prepare for the future?

One of the stated goals of recent policy is to bring manufacturing back to the United States, essentially on-shoring production that has developed in areas previously seen as economically more cost-effective. Without debating the policy, let’s look at the basic decision process to evaluate strategic changes to mitigate the impact of tariffs on production locations:

  1. What is the increase in operational costs most likely to be based upon movement of inventory and products?
  2. What would the reduction in operational costs assuming similar production capabilities in the US?
  3. What capital investment do I need in order to expand or build new manufacturing capacity?

The virtual twin of the supply chain will help us answer questions a) and b) by applying AI to the existing model of the enterprise and a variety of what-if models that supply chain teams can quickly create. Question c) requires a virtual twin model of production systems, so that we can accurately evaluate what our new or changed facilities and manufacturing process should look like. These virtual twins need to work in orchestration so that we can ensure confidence in what is likely to be billion-dollar decisions.

The precision of the virtual twins is so important because there are so many factors to consider. For example, it’s unclear whether there will be enough skilled workers to support a resurgence in manufacturing. Therefore, organisations need to consider robotics and automation as part of the manufacturing process. The smallest of details can have such a major impact on the final result.

Preparing for the future

There are also other ways to address the challenges in the short and mid-term. One strategy might be rapidly re-designing products to reduce the reliance upon supply and parts that need multiple border crossings, another great leverage of the virtual twin and what-if simulation.Of course, the best course of action to be prepared for the future, is to consider virtual twin technology today, if you have not done so already. Ironically, today’s uncertainty will undoubtedly be the biggest barrier to making an investment in digital transformation as budgets become frozen pending a more confident outlook. The challenge though, is that the next disruption is right around the corner, and from another unexpected direction. There is rarely a “best time” to wait for, but there is never a “wrong time” to make a start.

  • Digital Supply Chain
  • Risk & Resilience

Mike McGuire, Senior Manager and OSSRA Data Advisor at Black Duck, breaks down the limitations of SBOM, and how software producers and consumers can augment their SBOM workflows to account for those limitations.

On May 12, 2021, US Executive Order (EO) 14028 made software bills of materials (SBOMs) part of every open source risk management and software supply chain security conversation. The EO didn’t define any requirements surrounding SBOMs. However, it did ignite relevant efforts for software producers and consumers across the globe. 

Since the issuing of the EO, we have seen some clarification around SBOM requirements. These include those outlined by NIST, but requirements vary across different industries, jurisdictions, and private customers. Regardless, it’s important for software producers and consumers to understand the limitations of SBOMs across the board. Doing so will help them understand how to best augment their SBOM workflows to account for those limitations. 

SBOM limitations: It’s just a list of ingredients

Just like any data source, the effectiveness of an SBOM is dictated by its accuracy. If an SBOM doesn’t accurately list its components and their effective versions, then there is a chance of unaccounted risk. However, establishing complete visibility of application dependencies is harder than ever. 

The 2025 Open Source Security and Risk Analysis (OSSRA) Report by Black Duck found that 70% of open source dependencies in the average commercial application are transitive. Also, only 77% of all open source dependencies can be identified by scanning package manager manifests. This means that nearly one quarter of all open source dependencies in commercial applications are introduced though other means. These include manual inclusion, AI coding assistants, non-standard package managers, and so on. Identifying all these dependencies for inclusion in an SBOM is growing increasingly difficult, emphasizing the concern of inaccurate SBOMs. 

Should teams overcome the challenge of SBOM inaccuracy, then comes the task of identifying risk. Essentially, an SBOM is just a list of ingredients. It does not provide any insights into potential risk associated with the listed dependencies. For example, an SBOM could mention the inclusion of Apache 2.12.2. However, it will not tell you that component contains a critical vulnerability that has been exploited in the wild. All the SBOM generation and ingestion efforts made by teams will be for naut should they be unable to associate SBOM components with risk. 

SBOMs Under Threat 

Adding to the complexity is that SBOMs themselves can become targets of attack. Just like attackers can compromise a software artifact in the build or deployment stage, just as they did with SolarWinds and Codecov, respectively, they can do the same with SBOMs. Should an attacker gain access to a build environment to inject malicious packages, it wouldn’t be a far leap for them to also intercept a legitimate SBOM to remove references to the malicious package before sending it along to their unsuspecting victims. If this is done early enough in the software development lifecycle, the producer may even sign the corrupted SBOM, verifying its authenticity. 

These examples of challenges and limitations represent a few among several others, like lack of standardization and compatibility, difficulty keeping SBOMs dynamic and updated, overcoming limited visibility of dependencies, and so on.  All of this leads to perhaps the biggest issue, which is the overhead that this introduced to a business. Companies building software in regulated spaces have no choice but to build SBOMs and grapple with these challenges, meaning that more resources must be onboarded or shifted towards solving these problems. 

Using automation to shift SBOMs from liabilities to assets

Considering that the average application contains 911 open source dependencies, manually identifying and tracking these dependencies is not a scalable approach. Leveraging the use of a tool, like software composition analysis (SCA), automates this task, among others, to bring accuracy alongside velocity. 

Depending on the quality of the tool, SCA can automatically detect open source, commercial, and custom components before, during, and after builds. Additionally, some can import third-party SBOMs and automatically add the listed dependencies to the consumer’s own projects. The result is a complete and accurate SBOM, ideally exported in a standardized format like SPDX or CycloneDX. 

Given the pace of modern application development, SBOM generation isn’t something that should be done on a pre-determined basis. Some studies suggest that even the slowest DevOps shops have an average cycle time of less than a week. As soon as a change is committed to a project, an SBOM is out of date. For this reason, building dependency analysis and SBOM generation directly into the software development lifecycle is crucial. This includes triggering scans and SBOM generation via integrations with CI/CD tools like GitHub, Jenkins, or Artifactory. Doing so prevents SBOMs from being static and chronically outdated. 

Connecting the Dots

These same tools and integrations can be used to connect the dots between SBOMs and associated risk. An SCA tool will include a database of known vulnerabilities. This will alert teams to vulnerable components that violate custom policy. This will prevent them from getting built into projects and making it into the final SBOM. 

Some solutions will even continuously monitor SBOMs long after the application has been shipped, evaluating them for newly disclosed dependencies that impact included dependencies. As a matter of fact, some software consumers require vulnerability information be included alongside SBOMs, perhaps in Vulnerability Exploitability Exchange (VEX) format, which many tools also offer support for. 

Finally, SBOMs need to be treated like any other software artifact when it comes to secure sharing. There’s no shortage of free and commercial solutions available offering secure APIs and storage for public and private SBOM distribution. This enables teams to leverage automation to detect application dependencies, continuously analyze them for risk, dynamically build SBOMs at the pace of development, and make them securely accessible to key stakeholders via APIs or direct CI/CD integrations. 

SBOMs: Another powerful tool to combat cyber risk

SBOMs enhance software security by improving vulnerability detection, compliance, and supply chain transparency

They help identify risks like Log4j and manage dependencies, but they have limitations. SBOMs can be incomplete or outdated, lack exploitability context, face standardization challenges, and introduce business friction. To be fully effective, SBOMs must be paired with real-time monitoring, vulnerability management, and secure distribution. These are all challenges that teams should turn to automation to address.

  • Digital Supply Chain
  • Risk & Resilience

Phillip Gulley, Co-Founder and Chief Strategy Officer of Cofactr, looks at four ways for US manufacturers to create resilience in the face of tariffs without shutting themselves off from global trade networks.

Newly imposed tariffs on U.S. imports, and the threat of many others, are leaving companies across the country unclear as to what’s next and U.S. consumers uncertain about how they’ll be affected. While consumers will inevitably face higher prices and product shortages, manufacturers are up against more nuanced challenges. Like many businesses, they now must bear the burden of tariff costs while overhauling the supply chains that they’ve spent decades streamlining—while ensuring compliance every step of the way. Manufacturers operating in highly regulated industries, like aerospace, defense, and medical technology, must navigate even stricter compliance requirements and a supplier base limited by a lower number of skilled manufacturing vendors and new economic realities. 

As a result, many U.S. manufacturers are looking to onshore operations to address the impacts of these recently imposed tariffs—and prepare for those to come. But making that transition to build new infrastructure, train skilled manufacturers, and shift to more resilient onshoring solutions is neither quick nor realistic across many sectors.

Manufacturers can’t rely on onshoring alone, especially in the short-term.

Onshoring, or relocating production operations back to domestic soil, is an effective strategy in theory. It decreases lead times, increases control and visibility into the supply chain, and circumvents tariffs on international imports.

Unfortunately, this doesn’t happen overnight, and the economic realities of the domestic labor market don’t allow for a rip-and-replace model. It is much more involved than simply moving manufacturing to the U.S.

Supply chain operations have deep and complex interconnections across borders. The U.S. relies on other countries not only for materials but also for their infrastructure and labor to create those materials. Bringing this stateside would require months for simple operations and up to decades for more complex manufacturing processes, given the need to develop and scale new infrastructure and upskill workers. Even if this were immediately possible, there are raw material considerations. 

While the U.S. has significant resources, some materials required to manufacture products are not available domestically.

When onshoring isn’t an option

There are also certain suppliers, such as those that build mature node electronic components, that simply can’t be replaced in the short term. If we abruptly limit or cut off access to foreign markets for these kinds of materials and components, the remaining supply chain quickly bottlenecks, causing shortages in critical industries. This would mean critical PCBA and related subassemblies used in communication, transportation, defense, and many other industries could not be manufactured. 

So, when the US imposes tariffs on countries where these specialised suppliers are located, manufacturers are left with no choice but to pay them and absorb higher costs themselves or pass them along to their customers. 

Manufacturers should, and likely need to, consider onshoring at least some of their production to be more cost-effective, support domestic manufacturing and economic growth, and drive more efficient processes. However, it isn’t realistic for this to happen quickly enough to avoid the impacts and rippling effects tariffs will have on their supply chains.

The good news is that manufacturers can strengthen their supply chain resilience in ways other than onshoring. Here are four ways they can proactively mitigate risks and build a more adaptable supply chain in the short term:

1. Build A Diversified Supplier Network

Many manufacturers have spent decades getting their supply chains to a point where they heavily rely on a small circle of suppliers they regularly work with to minimise touchpoints, keep costs low, and drive efficiencies. The appeal of handing back office supply challenges to tiered vendors was a logical and valuable choice. Unfortunately, with today’s uncertainties, they can no longer afford a hands-off approach. 

Manufacturers are now expanding or shifting their supplier networks to mitigate delays and shortages, attempting to ensure production continues at unit economics that still fit existing business models. But manufacturers must go beyond increasing the number of suppliers to mitigate risk—to leverage better optionality they need to diversify geographically and consider where subcomponents are sourced to eliminate single points of failure. 

While manufacturers should explore this in the near term, they can’t compromise on due diligence: establishing relationships with new suppliers requires thorough research into vendor ratings, PPAP, and industry reputation. For critical assemblies or components, a site visit to fully understand a supplier’s capabilities and quality control processes may be necessary before engaging with them.

For manufacturers in highly regulated industries, who are typically constrained to a list of pre-vetted suppliers, they can diversify by activating suppliers in their approved vendor list who may not currently be engaged, ideally while negotiating transparency across vendors into where they’re sourcing subcomponents from and their ability to ramp up or down quickly in response to demand shifts. 

2. Invest in Technology to Track Thousands of Moving Components in Real-Time

A manufacturer’s supply chain is only as strong as the visibility they have into it. Without a real-time look into their tiered supply chain, it’s difficult for manufacturers to anticipate risks, respond quickly to disruptions, and make informed decisions to drive efficient operations.

It’s easier said than done for companies to achieve this kind of transparency. Every time a ccompany procures or moves a component—from factory to warehouse to assembly line—it must document the latest stage in the journey. This includes details like its country of origin, compliance certifications, and any material transformation made along the way. With thousands of parts moving at any given time, the sheer volume of data makes tracking nearly impossible without the proper systems in place. Even a single component or part’s traceability is challenging to track. Did that screw come from a lot of materials from McMaster or Granger? Was this resistor from a lot that originated in Taiwan or China?

These questions can be difficult to answer, and when an OEM digs into the details with their manufacturing partners, the answers can sometimes be murky and can affect the economics and compliance of a final assembly. This makes the risks during manufacturing more obscure, possibly compromising compliance, and makes traceability nearly impossible for efficient maintenance and repair if errors arise. 

“With a rise in tariffs on U.S. imports, having documentation readily available is even more critical” — Phillip Gulley, Co-Founder and Chief Strategy Officer, Cofactr

For example, for duty drawbacks—or a refund on duties paid that are later exported or destroyed—manufacturers must have precise documentation. Just one missing piece of documentation can result in rejected claims and lost refunds.

The problem is that many manufacturers still rely on invoices and records tracked through physical paperwork, across multiple digital platforms, and in spreadsheets, none of which are scalable or efficient. The only way to ensure manufacturers have every piece of documentation on their thousands of moving parts—exactly when they need it—is to bring every part of their supply chain into a unified and centralised platform. 

We’re at a turning point where implementing technology into the supply chain is no longer a nice-to-have. From AI to IoT to blockchain solutions, manufacturers need to lean into technology to automate processes, capture and analyse data in real-time, and consolidate all moving pieces to have an end-to-end view of their supply chain. It’s the only way they’ll be able to keep their operations intact in such an uncertain and rapidly changing environment. 

3. Understand Where Each Individual Part Comes From to Properly Assess Costs

Manufacturers’ visibility into their supply chain needs to go beyond knowing who direct suppliers are and where they’re located. To get the full picture on their exposure to tariffs, manufacturers need visibility into their tier-two and tier-three suppliers—the sources of components and subcomponents. Otherwise, they risk underestimating the true cost or risk exposure of their products.

For example, a manufacturer might assume tariffs don’t apply to a specific part because their direct supplier is located domestically. However, if that supplier imports subcomponents from a now-tariffed country, costs for that supplier will rise. The supplier will then pass those costs down the chain. If the manufacturer doesn’t have visibility into these deeper supplier relationships, they could face unexpected price increases.

Keeping track of every component, subcomponent, and their country of origin—in addition to how various tariffs apply as they continue to change—is nearly impossible to do manually. Manufacturers can leverage technology to streamline and analyse part movements, assess tariff impacts, and calculate landed unit costs. Automating these processes also helps make more informed decisions on sourcing and planning to mitigate unit cost increases and delays in manufacturing. Plus, real-time tracking across distributors can help manufacturers continuously monitor changes in suppliers’ ownership, location, and compliance statuses—all of which can change to significantly impact products. 

With tiered supply chains, assessing risk without compromising IP becomes even more challenging. But clearly defining risks, communicating them effectively across vendors, and strategically using technology to distill thousands–if not millions—of parts into actionable insights leads to smarter, more effective decision-making. Utilising technology to protect IP while surfacing risk across upstream vendors can keep prime manufacturers alerted to the risk profile of their tiered vendors. 

4. Build Out Worst Case Scenarios on a Virtual Model of the Supply Chain

Arguably the most effective way for manufacturers to build a resilient supply chain is to prepare for disruptions before they happen. With the right protocols and systems in place to address disruptions the moment they occur, manufacturers will be able to mitigate, or even prevent, severe operational and financial impacts. 

The first step is to identify any vulnerabilities in their supply chain operations. Manufacturers can do this by building a digital supply chain twin, or a virtual model of the entire supply network. A digital supply chain twin lets manufacturers simulate different disruption scenarios—such as tariffs, sanctions, and logistical bottlenecks—and see exactly how these disruptions would affect their supply, either ahead of an event or in real-time. By testing different scenarios ahead of time, they can identify weak points and create contingency plans to minimise risks before they turn into crises. 

This goes beyond financial risk. A digital twin also helps manufacturers assess their vulnerabilities across multiple factors, including geographic (whether at a broad level like a specific region or at a granular level, such as a single supplier or commodity), cybersecurity, or reputationally. 

As global supply chains face increasing pressures from tariffs, manufacturers need to proactively address the uncertainties ahead. By diversifying their supplier base, investing in technology to improve supply chain visibility, and building a digital supply chain twin, manufacturers can build more resilient operations that let them stay agile and prepared in the short and long-term future.

  • Risk & Resilience

Rob Shaw, GM EMEA at Fluent Commerce, breaks down some simple, cost-effective strategies for supply chain resilience on a budget.

With key supply chain strategies, global retailers can boost sales, minimise wasted stock, and stay competitive in an increasingly cost-constrained supply chain landscape. 

In a supply chain landscape that seems to get more budget-conscious with each passing day (or presidential tweet), retailers are looking to optimise their global supply chains and maintain profitability, which requires smart inventory strategies. 

From prioritising stock replenishment in line with demand to maximise profit, to highlighting key supply points for customer demand locations to cut delivery costs, there are many ways that retailers can stay competitive and boost their margins in the coming months.

Inventory is king

Balancing stock is essential, particularly when it comes to seasonal items. An excess of slow-moving products might lead to markdowns and reduced sales, for example. Therefore, to optimise sales and turns, it is key to have the right stock in the right place at the right time across every fulfilment location.

Launching with less stock in stores

Launching a new product is always a bit of a tightrope walk. How much stock should be in-store from day one? For many retailers, that figure is around 70 per cent, however, over the course of a season, new items will sell varying amounts, depending on the location. Demand forecasts play an important role, of course, but they are rarely 100 per cent precise.

There are always influences beyond our control and foresight, from weather events to political activity to fashion trends. The question therefore is why put so much new stock in-store straight away, when it might only take up to 20 per cent to fill the shelves. With efficient replenishment operations and procedures in place, you can afford to be more cautious. 

Evaluate how real-time demand performs compared to your demand forecast and allocate replenishment accordingly. This means an uptick in full price sales early in the season and thus reduced markdown sales later on, as well as less need to withdraw unsold goods.

Replenishing based on source of demand, not supply

One of the great advantages of the Internet age is that digital orders can be sourced from anywhere so, if you have slow-moving stock in one place, you can use it to fulfil digital orders from anywhere. There is a challenge, however, in that fulfilling digital orders can appear to boost stock turns at a specific place, when the reality might be different and have significant cost ramifications.

The closer the shipping point to the customer, the lower the associate delivery costs and the better the customer experience. Simply put, just because an item can be dispatched from a particular location, does not necessarily mean you should replenish stock to that site. Instead, consider demand and replenish stock based on the source of demand (where your customers are), not only where you ship from. And when considering demand, look beyond actual sales to unrealised demand.

Factoring unrealised digital demand into demand forecasts

What does unrealised demand mean in the context of digital sales? Consider the customer journey: each time someone visits your website, they might check on a specific item’s availability in terms of size, colour and other variables. That’s a demand signal, particularly, if the potential customer is checking local in-store availability. And, if that product is not available, it translates into a lost sale, but how can we measure the number of lost sales and optimise our replenishment protocols accordingly?

You can factor in unrealised demand using a modern enterprise inventory availability hub. These solutions help gather information, such as when customers check stock availability. This means you can see clearly the ratio of checks to orders and use that information to boost demand forecast precision far beyond what you can see with pure sales data.

Keeping costs low for retailers and consumers

In 2025, adopting budget-conscious global supply chain strategies is crucial for retailers aiming to stay competitive, increase profitability, and navigate market uncertainties. Prioritising inventory optimisation by balancing stock levels, launching with minimal initial stock, and replenishing based on actual and unrealised demand ensures smoother operations and higher sales margins.

At the same time, using advanced technologies like enterprise inventory availability hubs enables retailers to capture valuable data, refine demand forecasts, and minimise wasted stock, while strategic replenishment, based on customer demand locations, reduces delivery costs and improves the customer experience. By integrating these strategies, retailers can not only address cost pressures but also position themselves to adapt swiftly to unforeseen challenges. Ultimately, these practices pave the way for sustainable growth, stronger consumer trust, and resilience in the ever-evolving global retail landscape.

  • Collaboration & Optimization
  • Risk & Resilience

With sweeping 10% tariffs on all imports, and higher rates on many parts of the world, the Trump administration’s “Liberation Day” tariffs promise to profoundly disrupt and reshape global supply chains.

This week, President Donald Trump instituted sweeping tariffs, including a 10% tariff on all US imports. President Trump has said the move will revitalise US manufacturing and reset America’s trade agenda.

Dubbing the announcement “Liberation Day,” Trump has proposed, in addition to the 10% flat rate on all imports, an array of steeper rates for some of the US’ major trade partners. The European Union faces higher rates of 20%, China 34% (on top of the 20% rate imposed earlier this year), Japan 24%, and Vietnam 46%. Also, the US has immediately implemented a 25% tariff on all foreign-made cars and auto parts. 

The world responds

European Commission President Ursula von der Leyen called Trump’s decision a “major blow to the world economy,” adding that “The consequences will be dire for millions of people around the globe … hurting, in particular, the most vulnerable citizens.”

The tariffs, introduced on Wednesday, will be the highest placed in effect by the US for more than 100 years. Ireland’s public expenditure minister Jack Chambers observed that “the last time the scope or extent that this was tried globally in trading terms, was in the early around 1930 which led to the Great Depression.”

 On Thursday, stocks around the world saw their worst one-day sell off since 2020, wiping approximately $2.5trn off the global economy. As world leaders respond to the unfolding situation, organisations in the UK and abroad are bracing for the potential impact of a worldwide trade war that promises to disrupt supply chains and reshape the balance of global trade to a degree not seen since the end of the Cold War. 

The UK, while hit with the lowest possible base rate of 10%, still faces significant cost pressures to its auto-industry. 

A whole new supply chain landscape

Across the supply chain and procurement space, experts are sounding the alarm in response to Trump’s new tariffs.

Ian Thompson, VP for Northern Europe at Ivalua — a spend management company working with some of the largest firms in the UK and across Europe (including Volkswagen, BAE Systems and Bulgari) to strengthen their resilience against supply chain disruption and enable stronger supplier relationships, warned SupplyChain Strategy that Trump’s tariffs “could deal a serious blow to UK industry, especially automakers.” 

He points out that the UK exports one in five cars to the US, meaning these measures threaten to push up prices for consumers on both sides of the Atlantic as businesses pass on rising costs to their customers. 

“The age of stable, predictable global trade is over” — Ian Thompson, VP Northern Europe, Ivalua

“But resilience isn’t just about where businesses buy; it’s about how quickly they can see and respond to change. Companies need deep, real-time visibility into spend and supplier networks,” he added. “That’s what enables businesses to be agile, rerouting orders, renegotiating contracts, and reallocating costs before disruption becomes a crisis. Tariffs are just one more sign that the age of stable, predictable global trade is over. Future success will hinge on businesses continuing to invest in smarter, more flexible supply chain operations”

Gambling with American economic hegemony

Economists have been quick to express a mixture of bemusement and frustration with the new tariffs. “This goes against every basic economic theory in the last hundred years,” Dan Ives, the global head of technology research at Wedbush Securities, observed in a recent interview. Ives pointed out in his discussion with the ‘Intelligencer’ that “uncertainty almost guarantees negative GDP growth for Q2 and raises the odds of a recession to likely over 50%” 

Speaking to reporters aboard Air Force One earlier this week, President Trump said that the new tariff rollout is “going very well.” The President observed that he is open to “phenomenal” offers from countries to negotiate down the new rates.

Wielding US tariffs like a stick against the rest of the global economy could result in the negotiation of favourable trade deals with countries that depend on US imports. However, Bedassa Tadesse, Professor of Economics at the University of Minnesota Duluth, notes in a recent article for the Conversation that “the fanfare surrounding the announcement masks a much larger gamble.” 

A resurgent US manufacturing sector and favourable trade agreements are the obvious unknowns here, but Tadesse argues that “what’s really at stake is trust – America’s long-standing reputation as a stable and predictable destination for global investment. And once that trust is lost, it’s incredibly hard to win back.” 

  • Risk & Resilience

RELEX’s second annual State of the Supply Chain report reveals widening gap between AI ambitions and execution as inflation drives retailers to private label expansion.

Companies are aggressively investing in AI across supply chains to counter inflation and trade volatility, but a growing execution gap threatens to derail these efforts, according to the second annual State of Supply Chain 2025: Balancing Inflation, Investment & Innovation report from RELEX Solutions.  

While 60% of surveyed companies are prioritising AI and automation investments, nearly half (44%) can’t find the specialised talent needed to implement these technologies. Companies also struggle with budget constraints that limit their ability to scale AI initiatives (43%) as well as poor data quality (39%). 

Taking the pulse of the supply chain

The comprehensive study surveyed 500+ retail, CPG manufacturing, and wholesale professionals across seven countries, revealing how economic headwinds are simultaneously driving technology investment and forcing strategic pivots: 

  • Inflation is reshaping retail strategies – 31% of retailers are optimising operations and 31% are adjusting pricing to stay competitive 
  • Private label expansion has become mainstream – 59% of retailers are growing own-brand portfolios as consumers seek value 
  • Food and beverage manufacturers face margin pressure – 70% have increased discounting aggressively, while 40% have introduced value-tier products 

These findings expand on the early released findings of the report showing 60% of companies fundamentally restructuring their supply chains, with 52% citing demand volatility as their primary challenge and 47% concerned about tariff uncertainty and trade disruptions. 

“Today’s supply chain leaders face a dual challenge – they must innovate through technology while adapting to economic pressures,” said Dr. Madhav Durbha, Group Vice President of Manufacturing Industry Strategy at RELEX Solutions. “The gap between AI’s potential and its practical implementation represents both the greatest risk and opportunity in supply chain transformation today.” 

The report also identifies Generative AI (59%), Predictive AI (43%), and Cloud-native solutions (34%) as the top technology investment priorities, with most companies allocating between 5-20% of their technology budgets to AI-driven solutions despite market volatility. “As businesses navigate economic volatility and evolving consumer behaviours, the report underscores the importance of flexible supply chain strategies that combine technology investment with operational agility,” said Durbha. “Organisations that can bridge the gap between AI’s potential and practical implementation will gain a competitive edge, while those that lag behind may struggle to keep pace.”

  • Risk & Resilience

Christina Slaughter, SVP of Supply Chain Management at tms, looks at the unfolding wave of tariffs disrupting supply chains around the world, and at how organisations can survive Trump’s term two whiplash.

As President Trump’s unpredictable tariff announcements continue to emerge from the White House, American businesses are grappling with how to adjust their import strategies for greatest effectiveness. 

These are volatile times for importers and personally I’ve never been so whiplashed in my 30 years of managing supply chains. Any plan we make today could be easily upended by the next shock announcement.

While tariffs are likely to target China, questions remain about the impact on Mexico, Canada, Europe and the rest of the world. Against this backdrop, American companies are looking to diversify their supply chains and are re-evaluating long-standing – and often successful – relationships with manufacturers in China. 

Regardless of how the tariff regime plays out, businesses should address key questions when diversifying their supply chains and sourcing goods from untested suppliers. 

Through thorough desk research, questionnaires to prospective suppliers, tours of factories and leveraging local knowledge that includes the know-how of employees and partners, businesses can build up a detailed picture of potential new suppliers before signing on the dotted line.

Don’t choose suppliers purely on cost

Avoid choosing suppliers purely on cost as there will always be a reason why the cost is low.

Other key considerations are:

1. Logistics is key.

A factory may be located some distance away from the nearest transport hub and lack links to a seaport or rail connection, for example, meaning that your shipments could become slow and unpredictable. 

Identifying the timeline for product delivery is vital and a factory should be hours, rather than days, away from a transport node. It is also vital that businesses have their own logistics team rather than using external experts to ensure that mistakes like this are not made.  

2. Assess infrastructure

Are there reliable transport links not only for shipping product but also for receiving raw materials and enabling staff to commute? 

Evaluate if available utilities can support essential equipment. A food business that might require refrigeration units – are these available and is there energy infrastructure to power them? 

Gain a clear understanding of the supplier’s capabilities before you start working with them, to avoid any unexpected shocks. When sourcing supplies from abroad, the unexpected can happen. 

Assessing infrastructure is especially important for new-build facilities where amenities such as power supplies, internet and mobile coverage, transport links and local services may not be fully operational.

3. Check labor availability

To be able to support customer orders consistently within the committed lead times, suppliers must have access to sufficiently skilled staff. 

Entry level jobs are relatively easy to fill but the challenge comes in finding skilled managers who know how to install and operate machinery and technology, manage quality control and quality assurance and check regulatory standards. Mid-level managers also need to be able to manage people within the industry they are supporting. 

Many countries are still building this expertise and establishing their capacity to handle new supply orders, so external support may be needed to help with training.

Ensure that labor conditions align to your company’s values, with decent wages and safe, fair practices on issues such as overtime and the age of employees, working conditions and fire safety. It’s crucial to audit the information supplied by factories to ensure you are getting what you pay for but at the same time, that costs are being kept under tight control. 

4. Leverage existing supplier relationships

One approach is to ask existing suppliers to supervise new investments and set up alternative supply arrangements. This maintains a business relationship with those suppliers and helps smooth the transition to a new provider. 

The current supplier could oversee a lift and shift of the technology and skills to the new factory. This maintains consistency and keeps elements of the existing supply system in place, minimising disruption.  

5. Align your sustainability goals. 

A supplier’s environmental and sustainability policies should align with your corporate goals. This may increase costs but is vital for certain companies and it can be expensive for new suppliers to put these policies in place. 

6. Consider local environmental conditions. 

Assess local conditions such as earthquakes, tsunamis and volcanoes as well as extreme weather conditions such as typhoons and flooding. There can also be seasonal climate variations that make supply more difficult depending on the weather. 

7. Government and regulation.  

Take the temperature of the current political and geo-political climate. 

Look at issues such as corruption, ease of doing business and the legislative system. Is there political instability that could lead to disruption? Large companies can leverage their own trade and security staff to find out the relevant information.

Above all, however, work to find a win-win solution so responsibility for resolving the situation doesn’t rest solely on the shoulders of the manufacturer or supplier. This, along with considered evaluation, careful research and due diligence are key to successfully navigating today’s complex geo-political environment. 

  • Risk & Resilience
  • Sourcing & Procurement

Neil Pein, CEO at BNP Paribas Leasing Solutions explains why Europe’s farmers have been dealt a tricky hand, battling economic pressures, population growth, climate change, and rising sustainability demands. He argues that embracing Product-as-a-Service (PaaS) models can democratise access to cutting-edge technology with financial flexibility, paving the way for a resilient and circular future for farming.

‘Empty shelf syndrome’ has become all too familiar for shoppers across Europe. Shortages are an almost everyday occurrence in food supply – from olive oil, to honey, and more recently, cauliflower and broccoli. But this empty shelf space is more than just a supply chain hiccup: this is a symptom of deeper-rooted problems in farming.

The farming community is no stranger to hardship – braving unpredictable weather, tight finances, rising production costs, and the demands of the land. Incomes are dropping, and many are being forced to close shop altogether. The European Union (EU) has seen a huge 37% drop in farms since 2005, with 5.3 million farms disappearing over just 15 years.

At the same time, farmers are facing growing heat to invest in more sustainable farming practices, while many are struggling to make ends meet.

Tightening regulations, new policy changes, and green subsidies are changing ways of working on farms. Many are racing to play their part in building a more sustainable future – and the stakes are far greater than just keeping shelves full.

A PaaS-ing trend?

Farmers are now looking in other directions to manage business risks and costs, while having to tighten their belts. Product-as-a-Service (PaaS) business models are stepping in as a solution to respond to the challenges of modern farming. 

PaaS models allow customers to pay for the services and outcomes a product can provide, rather than paying for the ownership of the asset itself. For farms, this opens the door to modern, sustainable, and expensive assets which may otherwise be out of reach – such as ground-based sensors, drones, autonomous tractors, or GPS technology. These costs are spread over the contract’s duration, providing financial flexibility, predictable expenses, and the freedom to reinvest in growth.

PaaS is a win-win for manufacturers, too. Offering PaaS contracts can unlock predictable revenue streams for manufacturers by offering services that span the entire lifecycle of farm machinery. It’s a well-known fact that machinery, like combine harvesters and tractors, comes with a hefty price tag. With long asset lifespans, moving away from one-time sales helps manufacturers to diversify their revenue opportunities and build long-term relationships with farmers.

The future of farming is circular

Traditionally, the high cost of equipment has made it tough for farmers to modernise and invest in new, sustainable tools, with steep upfront costs being a major barrier. PaaS solutions are emerging as a way to democratise access to the tools they need to adapt and succeed. 

The EU’s ‘Farm to Fork’ (F2F) strategy, introduced under the European Green Deal, has added urgency to updating outdated farm machinery and lean into circular economy principles. The F2F strategy aims to shift the current EU food system towards a sustainable model, with ambitious goals to halve the use of pesticides and fertilisers, reduce food loss and waste, and promote more sustainable production and consumption habits.

Under these goals, pay-per-use contracts for advanced equipment like seeders and sprayers can add real value for farmers. By keeping upfront costs low, PaaS enables farmers to use precision farming methods that comply with the F2F strategy, help manage rising fertiliser costs, as well as protect water, soil, and air quality.

What’s more, PaaS agreements support sustainability aims by letting manufacturers reclaim valuable materials at the end of a machine’s life. They can also offer options like maintenance and spare parts. This not only supports the circular economy, but also provides a buffer against raw materials price fluctuations and supply chain disruptions.

Giving farmers tools at their fingertips

Farmers are familiar with the risk and disruption facing the sector. Across Europe, farmers have been taking to the streets to protest issues like EU subsidy delays and bureaucracy, while in the UK, thousands marched against upcoming inheritance tax changes on agricultural assets over £1mn starting April 2026.

Pinching pennies, compounded by the growing impacts of climate change – like natural disasters and unpredictable weather patterns – are pushing the adoption of digital tools to the forefront, promising to lower operating costs and improve precision and accuracy. 

PaaS models leverage digital asset management, giving farmers the data insights to monitor equipment usage and performance like never before. This can span soil moisture levels, temperature fluctuations, and livestock behaviour – offering data at their fingertips to better manage crops, minimise waste, and weather the challenges ahead.

The future of farming is rooted in a combination of financial flexibility and sustainable practices. With access to cutting-edge tools without the burden of high upfront costs, farmers can meet more stringent sustainability regulations, meet the food security needs of a growing population, and reduce operating costs – ensuring stocked shelves become the norm, rather than the exception.

  • Risk & Resilience
  • Sourcing & Procurement
  • Sustainability

From tariffs and trade wars to greater emphasis on speed and cost-containment, we take a look at why the industry’s biggest logistics companies and solutions providers are restructuring and regionalising to focus on resilience in their supply chains.

At Manifest Vegas this year, we caught up with some of the biggest names in the logistics space, hoping to find out not just how they plan to mitigate the challenges of an increasingly fraught geopolitical and economic climate, but also how they plan to ensure the supply chain will continue to deliver value for the business as a whole. 

It probably shouldn’t come as a surprise that resilience was the word we heard repeated by virtually everyone in the sector, from freight haulers to third-party solutions providers. Everyone’s trying to figure out how to weather a less predictable world; it’s no longer a matter of if, but when and where disruption will hit the supply chain, so figuring out how to mitigate its effects is key. 

“Geopolitical tensions, fluctuating regulations, and economic uncertainties are poised to create complex pain points along the supply chain in 2025,” warns Gene Welsh, CTO at logistical services provider MODE GLOBAL.  For Welsh, the year ahead threatens “trade wars, tariffs, and shifting alliances” — all of which have the potential to disrupt supply chains, something he notes will both increase costs and cause delays. 

Tariffs, uncertainty and the unpredictable US

“One of the biggest uncertainties shaping supply chains in 2025 is trade policy instability, particularly in North America,” said Tony Zasimovich, Global Retail Vertical Lead at DP World

From Trump Tariffs to the activities of Elon Musk’s Department of Governmental Efficiency (DOGE) making sweeping cuts to the federal government, the regulatory landscape facing organisations based in or doing business with the US is looking increasingly complicated. 

The Trump administration’s protectionist policies are part of an emerging picture which, According to Zasimovich, raise “concerns about new tariffs, shifting rules of origin, and increased compliance costs, creating a more complex regulatory landscape for cross-border trade.” He adds: “At the same time, the implementation of higher US tariffs on China, Canada, and Mexico is forcing businesses to reassess their sourcing and transportation strategies. While some are diversifying through friendshoring and multi-sourcing, these shifts can introduce longer transit times, increased costs, and new regulatory hurdles.” 

In response to these challenges, Mark Kunar, CFO and Chief Strategy Officer at DHL agrees that “resiliency will be at the forefront for organisations in 2025,” noting that, logistics networks, “whilst previously constructed for efficiency and just-in-time processes,” will need to be restructured to provide “enhanced resiliency and regulatory compliance” in order to stay afloat. “Geopolitical tensions, regulatory changes, and economic pressures create uncertainty for both our customers and their consumers and can lead to increased costs, compliance risks, and supply chain disruptions. Trade and tariff disputes will impact the cross-border flow of goods, creating a strain on sourcing strategies and the timeliness of bringing goods to market.” 

Regionalisation as a path to resilience 

While none of this necessarily represents a new attitude — people were already talking like this a few months into the COVID-19 pandemic — the discussion at this year’s Manifest Vegas event felt different. Rather than patch and tweak and make older supply chain models sturdier, it’s starting to feel as though the foundational structures that make up global trade networks are beginning to shift. The rulebook is being rewritten.  

If you talk to Zasimovich, he’ll tell you that 2025 is going to be “a year of strategic supply chain realignment, driven by shifting trade policies, economic uncertainty, and the growing role of regionalised logistics.” 

Driven by the mass-levying of tariffs against China, Mexico, and Canada, the spiralling trade war threatens to eclipse the first one waged by the Trump administration during 2016. In response, nearshoring has become, “one of the biggest transformations underway” in the logistics space, especially in North America. Zasimovish points out that, with the US’ share of imports from China dropping significantly—from 21.6% in 2017 to 15% in 2025—organisations are looking to shift their supplier ecosystems closer to home. Of course, profoundly restructuring the way that goods and materials move around the world isn’t a straightforward process. 

“2025 will be a year of strategic supply chain realignment, driven by shifting trade policies, economic uncertainty, and the growing role of regionalised logistics” Tony Zasimovich, Global Retail Vertical Lead, DP World

For Zasimovich, 2025 therefore presents “a major growth opportunity in nearshoring,” with nations like Mexico, Poland, and Vietnam capitalising on their relative neutrality (as much as anyone can be neutral in a Trump-dominated trade landscape) to cement their roles as regional manufacturing and logistics hubs. He adds that these shifts aren’t “just about proximity” but rather the process of “building faster, more resilient supply chains that minimise risks from geopolitical tensions and trade disputes. By investing in freight networks and contract logistics services, DP World is helping businesses adapt to evolving trade dynamics and capitalise on nearshoring momentum.” 

He adds that the shift we’re seeing is rooted in more than just organisations’ reactions to tariffs and political instability. At the same time, businesses are restructuring their supply chains for “faster lead times, reduced transportation costs, and supply chain resilience.” Bringing operations closer to key markets is a natural and obvious part of that process.. However, he adds that the transition isn’t straightforward. “Nearshoring introduces new regulatory, infrastructure, and labor cost challenges, which means companies will need to invest in supplier partnerships, digital integration, and regional warehousing to fully capitalise on this trend,” Zasimovich adds. 

Nurturing resilience in the supply chain of the future 

Reflecting on the increasing emphasis supply chain and logistics companies are placing on resilience, Andy Moses, senior vice president of solutions and sales strategy at Penske Logistics notes that “among the answers is having clean data, system integrations and consistent process management — all of which enables supply chain managers to respond faster to needed changes. Finally, having logistics provider relationships that are mutually beneficial in all business cycle positions, with shippers having access to capacity and resources when they most need it.” 

Kunar agrees that “technology and automation will also be foundational to designing agile and flexible logistics that can withstand the complexity of dynamic geopolitical environments.”  However, at the same time, “customers will always want value.” Despite the increasingly complex nature of global logistics, Kunar reflects that “customers are asking: ‘How can a logistics partner drive value in transportation, warehousing, packaging, and inventory across their supply chain?’”

Leaning on the ecosystem 

According to Moses, partnerships and collaboration in the ecosystem are going to be at the heart of driving resilience and value as “shippers continue to seek reliable partners to take over the management and execution of complex logistics functions.”  

For example, in the retail sector — an industry with an especially complex, fast-moving supply chain and narrow margins —ReturnPro example — finding new ways to mitigate cost/losses with partnerships in the supply chain, like ReturnPro, which is using AI and machine learning to mitigate lost revenue in the retail sector. 

“At every critical point – return, touch, and resale – AI determines the most profitable path for each item” Sender Shamiss, Co-Founder and CEO, ReturnPro  

A recent report from NRF estimates the total cost of retail returns at around $890 billion in 2024. Experts expect that number to climb even higher this year.  To help recover their net margins, retailers are looking to their supply chain partners. Companies like ReturnPro leverage AI to analyse large amounts of data in real-time, streamlining return authorisations and predicting the most efficient reverse logistics routes, as well as picking up trends in the reasons for consumers returning items.

“At every critical point – return, touch, and resale – AI determines the most profitable path for each item, calculating total costs and outlining the optimal steps to maximize recovery and extend product life,” says ReturnPro Co-Founder and CEO,  Sender Shamiss. The company also uses machine learning algorithms to drive its predictive analysis, which help manage returns and maximise resale value. “By analysing historical data, product conditions, and market trends, these algorithms forecast return rates, identify the best recovery options – such as restocking, refurbishment, or resale – and predict an item’s resale value with precision,” explains Shamiss. “This allows retailers to deploy dynamic pricing strategies and efficient return-to-vendor processes.” 

DHL is also exploring the supply chain after the point of sale as an area for logistics companies to create value, observing that there’s “tremendous potential in reverse logistics”. He highlights DHL’s recent acquisition of Inmar Supply Chain, which he argues “will allow us to better streamline the returns process and address circularity within our sectors.” 

A more resilient, digitally enabled supply chain 

ReturnPro wasn’t the only organisation at Manifest Vegas highlighting the potential for smart, AI and ML-powered solutions to the supply chain sector’s problems. Welsh from MODE Global added that he expects artificial intelligence, machine learning, and the Internet of Things (IoT), “to further integrate into logistics operations, enhancing automation, real-time tracking, and predictive analytics,” as 2025 continues. “These innovations will drive efficiencies and enable organisations to meet the increasing demands for faster, more reliable, and sustainable delivery options.” 
There’s little way to tell exactly what the year ahead will bring in terms of pain points and challenges. However, logistics and supply chain companies are unanimously preparing to leverage technology and their partner ecosystems to drive resilience and create new value at all points of the supply chain — even places that previously escaped notice.  

  • Risk & Resilience

Judy Webb-Hapgood, former Chief Supply Chain Officer at the University of Miami and the University of Miami Health System, on the scale of supply chain transformation on the back of a disruptive few years for the industry.

“I used to jokingly say that the supply chain used to be in a building’s basement, and in the healthcare space, it was right next to the morgue.” Judy Webb-Hapgood, former Chief Supply Chain Officer at the University of Miami and University of Miami Health System, doesn’t mince her words. “COVID-19 happened and suddenly everyone knew what the supply chain was,” she tells us. “I believe that has made this space a much stronger environment and career field.”

Supply chain transformation

Over the past few years, those operating within the supply chain industry have had a front-row seat to unprecedented transformation. In truth, the COVID-19 pandemic was a key enabler for supply chain transformation. In 2020, supply chains were significantly impacted amid national lockdowns, which stopped the flow of raw materials and finished goods while also affecting manufacturing too. Organizations without backup plan were in serious trouble. However, out of disruption came opportunity and supply chain leaders were well placed to respond. 

Judy Webb-Hapgood, former Chief Supply Chain Officer, University of Miami 

Now, no longer is the supply chain cast aside. In fact, the industry is widely regarded as an essential part of business strategy. But the seismic change the sector has seen over the past few years has also meant the requirements of a Chief Supply Chain Officer has had to shift too.

“A more well-rounded leader is needed to lead supply chain today” – Judy Webb-Hapgood, former Chief Supply Chain Officer, University of Miami

“We are now not only experts in logistics, distribution and manufacturing, but we have to understand so much more,” admits Webb-Hapgood. “This could be the geopolitical environment, or financial implications, whether it’s tariffs or inflation, and then you also must try to do some predictability and analytics. A more well-rounded leader is needed to lead supply chain today. You used to be pigeonholed whether you were an expert in transportation or in distribution, etc, but now you really need to know all of that for the entire lifecycle of supply chain. That’s exciting because it gives supply chain leaders an opportunity to broaden our knowledge base and our impact on the entire world.”

Today, supply chain leaders are in C-suite alongside CEOs and board members discussing the company’s strategy. While this set up is a far cry from a decade ago, Webb-Hapgood explains that this opportunity is something that she has taken in their stride. “It allows us to solve those problems and provide options for the organization as they move forward,” she explains. “It’s a super exciting time to be in supply chain because we have a seat at the table for the first time and are directly impacting an organisation’s profit. We’re looking at their strategy and what the 5 to 10 year plans will be look like and how supply chain for contribute to that plan. Before supply chain was an afterthought and now we’re not, we are an important part of that team going forward.”

Embracing digital

Digital transformation isn’t new. Companies have been searching for ways to adopt AI into operations to boost efficiency and achieve cost savings for the past few years. However, what is changing is how these innovations are being adopted into workflows and processes. Webb-Hapgood reveals there is still a real fear within the workforce that AI will take jobs away instead of simply making day-to-day life easier.

“People are still a little scared about how new technologies will affect them,” she tells us. “When I look at what AI and automation are doing, it’s eliminating the mundane non-rewarding jobs and freeing up people to be more critical thinkers and to be able to innovate and push the envelope. A lot of my staff are so busy doing all these mundane, repetitive tasks and they are not using their creativity to drive innovation. I believe that for us to be more efficient, we’re going to need to embrace new technologies. The environment’s changing so rapidly that we are going to have to be a little more agile and resilient.”

However, technology is not without its limitations. Humans are still required and are an important part of the equation to ensure the end result is actually enhanced. Webb-Hapgood believes that as AI matures, humans must follow suit and develop in partnership with technology.  “This is the part where smart, skillful people are still needed to be behind every part of automation and AI,” she says. “It’s not 100% accurate, but neither are humans because we make mistakes too. As technology gets better, so will people’s critical thinking skills. It’s something I’m very excited about.”

Sustainable future

With an eye on reducing carbon emissions and achieving net zero, there is a significant amount of noise about the importance of operating a sustainable supply chain, accelerated in part due to legislation and changing customer expectations. However, when it comes to the academic and healthcare space, Webb-Hapgood believes there is still work to be done.

“Everyone’s talked about sustainability for the longest time but in the healthcare and academic space, I think we’re a little behind on sustainability,” admits Webb-Hapgood. “I love coming to events like Manifest Vegas because in the transportation and distribution world, they are really driving it. It’s important to look at how you can repurpose waste and why you should go green. I love seeing how these leaders and companies are coming up with ideas on resource management!”

“People are still a little scared about how new technologies will affect them” – Judy Webb-Hapgood, former Chief Supply Chain Officer, University of Miami   

It is fair to say that supply chain’s recent past is not linear. Issues such as the aforementioned pandemic, wars, wildfires, tariffs, and more have all left their marks. According to Webb-Hapgood, having gone through some of the geopolitical challenges that it has over the past decade, supply chain leaders have been forced to develop a robust backbone to tackle a variety of hurdles.

“There have been so many unforeseen issues to overcome for the supply chain,” she states. “I think that’s actually made us a lot more resilient and versatile to approach future problems. You should notice how quickly the supply chain has been able to pivot – it is something that we weren’t able to do before. I jokingly said before COVID-19, managing the supply chain was like trying to turn the Titanic – it would take us forever to adjust. But because of all these things, we’ve had to adjust and become more resilient. All the lessons learned from past issues are going to allow us to make changes a lot quicker to be able to still meet the requirements, mission, and achieve a resilient supply chain at the same time.”

Find out more about University of Miami here.

  • Digital Supply Chain
  • Risk & Resilience
  • Together in Events

Dan Bridges, International Technical Director at Cyware, explores the evolving regulatory landscape around cybersecurity in supply chains.

In our modern hyper-connected digital economy, it is not unusual for supply chains to extend ever further, becoming increasingly complex. Each supplier ecosystem can consist of organisations of any size, from sole traders on the high street to global enterprises, each of whom will have a different level of cybersecurity.

That means there might be insufficient protection, blind spots and an inability to respond effectively. It only takes one vulnerability within this chain to expose all entities within to danger because bad actors can daisy-chain quickly from the initial breach to other connected corporate networks, wreaking havoc along the way.

However, despite this clear risk, businesses in the UK are shockingly complacent about their supply chain security. Worryingly, the government’s 2023 Security Breaches Survey indicates that only just over a quarter of medium-sized companies monitor the cybersecurity risks posed by direct suppliers, with this rising to just over half when looking at large companies. Perhaps more alarming, it is even rarer for businesses to review the potential dangers from their extended supply chains – fourth parties and beyond – exposing many UK organisations to great risk.

Introducing the Digital Operational Resilience Act (DORA)

The EU is taking a bold stance on these supply chain risks, especially when it comes to finance and critical infrastructure. DORA outlines how financial institutions must take responsibility for operational resilience, defending against cybercriminals and enabling service continuity. It highlights the requirement to manage security risks related to third party suppliers, asking companies to assess, monitor and review their partners’ security protocols.

DORA makes the penalties for non-compliance clear: if a financial institution suffers a breach due to not following best practice, considerable fines will apply. In some cases, these will not apply to just the business, but senior executives could also be on the hook for repercussions, including criminal charges.

Shaping supply chain strategies

DORA acts as a resource to assist businesses to shape their supply chain strategies and influence related security policies. It is not the only regulation in this environment: the Network and Information Systems Directive 2 (NIS2) centres on critical infrastructure resilience, hoping to make the cybersecurity processes of essential service operators more robust. We can also look to the long-established GDPR, which sets the standard for the privacy and integrity of personal data as well as the rights of data subjects. Beyond the regulatory scope of the EU, there are independent entities linked to specific industries, such as the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (PCI DSS 4.0), which establishes security protocols for managing card payment details to keep personal data safe while preventing fraud.

Together, these security regulations aim to promote cybersecurity best practices across sectors and countries. They advocate collective responsibility, which is key to enhancing the security of complex supply chains where companies might operate as both customer and supplier. By supporting a collective approach to individual defence, all entities will benefit from faster threat detection, allowing improved incident response and mitigation. Sharing resources and processes is particularly useful for smaller organisations who might have fewer IT resources and smaller budgets.

Establishing collective defence

There are a number of prerequisites to consider before beginning your collective defence journey. It needs clearly defined policies within a legal framework to ensure sensitive data and the interests of each entity are protected. From the outset, trust between these entities is critical to securing agreement and eventual success.

Next, it is time to assess current defence systems and identify any gaps. Solutions must work with the existing IT infrastructure and security tools, although it is also important to update and standardise security protocols and applications, while leveraging APIs to seamlessly connect all participants.

Sharing skills and responsibilities will promote long-term, sustainable partnerships across and between each entity. For example, security teams can add specialist knowledge around SOAR (Security Orchestration, Automation, and Response) and associated automated tools. These streamline security operations, minimise alert fatigue and speed up threat mitigation. Moreover, collaboration of this type fosters learning within a community of executives with the same goals who can share the burden and support each other in the face of new threats.

To keep up to date with the ever-changing threat landscape, the collective strategy must comprise regular reviews and testing: adaptability is key to defence optimisation.

Protecting the vulnerable

Business resilience and continuity depends on supply chain security and compliance. Using guidance from regulations, such as DORA and NIS2, will standardise supply chain strategies, providing a foundation for a collective approach. This guarantees a more resilient partner ecosystem for everyone.

The final step is for companies to create their own information sharing networks using off-the-shelf solutions. This will keep their own operations secure while extending the protection to extended supply partners. Such engagement will supercharge threat intelligence sharing, enabling real-time cross-sector collaboration. Even the smallest sole trader could avail themselves of the early warning of looming danger to protect themselves – and others. At the end of the day, even the biggest enterprise’s defences are only as strong as its most vulnerable supplier.

  • Digital Supply Chain
  • Risk & Resilience

Steve McGregor, executive chairman at DMA Group, explores how, by changing scale, embracing the digital transformation, and automating tasks, service delivery can be transformed.

In an ever-changing economy, supply chain management is essential for Facilities Management companies (FMs). The 2024 TrueCommerce UK Supply Chain Trends Report highlighted pressing concerns, like talent shortages, cost control, and new business. Limited budgets, insufficient staff training, and over-reliance on digital platforms exacerbate challenges within the FM industry. Compounding these pressures are global disruptions—from the lingering impacts of COVID-19 and Brexit to geopolitical conflicts—which exacerbate longstanding inefficiencies in supply chains. Smaller suppliers often struggle to meet the dynamic demands of larger organisations, lacking the infrastructure to adapt effectively. However, with a shift in perspective and approach, FMs can build resilient and efficient supply chains to weather these challenges.

Shifting scale

The traditional preference for partnering with large suppliers may not always yield the best results. Smaller, agile suppliers often provide more flexible and responsive services. Rather than focusing solely on size, FM companies should prioritise alignment with businesses that share common goals and values.

Clear communication and regular collaboration are essential. Establishing combined objectives ensures that all parties are working towards the same outcomes. Scheduled feedback meetings, coupled with the use of automated performance dashboards, can help track key performance indicators (KPIs) and maintain accountability. A communicative approach fosters stronger relationships, reduces misunderstandings, and promotes consistent service delivery.

Managing multiple suppliers

Coordinating multiple suppliers can be a headache, bringing different organisational cultures, variability in service levels, costs, and approaches to compliance and sustainability into the mix. Without standardisation, projects risk inefficiencies, errors, and compliance gaps, all of which can negatively impact reputations and bottom lines. Implementing standard operating procedures (SOPs) and leveraging automated technologies can address these issues effectively.

Integrated digital platforms streamline workflows and ensure transparency across the supply chain. For example, standardised protocols can minimise discrepancies in material costs or regulatory compliance. Moreover, the adoption of collaborative tools allows FM teams to monitor performance in real-time, creating a culture of shared accountability and continuous improvement.

Embracing digital transformation

Despite the rapid digitisation of other industries, FM has often been hesitant to let go of traditional paper-based systems and spreadsheets. However, digital workflow management platforms can revolutionise supply chain operations. These tools enhance not only the supply chain, but other elements of building operations as well.

It is crucial, however, to assess existing supply chain challenges before investing in new technologies. A tailored, user-friendly platform built on open workflows can deliver significant returns. DMA Group’s Service management platform, called BiO®, exemplifies how automation can enhance supply chain visibility, track supplier performance, and expedite tasks such as certification and payments. By eliminating manual processes, FM organisations can reduce delays, improve transparency, and build trust with their partners.

Automation and analytics

End-to-end automation offers transformative benefits for the FM industry. By engaging the entire supply chain, automated platforms provide actionable insights and analytics, enabling organisations to identify inefficiencies and make data-driven decisions. The ability to generate detailed reports not only highlights areas for improvement but also recognises exemplary performance.

For instance, automated workflows in platforms like BiO® enable real-time tracking of work allocation and supplier performance. By centralising information, FM companies can standardise practices and foster leaner operations. This transparency strengthens supplier relationships and contributes to healthier profit margins.

Building Resilient Supply Chains

To thrive in today’s FM, organisations must adopt a forward-thinking approach to supply chain management. By prioritising collaboration and leveraging technology, FM companies can create robust and adaptable supply chains. Such strategies not only mitigate risks but also drive long-term success, ensuring that every link in the chain contributes to seamless service delivery.

In the ever-changing world of facilities management, resilience and innovation are key. With the right strategies in place, supply chains can drive efficiency, sustainability, and customer satisfaction in equal measure.

  • Digital Supply Chain
  • Risk & Resilience

Chris Clowes, executive director at global supply chain and logistics consultancy, SCALA, looks at the trends and challenges facing retail supply chains, and explores how organisations can adapt.

Retail is undergoing a seismic shift. Consumer expectations are higher than ever and the need for flexibility is now a business imperative. What was once considered impossible or a rare perk – such as next-day delivery – is now the norm. Technological advancements continue to push the boundaries of efficiency, with innovations like drone deliveries becoming increasingly viable prospects. To remain competitive in this dynamic environment, supply chain and logistics operations have had to evolve at an unprecedented pace.

Adding to these challenges are continued global headwinds. Economic instability, ongoing conflicts, Brexit-related regulatory complexities, climate change, and the enduring effects of the pandemic are all making for a more volatile supply chain landscape. Businesses must now navigate an era defined by disruption, requiring resilience and agility at every stage of the retail operation.

At the same time, there have never been more opportunities to enhance productivity. Advances in automation, robotics, and data-driven decision-making offer significant potential for streamlining logistics, improving accuracy, and boosting efficiency. Investing in these innovations is no longer optional—it is essential for survival. This doesn’t necessarily have to mean widespread overhauls which come at significant cost. Instead, smaller, strategic upgrades and additions can elevate operations and help teams improve on important KPIs.

Having said this, supply chain transformation must be approached with caution. The looming threat of new global tariffs and trade barriers may push businesses to overhaul their logistics strategies. However, hasty decisions can lead to costly errors. Before embarking on significant changes, companies must thoroughly assess key factors. These include operational capabilities, scalability, flexibility, cost structures, and sustainability practices. Automation will play an increasingly critical role, but its implementation requires careful planning to mitigate risks and ensure long-term success.

The risks of poor supply chain planning

Luxury streetwear retailer End Clothing recently reported a stark financial downturn. The company posted an annual pre-tax loss of £43 million. This is a dramatic shift from the £9 million profit recorded the previous year. The primary cause? Disruptions stemming from the implementation of a new automated fulfilment system. What was intended to improve efficiency instead led to significant logistical challenges for the business. These included shipping delays and stock write-offs – all of which ultimately undermined the business’ bottom line.

Similarly, ASOS encountered substantial setbacks after deciding to mothball a large US warehouse, resulting in a £190 million impairment charge. The decision to consolidate fulfilment operations back to the UK and a smaller US site highlights the risks of large-scale transformations without incremental execution. This move from across the pond was likely driven by slower-than-expected regional growth and heightened competition from fast-fashion giants such as Shein and Temu.

ASOS does anticipate long-term benefits from consolidating stock back in the UK. These range from reduced duplicate inventory, and lower space requirements, to improved inbound logistics. However, the immediate costs of moving too quickly are significant. Additionally, while streamlining operations might optimise internal efficiencies, last-mile delivery remains a major expense, potentially offsetting expected savings.

While it’s undeniable that the future of the retail industry will be driven by data-driven strategic planning, careful evaluation is essential before making any major changes to supply chain operations.

Strategies to mitigate supply chain risks

To prevent the pitfalls experienced by End Clothing and ASOS, retailers should take a phased approach to supply chain transformation. At SCALA, we advise businesses to adopt an incremental method. This involves implementing large-scale operational shifts gradually, allowing time for continuous testing, troubleshooting, and change management before full deployment. Phased rollouts reduce the risk of widespread disruption, giving retailers time to evaluate the best course of action for their business.

When implementing automation or restructuring fulfilment operations, businesses should prioritise adaptable solutions that can evolve with changing consumer demand and economic conditions. Before committing to major warehouse investments, businesses must accurately assess regional growth trends and competitive pressures. In doing so, they can avoid overexpansion or misalignment with demand.

Businesses should evaluate any logistical transformation in terms of both cost savings and environmental impact, as well as effect on customer experience. A lack of environmental responsibility, delays, stock shortages, or unreliable fulfilment are all factors which can damage brand loyalty and long-term profitability.

To support this process, especially when undertaking large-scale transformations, retailers should consider engaging a third-party expert or consultant from the outset. These organisations can help navigate the strategy, implementation, and early operational phases. Leveraging their expertise and experience, businesses can conduct comprehensive feasibility studies. These include centre-of-gravity analyses, assessments of transport route efficiency, and evaluations of the environmental impact of proposed changes. By identifying the optimal logistics structure tailored to the specific market conditions of the business, retailers can significantly reduce the risk of costly missteps and enjoy long-term operational success.

The road ahead for retail logistics

The future of retail logistics will be shaped by intelligent automation, strategic adaptability, and data-driven decision-making. While the risks of transformation are significant, so too are the opportunities. 

Retailers that approach supply chain evolution with careful planning, iterative implementation, and a clear focus on customer satisfaction will be best positioned for success. By learning from past missteps and embracing a more strategic, flexible approach, businesses can build resilient, future-ready operations that meet the ever-changing demands of modern retail.

  • Risk & Resilience

Andrew Lintell, General Manager, EMEA at Claroty, explores the rising cyber risk facing modern supply chains.

Today’s vast and interconnected global supply chain is perilously vulnerable to cyber threats. In fact, the World Economic Forum (WEF)’s recent Global Cybersecurity Outlook 2025 found that 54% of large organisations cite supply chain security as the biggest barrier to achieving cyber resilience.

Disruptive cyberattacks such as ransomware can have significant and widespread issues on both upstream and downstream supply chains through mounting production and distribution delays. 

Manufacturing and other heavy industry sectors are particularly vulnerable due to their reliance on cyber-physical systems governed by Operational Technology (OT). The convergence of OT and traditional IT has blurred the once-clear boundary between digital infrastructure and physical operations, introducing new cybersecurity risks organisations can no longer ignore.

Cyber threat groups increasingly exploit complex supply chains to hit their targets. Therefore, securing the interconnected systems that power them is a business-critical priority, not just a technical concern.

The rising risks of IT/OT convergence in supply chains 

Supply chains have become increasingly digitised and interconnected, with IT and OT networks now deeply integrated across manufacturing, logistics, and distribution. This shift obviously improves efficiency. However, it also exposes critical infrastructure to cyber threats previously only threatened IT systems.

Historically, OT control systems such as supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA) and programmable logic controllers (PLCs) have existed as a separate environment to traditional IT networks. As such, many of these systems were never designed with cybersecurity in mind and were built for purely physical threats. 

Now, a raft of digitisation efforts including cloud-based inventory management, remote monitoring, and smart automation have connected OT to IT systems. This has spurred the side effect of expanding the attack surface and creating new opportunities for cybercriminals to disrupt assets that were previously safely air gapped. Instead, they can breach IT networks and pivot into OT systems, disrupting production, logistics, and the delivery of essential goods.

This supply chain vulnerability is a growing concern. The 2021 SolarWinds attack and the Colonial Pipeline ransomware breach are two of the most high-profile examples of how cyber incidents can cripple entire industries by targeting suppliers or critical infrastructure. 

More recently, the 2024 global IT outage, triggered by a faulty software update in CrowdStrike, disrupted airlines, banks, and government services worldwide, underscoring the interdependent nature of modern supply chains.

Mitigating these risks means prioritising supply chain security as a core part of the cyber strategy. Without real-time visibility, proactive risk management, and clear accountability, supply chain disruptions will remain an escalating threat.

Why visibility is the foundation of effective supply chain security 

One of the biggest challenges in securing supply chains is the lack of visibility across interconnected systems and suppliers. Many organisations have limited insight into their suppliers’ security postures, let alone the vendors and subcontractors further down the chain. This creates blind spots, where cyber risks can go undetected until a breach occurs. Threat actors will frequently target smaller and less well-defended companies in the supply chain. These companies then serve as entry points to their larger customers or partners. 

The WEF report found that 41% of security leaders believe improving third-party visibility is their top priority. Enforcing security compliance among suppliers was also cited as a critical challenge. 

Yet many businesses still struggle with fragmented security monitoring and inconsistent enforcement of security policies across their supplier networks. Without comprehensive oversight, threat actors can exploit weak links in chains. These include vulnerable software updates, compromised remote access credentials, or unpatched OT systems.

To reduce risk, businesses must implement a layered approach to visibility. This mustinclude comprehensive asset discovery with the mapping of all IT and OT assets within the supply chain. The goal is to understand their interdependencies and highlight weaknesses and potential attack paths. 

Cyber-physical assets present an additional challenge here. Typically, OT systems are usually not compatible with standard cybersecurity tools for vulnerability scanning and threat detection. As such, IT teams need specialist tools to gain complete visibility into OT environments. 

Overcoming budgetary constraints and boardroom misconceptions 

Despite the growing risks, many organisations still fail to allocate adequate resources to OT and supply chain security. This is often due to a lack of awareness at the board level, where leaders often view cybersecurity as a necessary expense rather than a business enabler.

It’s also important to address the perception of security teams as blockers. Security can’t afford to be ‘the Department of No’ or the ‘Department Who Cried Wolf’. In supply chain operations where efficiency and speed are paramount, some stakeholders can see cybersecurity as an obstacle to productivity rather than a safeguard against disruption.

Shifting this perception means reframing from being a purely defensive measure. Board members respond to business impact, not just technical risks. Therefore, the focus should be on security’s value in protecting operational uptime, preventing financial losses, and maintaining customer trust.

For example, the WEF reports that organisations investing in proactive security measures experience significantly lower operational downtime – a direct business benefit to sell to the board. 

Aligning cybersecurity with business objectives will demonstrate how it protects revenue. Emphasising compliance benefits can also be effective, highlighting how investment in security streamlines regulatory adherence and reduces legal risks. These benefits can be backed up with examples of the cost of inaction, such as supply chain breaches leading to multimillion-pound disruptions.

A strong strategy will hit the sweet spot between security and efficiency. For example, bridging the gap between IT, OT, and supply chain teams, helps integrate security into operational workflows rather than becoming a barrier. There should be a focus on implementing security measures that enhance productivity, such as automated threat detection and pre-approved security controls for suppliers.

Making supply chain security a leading business priority 

The convergence of IT and OT has made supply chain security a critical business issue, not just a technical challenge. Cybercriminals are exploiting weak links in supplier networks, and most large organisations already identify supply chain security as their biggest cyber resilience challenge.

Without visibility, proactive investment, and board-level support, businesses will remain vulnerable to costly disruptions, regulatory penalties, and reputational damage. Security leaders must reposition cybersecurity as a business enabler to ensure it is integrated into strategic decision-making.

Enterprises must act now to secure their supply chains before a cyberattack forces their hand.

  • Digital Supply Chain
  • Risk & Resilience

Joe Depeau, Senior Engineer at Neo4j, explores how new data-driven digital tools and technologies are increasing supply chain resilience.

In recent years supply chains have become increasingly interconnected, creating both challenges and opportunities for change. While digitalisation has made our supply chains ‘smarter’, it’s also rendered the industry vulnerable to new kinds of disruption, both in the physical and digital realms. 

Cybersecurity is just one example. The ransomware attack on supply chain management specialist Blue Yonder provided clear evidence of the disruption such incidents can cause. An attack on the company’s managed services environment disrupted a number of grocery and retail stores in the UK. This left retailers struggling to pay staff and manage their schedules on time.

Such incidents show just how important scenario planning can be to avert these crises. If plans to mitigate potential impacts aren’t mapped out, these events have the potential to completely halt production, impacting revenue. Data is absolutely pivotal to the efficiency and efficacy of today’s supply chains. However, incidents like the one above show supply chain data currently isn’t being safeguarded or optimised effectively to circumvent real-world disruption.

That being said, many businesses are beginning to explore new technologies and techniques to improve resilience across their supply chains.

Supply chain data is being restricted

It’s no secret that the supply chain is a high-stakes, inherently complex industry. It’s made up of producers, warehouses, transport, distribution ports, and stores worldwide. If one blockage or breakdown takes place anywhere it can topple the entire system. Therefore, visibility is key to preventing knock-on effects.

However, extracting valuable insights from supply chain data in raw form can be difficult. Traditional data models struggle to analyse complex data due to their file-like structure. Because they predominantly consist of a rigid format of tables, rows, and columns they struggle to capture the intricate connections between different sets of data.

The invisible string in the supply chain made visible

Unlike these legacy models, graph databases are uniquely structured using ‘nodes’ and ‘edges’. ‘Nodes’ are used to represent a person, a product, a place, or an existing entity in a graph. ‘Edges’ represent the relationship between two nodes – i.e. how they are connected to one another. These properties are invaluable if you want to visualise a supply chain as the network in a digital form.

If a supply chain organisation wanted to optimise transportation, for example, they could create a node to represent each wholesaler and connected retailer. They then use an edge to show their relative distances and run the appropriate query, or request, in the model. The resulting output should highlight for the analyst what, in practice, should be the ‘best’ – fastest and cheapest – supplier from which goods can be transported ready for purchasing.

Understanding the relationship between two different entities ahead of time can be immensely useful in the event of unexpected disruption. Take the crisis in the Red Sea for instance. There, shipping companies are enduring rocketing shipping costs and product delivery delays as a result of rebel attacks. Using graph technology in this way could allow those managing supply chains to pinpoint efficient alternative routes or solutions to get goods to suppliers, increasing resilience and minimising disruption.

It’s those edges linking each entity that make graph database technology a powerful tool for revealing insights – particularly in supply chains, which are graph-like networked structures, made up of a myriad of connections, after all. It’s a stark contrast with older, more rigid data models, where these relationships are much harder to uncover due to the way the data is structured.

Digital twins for combating cyber risks

Supply chain resilience isn’t purely about the physical realm, though. Incidents such as the cyber attack on Blue Yonder can have a huge impact on digital operations. Many organisations are now exploring digital twin technology as a tool to combat attacks. The applications of which spac from before the attack begins through to post-incident analysis.

They’re doing so by creating virtual replicas of supply chains in what are called ‘knowledge graphs’. These are used to test different scenarios and generate multiple outcomes of cybersecurity risks. In essence, this means access to a connected, virtual model of their supply chain. Using this model, companies can gain a holistic, granular picture of a network. They can know intimately which systems connect to one another. Not only that but they can see users and the groups they belong to, as well as their permissions. And so on. The digital twin then becomes more accurate over time as details of recurring or interconnected events are captured, allowing cybersecurity and supply chain analysts to take faster and more effective action in the present, and inform how they respond in the future.

When those connections are made visible to cybersecurity analysts, it’s easier to identify where the greatest vulnerabilities impacting critical resources lie, and potential attack paths to those resources. Plus, they can also predict which attacks are the most likely to succeed by attaching the probabilities to each of those pathways. This then allows them them to bolster security accordingly.

That knowledge is immensely valuable because it clearly signposts when organisations need to map out other viable routes, transit times, and cost implications. The combination of cybersecurity modelling and supply chain optimisation becomes an impactful formula for organisations to stay ahead of curve balls in the real world and re-prioritise resources in quicker succession.

How the evolution of graph data bases is mitigating against cyber threats

The complex web that is the global supply chain is constantly under threat. However, organisations can become more resilient by tapping into the power of graph databases.

It’s the relationships in supply chain data that reveal the most efficient ways of rebounding from unforeseen incidents. Incidents that would otherwise be detrimental to business. In both the real and the digital world that deeper understanding of complex networks, and their level of resilience, is what can truly set organisations apart.

  • Digital Supply Chain
  • Risk & Resilience

Siddhesh Parab, Solution Architect (Manufacturing and Supply Chain) at Percipere, looks at the need to modernise legacy technology in the supply chain.

Mid-market supply chain companies around the world lack the resources required to thrive and adapt in today’s fast-paced digital world. Despite this, 97% of supply chain professionals recognise the urgent need to modernise their IT infrastructure. They acknowledge that the current systems are inadequate for meeting the needs of modern supply chains. Many companies still rely on legacy technology, some of which is over 20 years old. As a result, integration issues are profoundly prominent for both suppliers and customers. This needs to change.

We live in an era where disruptions like port strikes or labour shortages are becoming increasingly pervasive. Reliance on manual systems is no longer sufficient for supply chain management and business continuity. 

Consequently, transformative solutions including enterprise resource planning (ERP) modernisation, shopfloor automation, and warehouse automation solutions have been in greater demand.

Embracing these advancements has become a necessity for mid-market companies that wish to remain resilient and competitive amid evolving challenges within the industry.

The creation of disparate systems

Without the bespoke advancements that modern technology brings, current legacy methods are creating disparate systems brought on by tools reliant on manual processes. These challenges include the following:

Operational inefficiencies

Legacy ERP and customer relationship management (CRM) tools require manually inputting, storing and extracting data in systems like Excel spreads, increasing the risk of human error. Additionally, this dependency demands significant time and effort to maintain and keep track of such data.

Maintenance costs

Legacy systems are expensive to maintain, making them cost burdens to mid-market companies. Additionally, due to a lack of resources available, legacy systems are often difficult to repair. 

Security risks

In order for supply chains to run smoothly, regular software updates are integral. With this in mind, mid-market companies that use legacy systems are much more vulnerable to cyber attacks, data breaches and other security threats because the systems are unable to support new updates. 

Scalability issues 

With the growth of complex, modern digital operations, legacy systems often struggle to adapt to new technologies, meaning mid-market companies are more likely to fall behind competitors due to incompatibility and inflexibility issues which lead to missed opportunities.

Limited visibility

Real-time visibility is a key driver in ensuring smooth operations within logistics and warehouse management. Unlike modern technology, legacy technology is unable to provide visibility on operations, meaning issues like delays and inventor discrepancies are likely to occur. 

Building resilient supply chains

Mid-market supply chain companies that still run core processes on siloed, legacy systems lack the clear, structured foundation that is essential for effective digitisation. 

Ultimately, building smart, resilient supply chains requires a shift to intelligent workflows, powered by artificial intelligence (AI) and machine learning (ML). These solutions have the potential to predict demand and supply needs while also being able to automate workflow efficiency.

Modern advanced solutions: seamless collaboration 

The first step in moving from a fragmented, transactional set of systems to proven, modern advanced solutions is through the seamless integration of automation technologies directly into core systems like ERP. 

These tools revolutionise operations by improving collaboration across the supply chain, ensuring a unified way of working, and alleviating any supply chain issues by strategically upgrading or replacing legacy systems. Other benefits include the following:

  • Enhanced handling: Intelligent solutions empower warehouse management teams to efficiently handle all inbound logistics. This includes the inward of materials from external suppliers, internal transfers or customer returns and the handling of units.
  • Scalable cloud infrastructure: Cloud platforms are preferred for ambitious mid-market organisations because they are a highly scalable and modular approach that supports growth. Instead of engaging in complex capability expansion projects, cloud-based solutions allow businesses to adjust capacity based on their needs.
  • Optimised production: A manufacturing execution system (MES) supports efficient, more transparent production management, enabling swift resolution of quality and productivity issues quickly while reducing warranty and liability risk.

AI: driving operational efficiency 

Additionally, the implementation of AI-driven technologies such as automated bots and operational assisting mechanisms can transform supply chain management. Adopting such technology comes with a number of benefits. These range from reduced errors, improved scalability and enhanced operational speed due to a reduction in manual intervention. These tools can help streamline workflows and reduce manual intervention. And doing so helps mid-market companies improve productivity without the requirement of huge upfront costs. Overall, this makes the transition from legacy systems to modern technology and intelligent workflows not only impactful but also cost-effective. 

With this approach, mid-market companies can modernise their systems, ensuring AI capabilities are bundled directly into core ERP and CRM packages, allowing them to face evolving challenges head-on.

  • Collaboration & Optimization
  • Risk & Resilience

Chris Green, co-founder and CEO of Xapien, explores the challenges facing the supply chain sector and the need for end-to-end visibility.

This year is going to see compliance teams redefine what it means to truly know their third parties. The Corporate Sustainability Due Diligence Directive, in particular, has brought a sharper focus on the question: how well do you really know your third parties? 

For many companies, the answer is increasingly “not well enough.” In 2024, KPMG revealed that almost half (43%) of organisations have limited to no visibility into their tier-one suppliers, despite 87% of respondents seeing visibility as ‘critically important’.

Compliance processes and technologies built in the 1990s are no longer adequate or sufficient to protect against today’s risk landscape. Maintaining an effective third-party due diligence programme now requires the ability to quickly analyse vast amounts of unstructured data about third parties. Without this capability, compliance teams can’t take a truly risk-based approach, leaving companies exposed to supply chain risks. 

It isn’t about whether AI should play a role in your system, that debate is behind us. The question is how quickly you can adopt the technology to stay ahead of evolving third-party risks. In addition to the continued pervasiveness of bribery and corruption, today’s risks are driven by a much more complicated regulatory environment, spanning globalised supply chains, prescriptive human right laws, and nuanced ESG factors. 

2025: The year to get your ducks in a row 

Global supply chains are more complex than ever, often spanning multiple countries and involving countless entities. For compliance teams already working under tight deadlines, this complexity creates significant challenges. The Corporate Sustainability Due Diligence Directive (CSDDD), a major EU regulation, is raising the bar for third-party due diligence. It requires companies operating in or selling to EU markets to conduct risk-based due diligence across their entire supply chain, including upstream and downstream partners.

Meeting these rising expectations isn’t just about screening third parties. Maintaining an effective compliance programme now demands the ability to quickly analyse vast amounts of unstructured data to uncover nuanced risks like human rights violations, forced labour, and environmental harm. Current tools often fall short, offering only binary results: a third party is flagged or it isn’t. This oversimplification leaves companies exposed to hidden risks and undermines their ability to take a truly risk-based approach.

Compliance teams frequently rely on web searches with specific search strings to find real-time risk information, but this process is limited. Search suppression often buries critical information, and manual methods rarely go beyond the first few pages of results. This adds strain to already overstretched teams and makes it difficult to comply with increasingly prescriptive regulations.

The case for AI-powered due diligence

Suppliers often work with their own third parties, creating complex networks that span across the globe. It’s no longer enough to simply know your tier 1 suppliers. A lack of visibility into the layered tiers of your supply chain can have serious implications for organisations in every industry, particularly when it comes to meeting regulatory requirements. Now, organisations must go much deeper into their supply chains than what’s possible through a manual process, which puts immense pressure on resources.

AI technology is changing the procedures behind this. Unlike manual processes, AI gathers vast amounts of information, analyses it for risk, and presents findings in a clear, actionable format that resembles a human-written report. This enables compliance teams to conduct due diligence on more entities, faster and earlier in the business relationship, preventing risky entities from entering the supply chain in the first place.

Advanced tools powered by Natural Language Processing (NLP) and Large Language Models (LLMs) go beyond static databases to identify nuanced risks, such as bribery, corruption, and ESG violations. In minutes, these tools can generate detailed reports that highlight AML risks, risky associations, and regulatory red flags that manual checks might miss.

By applying a truly risk-based approach, compliance teams can allocate their resources more effectively. For example, they can quickly advise procurement teams not to proceed with high-risk vendors after an initial interaction, saving time and resources. Analysts can then focus their efforts on mitigating risks for flagged entities, rather than wasting time on low-risk ones.

Where companies go from here

Implementing changes to meet the requirements of new regulations like the CSDDD is no small task. However, the benefits are significant. AI enables organisations to streamline their compliance processes while gaining deeper insights into their supply chains.

Compliance teams have an opportunity to change what it means to truly know their third parties. By embracing AI, they can better meet regulatory requirements and build a more resilient, transparent, and ethical supply chain. The question is no longer whether AI should play a role, but how quickly companies can adopt it to stay ahead of evolving risks.

  • Risk & Resilience

Just a few months into 2025, and we’re already shaping up for a historic year politically and economically. Kevin Franklin, Chief Product Officer at LRQA, takes a a closer look at what the first few months of 2025 can show us about supply chain sustainability going forward.

2025 has kicked off with businesses and their supply chains facing a seismic shift – with several political and regulatory changes on the horizon, the impact of artificial intelligence (AI) and emerging risks in key sourcing and production markets. 

But while these changes impact policy and legislation, consumers continue to demand that brands support positive working conditions and environmental practices.

All of these changes are being driven by 8 key trends:

#1: A growing gap between ambitions and performance

Ambitious targets set by businesses and governments in recent years have led to an increased focus on supply chains that has driven scrutiny, regulatory enforcement, and evolving expectations from stakeholders. But media investigations highlighting ongoing malpractice have exposed a growing gap between ambition and performance. 

Many businesses face challenges aligning their ESG goals with actionable strategies due to supplier visibility. Compounding this issue is the complexity of varying international ESG regulations, which is causing confusion and delays in compliance efforts. 

Uncertainty, coupled with economic and political pressures, has led some companies to scale back on sustainability targets, reflecting the tension between profitability and long-term resilience. The Harvard Business Review aptly notes, “Execution—not intention—is the core issue,” as businesses struggle to embed sustainability into core operations amidst market incentives for short-term gains.

Added to this, supply chain data has become a double-edged sword. While companies now gather more data than ever, many lack the tools or skills to translate insights into impactful action which often leads to decision paralysis. 

Closing the gap will require robust strategies to support proactive risk management, stronger supplier relationships, and improved data analysis. 

#2: Labour risks in unassuming markets


2024 clearly demonstrated that supply chain labour risks can be found anywhere, even in markets considered low risk. Issues like forced labour, child labour, and inadequate wages persist in all territories. “Safe” regions no longer exist.

LRQA’s 2024 Supply Chain Risk Outlook report, based on data from over 25,000 audits worldwide, revealed that over 50% of assessed regions face high or extreme risk of ESG violations. Countries like Australia, South Africa, and the United States moved to higher-risk categories. 

These changing risk profiles teach us that traditional, annual audits are lacking in today’s ever-evolving environment. They only offer a snapshot in time of compliance and miss complex issues like unfair wages or inadequate grievance mechanisms. 

Effective data collection and analysis tools, combined with grievance mechanisms and worker hotlines, can help to achieve a state of continuous assurance and uncover hidden supply chain risks in real time, allowing brands time to address them before they escalate.

With global scrutiny intensifying, acknowledging and tackling these risks head-on is crucial to businesses that are building more resilient and ethical supply chains.

#3: US policy shifts create new supply chain challenges


Shifting political landscapes and policies are rapidly reshaping the risk landscape for supply chains. In the US, the second Trump administration has already begun bringing in tighter immigration policies, anti-ESG rhetoric, and proposed tariffs on China, Canada and Mexico introducing new complexities for businesses. 

Manufacturers are already looking for new suppliers in response to these challenges. While some may reshore, others will need to shift sourcing to emerging markets, heightening risks such as labour violations and supply chain transparency challenges.

Changing labour policies also present domestic risks, particularly for foreign migrant workers. As the US looks to enforce strict immigration policies, the knock-on impact could be increased informal employment and exploitation. To mitigate this, businesses must prioritise fair recruitment, grievance mechanisms and supplier collaboration.

Despite the change of political mood, supply chain sustainability remains a priority for many companies and governments globally. In the EU, the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) is driving investor demand for ethical sourcing and global regulations. In the US, State level laws like California’s Climate Corporate Data Accountability Act mandates emission disclosures even while federal policies shift. 

#4: The trickle-down effect of regulation for suppliers


We saw, towards the end of 2024, that supply chain due diligence regulations have begun expanding beyond traditional issues, like forced labour and emissions, to include biodiversity and deforestation. 

Regulations like the European Union Deforestation Regulation (EUDR) require businesses to assess their supply chains’ impact on ecosystems, local wildlife, and forest preservation. This shift is pushing sustainability professionals to consider topics such as biodiversity and deforestation for a more integrated approach to sustainability. 

However, limited data on biodiversity and deforestation makes comprehensive risk analysis challenging. The 2023 Nature Benchmark report revealed that many companies still fail to grasp how business operations intertwine with environmental and human rights concerns, putting them at risk of causing or contributing to adverse impacts.

These new regulations are not only impacting large global businesses – they’re trickling down to SMEs as larger brands embed due diligence requirements in their supply chains. This means that while not directly required to comply with regulations such as the Corporate Sustainability Due Diligence Directive (CSDDD), SMEs are increasingly needing to adapt to meet higher standards of transparency and risk management. 

By improving their ESG practices, SMEs can gain a competitive edge and attract larger companies looking to mitigate supply chain risk. 

#5: A plethora of data, but quality is king

Data quality has become a critical focus in responsible sourcing and supply chain due diligence. Supply chains are complex and global, which makes accurate, high-quality data essential for transparency and accountability. 

Without reliable data, companies face challenges in monitoring risks, addressing human rights violations, and ensuring ethical practices. Only by using high-quality data can businesses make informed decisions to drive operational efficiency and sustainable business practices.

Robust risk indicators are key. These are vital for tracking performance, identifying areas for improvement, and benchmarking against industry standards. 

#6: Supplier relations must evolve from leverage to collaboration

Many relationships between brands, retailers, and suppliers have become transactional, driven by the need for cost efficiency, speed, and flexibility in competitive markets. Brands now often prioritise price and delivery speed over long-term partnerships. 

This shift has significant implications for supply chain dynamics. Suppliers face reduced bargaining power and constant pressure to cut costs and meet tight deadlines, which can strain operations and potentially compromise quality and sustainability. For brands, this could mean increased risks around reliability, ethical sourcing, and compliance with environmental and social standards. 

While transactional approaches may deliver short-term benefits, they undermine the stability, trust, and resilience essential for long-term success. 

On the other hand, strong partnerships enable better communication, risk management, and alignment across the supply chain. Supplier collaboration is key: collaborative efforts lead to shared goals and processes, which result in optimised transportation, inventory management, and faster response to market changes.

#7: Food safety and product integrity emphasises sustainability

Companies face growing pressure to ensure their food products are safe, ethically produced, and environmentally responsible. Consumers are increasingly aware of food origins, while laws like the EUDR demand transparency and ethical practices.

Adopting sustainable sourcing practices is essential for addressing these challenges. 

By prioritising food safety, fair labour conditions, and environmental stewardship, businesses can maintain product integrity, foster consumer trust, and promote long-term supply chain sustainability. This holistic approach helps mitigate risks and builds trust and loyalty among consumers while fostering long-term sustainability in the supply chain.

Climate change is further complicating food supply chains, forcing companies to adapt sourcing strategies and explore alternative materials and locations as conditions shift. 

Technology and innovation will play a transformative role in overcoming these challenges. Though traditionally slow to adopt digital solutions, the sector is increasingly recognising its necessity.

With a focus on water management, packaging innovation and regenerative farming, alongside meeting evolving legislative requirements, 2025 will be a pivotal year for embedding sustainability into the core of the food sector’s operations.

#8: Investor demand for transparent reporting

Data shows businesses prioritising sustainability targets are more attractive to investors. 

According to a Deloitte study, 83% of surveyed investors incorporate sustainability information into their fundamental analyses, indicating a strong preference for companies that prioritise sustainability, while KPMG reports 77% of financial investors report that ESG considerations influence their deal strategy, with many willing to pay a premium for assets with high maturity. This trend is driving companies to enhance supply chain sustainability due diligence, identifying risks and opportunities to meet regulatory requirements and increase value.

Legislative changes, such as the CSDDD and the EUDR, are moving faster the adoption of moe strict practices. Investors are increasingly demanding transparency and accountability from companies, pushing them to provide regular updates on how they address risks across their supply chains. This heightened scrutiny ensures that businesses not only comply with regulatory standards but also meet the evolving expectations of socially conscious investors.

In 2025, increasing investor interest in sustainability strategies in 2025 will drive businesses to prioritise their supply chain due diligence more than ever before but it will still require alignment and knowledge on requirements, standardisation, data quality and what sustainability best practice truly looks like.

A year for action

2025 may bring with it significant change that could fragment global supply chains and prompt companies to navigate new regulatory environments and logistical hurdles. But companies can prepare to effectively overcome these challenges – we have more knowledge, more data, more access to solutions than ever before. 

Responsible businesses must shift towards enhancing data quality, fostering deeper supplier collaboration, and prioritising human rights protection and environmental issues. This will enable supply chain leaders to reimagine their roles as more senior and strategic, and at the centre of ethics, integrity and sustainability efforts. 

  • Collaboration & Optimization
  • Risk & Resilience
  • Sustainability

Donald Trump announced new tariffs on metal imports from the European Union (EU) this week, as well as threatening further…

Donald Trump announced new tariffs on metal imports from the European Union (EU) this week, as well as threatening further tariffs on the UK. The decision followed his (now delayed) imposition of 25% tariffs on goods from Mexico and Canada, as well as a 10% levy on Chinese imports. While specifics (times, dates, amounts, etc.) are hard to nail down, the overall effect is nonetheless becoming increasingly apparent: President Trump is restructuring global supply chains by fiat. 

In response, procurement, logistics, and supply chain organisations are looking to shift their processes closer to home, as the flurry of tariffs from the Trump administration forces the world’s biggest economy into its most protectionist stance since the First World War. As borders become increasingly expensive and risky things to move goods across, organisations are reportedly scrambling for a way to adapt.

The de-globalisation race

This week, Crown Worldwide Group, one of the world’s largest privately-owned logistics companies, announced that it is refocusing its emphasis for growth on services and divisions that are “inherently local.” 

The business highlighted President Trump’s efforts to slow globalisation further, noting that “Events in the USA over the past several months have reinforced the prevalence of an anti-globalism sentiment.” Flaring tensions between the US and China, Canada, Mexico (its biggest trade partners) and, more recently, the UK and European Union, are reportedly giving Crown, and organisations like it, pause — provoking them to rethink how they do business. Crown’s Group CEO Jennifer Harvey commented: “Our view is that this won’t last forever — but in a business that is both global and cyclical, the last 60 years have taught us to hedge by investing in different business lines.”

Donald Trump has said that he wants to cultivate an American manufacturing renaissance through the introduction of wide-ranging tariffs and tax breaks. Critics of his policies claim that the higher resulting costs from tariffs will result in higher prices for American consumers, not to mention chaos for American supply chains

It’s not just Trump (but he isn’t helping) 

Trump may be supercharging the deglobalisation trend affecting supply chains, but he didn’t start it. The trend has started to take shape in the post-COVID world, as organisations look closer to home in order to promote resilience and avoid increasingly common disruptions. 

Crown established its business 60-years-ago in the midst of the mass globalisation of supply chains, as well as the containerisation of freight, and affordable air travel, which Harvey notes created new horizons that now seem increasingly out of reach. “Today, the world is quite different. Fewer people are moving internationally, with technology that facilitates remote work reducing the need for corporate assignments, and geopolitics making moving overseas more challenging and expensive – a trend that’s likely to continue following recent political events in the USA,” Harvey says.

This combination of technological tools affecting the way we work and an environment increasingly defined by global conflict, compounding the lingering economic impacts of the pandemic, (both coupled with simmering anti-migration sentiment) and the rise of far right governments in places other than the US, is also driving the deglobalisation trend. 

“Transitioning supply chains isn’t simple,” observed Eric Linxwiler, Senior Vice President, at TradeBeyond in a recent article. He added out that, in order to respond to tariffs, businesses face the challenge of “establishing new supplier relationships, ensuring quality control, and navigating new regulatory environments requires time, investment, and operational expertise.”

  • Risk & Resilience
  • Sourcing & Procurement

Chris Jackson, Chief Product and Technology Officer at Six Degrees, believes it’s not a case of if a cyber incident will affect your supply chain, but when. And, of course, how you respond.

Managing increasingly complex and evolving cyber security risks across digital supply chains comes with the territory these days. No organisation is immune, and incidents like last year’s CrowdStrike outage show just how far the shockwaves from a mistake can reach. 

Despite due diligence, a bug still slipped through into a software update – a very high profile reminder that procedures can break down even when endeavouring to adhere to best practices. This adds further weight to the seeming inevitability of a security lapse impacting your organisation, regardless of where it originated from. 

In reality, it’s no longer a case of if a cyber incident will affect your supply chain, but how you will respond when it does.

A never-ending supply chain

Notwithstanding that supply chains are typically long and convoluted, to understand the full extent of their potential attack surface organisations must map all tiers, including indirect suppliers, agencies, contractors, and freelancers.

This means not only considering who your own organisation buys directly from, but also who your suppliers interact with and purchase from. While this may seem interminable, it enables you to conduct a more authoritative risk assessment, as well as determine degrees of mitigation.

Proportionality needs to be applied according to the type of supplier and the level of access they have to the corporate infrastructure. It’s a case of identifying the risk and assessing the scope of the potential damage that could result. This will avoid spending too much time on mitigating insignificant or low risks. But, generally speaking, it’s worth noting that too little effort is expended initially on understanding the true scale of the supplier ecosystem.

It’s therefore important to go beyond typical boundaries, investigating what data is given to suppliers and what it can teach an attacker about your business that could enable them to launch a more targeted and effective attack on you specifically. Look at common vulnerabilities in their systems that you may have disregarded. This includes weaknesses in third-party software or infrastructure that could compromise data or operations, inadequate risk mitigation measures across their own third parties, and outdated or vulnerable technology systems.  

With this visibility, calibrate risk profiles accordingly and don’t hesitate to take remedial action. This might involve updating contracts with more robust security requirements or even changing suppliers.

Offensive cyber security

It may sound obvious, but organisations shouldn’t wait for a security breach to happen internally or to start somewhere along the line before improving prevention and remediation plans. Proactively test the resilience of systems to assess how an incident could cascade through your ecosystem. 

Penetration testing on its own is not enough. Be on the offensive with red teaming (attack simulation) programs and bring in external specialists with fresh eyes to help identify weaknesses internal initiatives may have overlooked. Bear in mind that a multi-faceted approach to security will give better coverage – it should never be one dimensional.

And even with comprehensive security and attack simulation plans in place, it’s vital to test incident response and business continuity procedures.

How thorough is your testing?

Thorough testing your business continuity plans is vital to ensure you can rely on them to kick into action when an incident occurs. 

Ask yourself fundamental questions. For example: is there a clean copy of the critical data I need to resume business operations? Is it appropriate to keep a full copy of the data, or should I redact certain information? How do my mitigation plans change, depending on what data is compromised? Different companies will necessarily come to different conclusions, but don’t wait for a security failure to see if the mitigations work. Test, and test again to uncover faults and deficiencies to ensure your organisation will be in a stronger position in the midst of a real event.

It isn’t possible to forecast exactly the way the dominos will fall during a security incident, but ensuring a comprehensive approach to business continuity testing is the best preparation. Anything resembling a tick box exercise is not sufficient and could give senior management a false sense of confidence.

Needless to say, managing supply chain risk is not a one-time effort – it’s an ongoing process that requires continuous vigilance, lateral thinking, and remedial action.

All-round resilience 

To build more resilient supply chains organisations must go beyond traditional risk assessments and adopt offensive cyber security strategies

By seeking out weaknesses and simulating attacks, organisations can bring to the surface risks often overlooked by conventional methods. Offensive cyber security enables a deeper understanding of supply chain vulnerabilities, particularly those posed by third-party vendors. 

This strategic shift not only improves defences but also scrutinises the efficacy of disaster recovery plans, essential for reliable business continuity.

  • Digital Supply Chain
  • Risk & Resilience

Lorenzo Grillo, Managing Director and Sami Dhifi, Director at Alvarez & Marsal, examine the road ahead for cybersecurity teams protecting the supply chain.

Companies around the world are emerging from a difficult year for supply chains. As 2025 continues, they must equip themselves with up-to-date knowledge on challenges, trends and innovations to formulate the best strategies to handle increased vulnerabilities. 

This is particularly true of supply-chain cybersecurity, which focuses on securing the entire chain of suppliers and service providers that support an organisation’s operations. 

From geopolitical tensions to ransomware and artificial intelligence (AI)-driven threats, several factors are likely to affect supply chains this year. The concept of managing supply chain cybersecurity is not new. However, the increasingly rapid shift towards digitalisation and interconnected systems has created new vulnerabilities. Increasingly, criminal organisations and state-sponsored actors are moving to exploit these weaknesses. Their targets range from corporations to critical infrastructure, for reasons ranging from financial gain to political objectives. Regardless of the motivation, the results are often regional and global supply chain disruptions. 

The impact of a cybersecurity failure affecting a vendor, partner, or service provider can be disastrous for a company, an entire sector, or even a nation.

Financial Impact and Cascading Effects

NIST’s Cybersecurity Supply Chain Risk Management (C-SCRM) defines supply chain cybersecurity risk as “the potential for harm or compromise that may arise from suppliers, their supply chains, their products, or their services.” Securing a company’s supply chain from a cybersecurity perspective is addressed by international standards and regulatory frameworks such as ISO 27001, NIST CSF, and NIS 2.

In the past few years, cyberattacks have severely impacted supply chains across various industries, a trend that we expect will continue in 2025. Ransomware attacks have compromised supply chain automation solutions, affecting inventory management, order processing and logistics systems. Significant hacking events have frozen critical resource distribution, prompting regulatory action to enhance cybersecurity measures for critical infrastructure. 

It is not only businesses that are affected by such incidents. Cyberattacks in the logistics industry have disrupted and affected global trade routes, increasing transportation costs and creating supply chain bottlenecks. In cases of severe impact, the disruption of supply chains and business operations can even affect economic stability, highlighting the potential for hackers to exert significant influence on the real economy.

What to Expect in 2025

As we enter 2025, several geopolitical and technological trends are poised to shape the cybersecurity landscape. Here are some of our key predictions:

Geopolitical tensions and digital sovereignty. 

Governments will increasingly prioritise control over their digital borders. Cyber conflicts will continue to escalate, with major supply chain actors in sectors such as energy, transportation, and technology remaining prime targets.

Continued focus on ransomware and extortion

Both state-sponsored and independent hackers will likely target private sector entities for financial gain. Vendors and contractors will remain vulnerable entry points, enabling attackers to exploit trusted relationships to compromise downstream organisations.

Increased attacks on Operational Technology (OT)

Cyberattacks on machinery and robotics in industries relying on OT could severely disrupt production and service delivery, directly impacting supply chain resilience.

AI-Driven Threats

The commoditisation of AI may lead to malicious use of the technology by some attackers. At the same time, the process of companies adopting new technologies may create unintended consequences. In some cases, these consequences might end up exacerbating supply chain vulnerabilities.

Addressing Supply-Chain Cybersecurity Resilience Challenges

Securing supply chains from cyber threats is inherently complex due to the nature of supply chains themselves. Cyber disruptions in planning, sourcing, manufacturing or delivery can have immediate financial and contractual repercussions. Compounding this complexity is the interconnectedness of supply chains, with companies depending on both internal and external suppliers and customers. A disruption at any point in this network can cascade across multiple tiers of suppliers and customers.

When it comes to securing supply chains, the challenge lies in managing not only IT systems—including on-premise and cloud environments—but also applications, databases, networks and OT. Despite these complexities, adhering to foundational cybersecurity practices can significantly enhance supply chain resilience:

Know your processes and assets

Maintain an accurate inventory of all critical systems, processes and dependencies.

Understand third-party dependencies

Identify and assess the cybersecurity posture of key third-party providers and their subcontractors.

Apply cyber hygiene controls

Implement vulnerability management, enforce access control policies, adopt secure development practices and establish backup and disaster recovery plans.

Prepare for the worst

Develop and regularly test robust incident response plans.

These measures may be manageable for smaller organisations with limited assets and partners. However, large corporations with thousands of assets and numerous critical third parties require a risk-based approach. This strategy helps prioritise investments in security controls that mitigate business risks within the organisation’s risk tolerance.

By combining foundational practices with a risk-based approach, organisations can better navigate the challenges in supply-chain cybersecurity and build resilience against future threats.

  • Digital Supply Chain
  • Risk & Resilience

Madhav Durbha, Group Vice President, CPG & Manufacturing, at RELEX Solutions, looks at the potential impact of US tariffs on UK supply chains.

The UK has not yet been hit by tariffs following the latest US election, but the possibility still looms large over the world’s supply chains. In an already uncertain environment for global trade, the extraordinary use of tariffs as threats to push Colombia to back down on deportation measures last week has taught us that we should expect the unexpected under a Trump presidency. The imposition of tariffs on Canada and Trudeau’s announcement of retaliatory measures raises the possibility of new tariffs and escalation into a global trade war. This introduces considerations that could influence sourcing strategies, operations, and margins across industries. Therefore, it is vital for businesses to take proactive steps to prepare and reduce their exposure to risk. 

Drawing from past tariff cycles, businesses can see how strategic planning and resilient supply chains are essential to managing uncertainty. Let’s examine how tariffs may affect industries differently, explore the benefits of scenario planning, and outline how automation and regionalisation can help businesses prepare for the unknown effectively. 

Industry Impacts: Uneven Effects Across Sectors  

Not all industries are equally exposed to tariff-related disruptions. Certain sectors face unique challenges due to their dependencies and constraints. Fresh produce has geographic constraints that further complicate tariff responses. For example, crops like avocados and mangoes require specific climates and growing conditions and need to be available to certain customer specifications and attributes, making alternate sourcing harder. 

In consumer electronics, production costs and timelines for products like smartphones and laptops could be disrupted considering the concentration of the global supply chain for consumer electronics in East Asia. 

And for luxury fashion and accessories, materials are often difficult to source elsewhere without compromising quality. Tariffs could force brands using products like Italian leather to absorb the higher costs or pass them to consumers, which can potentially reduce demand.  

These industry-specific sensitivities highlight the importance of assessing vulnerabilities and planning to minimise disruptions. 

The proposed US tariffs would directly affect the landed costs of imported goods, creating ripple effects across supply chains. Companies often have to make difficult choices when margins tighten. Many are forces to choose whether to absorb the added costs, pass them on to customers, or operate more efficiently. Higher costs may drive up inflation, limiting consumer spending – a significant challenge for discretionary industries like consumer electronics and luxury goods. If prices continue to climb, it could slow economic growth, making it critical for businesses to account for these risks in their planning. 

Scenario Planning: Preparing for the Unknown 

Scenario planning is a critical tool for businesses navigating tariff uncertainty. Running scenarios for a range of potential outcomes allows companies to prepare for various possibilities. These can range from modest tariff increases to extreme scenarios like 60% duties. These exercises help businesses evaluate cost implications, prioritise supplier diversification, and develop contingency plans. By simulating potential outcomes in advance, companies can make informed decisions without wasting time reacting to unforeseen developments. 

The Role of Automation and Technology  

Automation and advanced technologies are essential for building resilience in the face of tariff uncertainty. For example, a food manufacturer transitioning from a traditional facility to an onshore automated production line can improve productivity, optimise resource use, and reduce waste while creating opportunities for employees to develop new skills. By enhancing operational efficiency and scalability, automation allows businesses to adapt quickly to unpredictable geopolitical events. It complements workforce efforts by taking over repetitive tasks, allowing employees to focus on more complex, value-added activities. 

Furthermore, planning systems using AI can provide real-time insights to help businesses. The technology can be used to optimise inventory, identify alternative sourcing options, and respond quickly to disruptions. By integrating AI-driven tools, companies can uncover opportunities to mitigate cost pressures and streamline decision-making processes. 

Regionalisation and Sustainability  

The shift toward regionalised supply chains offers significant advantages, both operationally and environmentally. Sourcing closer to end markets helps reduce lead times, improve supply chain predictability, and lower transportation distances. 

For industries like apparel, regional hubs closer to key markets can reduce shipping costs and improve flexibility, helping businesses mitigate tariff risks. These strategies not only improve operational efficiency but also support sustainability efforts by reducing carbon emissions and waste. Regionalisation also provides greater flexibility in navigating geopolitical shifts. By diversifying sourcing across multiple regions, businesses can better manage risk and avoid overreliance on any single country. 

Practical Steps for Businesses  

To prepare for potential tariff disruptions, businesses should first assess their vulnerabilities by analysing supply chain dependencies to identify areas most exposed to tariffs, especially in sectors heavily reliant on imports. Investing in technology, by leveraging automation and AI can boost efficiency, optimise inventory, and allow businesses to make smarter data-driven decisions. Advanced technologies can help businesses adjust to tariff-driven cost pressures by identifying alternative suppliers or reducing inefficiencies. Scenario planning can also help companies explore the effects of various tariff levels and develop contingency strategies that minimise disruption.  

In addition, businesses should build a more resilient supplier network by incorporating regional hubs and reducing reliance on single-country sourcing and prioritise sustainability in supply chain strategies to help reduce waste, cut emissions, and strengthen long-term resilience against future disruptions. 

Tariffs have rarely been in such a volatile position. Uncertainty of this magnitude calls for a proactive and strategic approach. By identifying vulnerabilities, adopting advanced technologies, and exploring regional sourcing options, businesses can create supply chains that are both resilient to disruptions and positioned for long-term success. By investing in resilient supply chains and leveraging technology, businesses can turn tariff challenges into opportunities for growth and innovation. 

  • Risk & Resilience
  • Sourcing & Procurement

Hooi Tan, President of Global Operations and Supply Chain at Flex, shares how the manufacturing sector can build a more resilient supply chain.

In the past few years, companies have weathered a seemingly constant array of challenges. Organisations have faced everything from a global pandemic to component shortages, geopolitical turmoil and an ongoing battle to attract talent. 

To effectively respond to disruption, decision-makers need to learn to manage the various company dials in their control.

In addressing this, decision-makers first need to fully understand how their their companies work. Then, they can focus on how to manipulate different dials in the supply chain and manufacturing ecosystems. Once they do this, they can optimise their product lifecycle and respond effectively to disruptions.

These dials — and the degree to which they are turned up and down — will vary from company to company. However, organisations must take decisive steps to adopt advanced technologies, streamline processes, and secure a dependable, well-trained workforce. 

Embracing Industry 4.0 technologies and solutions 

In 2022, MIT Machine Intelligence for Manufacturing and Operations (MIMO) and McKinsey partnered to survey 100 high-performing companies across sectors. Their goal was to learn how they deploy machine intelligence (MI) and data analytics for manufacturing and operations. 

The study found that ‘overall, those who extracted the biggest gains from digital technologies had strong governance, deployment, partnerships, MI-trained employees, and data availability. They also spent up to 60% more on machine learning than their competitors.’

Deploying advanced manufacturing technologies enables resiliency and competitiveness in an increasingly digital world. However, to gain the greatest advantage from these Industry 4.0 improvements, companies must fully commit to the process. This involves investing in areas like ongoing workforce training and development.

Companies must weigh the initial cost of implementing advanced manufacturing technologies with the potential benefits. These can include optimised production lines, less waste, and higher visibility into the product lifecycle. Therefore, the best forward strategy looks different for each company. Manufacturers of complex, higher cost, and longer lifecycle products — such as automotive and medical devices — may choose to invest in highly specialised automation solutions to optimise their product lines.

In contrast, a manufacturer who produces a high mix of consumer lifestyle products may find that it is more cost-effective to implement ‘vanilla automation’. This refers to automation processes that can be used in many different projects to carry out common steps. These steps include simple tasks like fastening screws, applying labels, and packaging products.

Streamlining and optimising processes

Fully realising the promise of Industry 4.0 goes beyond the acquisition of advanced technologies. Organisations need a firm grasp on process management, incluing the application of Six Sigma and lean manufacturing principles during implementation. Without them, companies may still be left with idle machines, underutilised software platforms, or poor-quality products. 

For example, a manufacturer may automate a manual inspection process while not clearly defining pass/fail criteria. This can lead to too many rejects and a higher cost per unit. Either that, or low-quality products that damage the brand reputation.

Digital technologies predicting and responding to supply chain disruptions  

When deployed intelligently, Industry 4.0 technologies can also provide unprecedented insight into the entire product lifecycle.  Digital technologies — including AI, analytics, blockchain, and IOT — can be used to design and operate the kind of revamped ‘Just in Time’ network we’ve described. Analytics, for example, can help members of the supply chain identify common parts across product lines and design optimal buffers. Digital twins — digital models of the supply chain — can alert downstream plants about any upstream disruptions faster so they can avail themselves of the buffers more quickly.

Investing in the right technologies and solutions can provide manufacturers with better insights for planning and data-driven action in both their production lines and supply chains. In fact, the factories of the future and the manufacturing sector as a whole have potential to utilise data architecture to connect every part of the product lifecycle — from planning to production to warehousing to delivery and aftermarket. 

This will empower those on the ground to make real-time decisions that help to absorb setbacks while identifying growth opportunities and ways to be more competitive.

Hiring, retention, and securing capacity in manufacturing

In the global search for talent, the manufacturing industry’s long-term success depends on its talent pool. 

This means ensuring that the industry continues to hire and retain purpose-driven innovators, problem-solvers, and makers who can help mould the next era of manufacturing. In day-to-day production, securing capacity must also be considered so that staff can increase to full production after a disruption. For example, in the face of component shortages, manufacturers sometimes make the mistake of reducing workforce because they currently have fewer or less optimised factory lines running.

Often, the smarter option is to retain workers until full production returns. People are important in the manufacturing process, especially today when many countries are faced with staffing challenges. Workers can be deployed to support different factory lines or support other areas of the production ecosystem temporarily when needed.

This allows manufacturers to be more agile while remaining in control when components are restocked or demand increases. Keeping workers employed even during downtime can work as a strategic resiliency play, one that considers the high cost and time commitment of rehiring and training new employees.

Resiliency looks different for everyone  

Ultimately, the building blocks of resiliency will look slightly different for every company. Nevertheless, the’s a common thread. Fudamentally, you need to understand the data and variables behind your own business operations while embracing innovation and change.

  • Risk & Resilience

Eastern Europe to the Gaza Strip, geopolitical disruptions risk costing global supply chains over $1 Trillion this year.

The first few weeks of 2025 have been so utterly chaotic, that the only safe bet when it comes to predictions for the rest of the year seems to be “more chaos”. Despite glimmers of hope for stability, geopolitical events continue to unfold around the world that promise continued disruption throughout the year.

According to a new report by interos.ai, there are 481 distinct companies in the S&P 500 that have direct suppliers located in “high-risk regions.” Organisations with ties to the agriculture, building and civil engineering, retail and computer manufacturing industries are particularly prone to disruption. The report argues that, even if only 10% of combined annual revenue is impacted from supply chain ripple effects in high-risk regions, the resulting impact could be more than $1 Trillion across the world’s largest companies. 

The result of such disruption could, according to the report, include “widespread disruptions to global technology production, surging prices in consumer electronics, commodity price increases in energy, raw material and agricultural markets and increased costs in global shipping, fostering for consumers worldwide.”  

The report’s analysis of high-risk zones focuses on three key regions: the Red Sea, Eastern Europe, and the South China Sea. 

A momentary reprieve for Gaza and the Red Sea hangs by a thread 

After 15 months of slaughter, ethnic cleansing, and bombardment with US and British-made weaponry, Israel’s assault on the Gaza Strip has reached a tentative pause with the announcement of a ceasefire. A conservative estimate puts the Palestinian dead in excess of 45,00 people, over half of whom were children. 

The deal, which hopes to see a pause to the fighting, the staggered release of Israeli hostages and Palestinian prisoners, and an influx of aid to Gaza, has already seen some positive effects. These include the easing of Houthi sanctions on shipping in the Red Sea and the release of the crew of the part-Israeli-owned passenger ship, the Galaxy Leader which they captured in 2023. Throughout the devastation in northern Gaza, Palestinian refugees are starting to return home. 

However, a series of settler raids in the West Bank — emboldened by the lifting of sanctions against illegal settlements by the incoming Trump administration — are already threatening to reignite the conflict. President Trump also echoed the sentiments of his son-in-law Jared Kushner, who is investing in stolen land in Gaza, calling the area a “phenomenal location” for real estate investment. That probably isn’t helping.  

Also, Israel’s seizure of land from neighbouring countries, including Yemen, and sustained airstrikes against its neighbours continues to stoke the conflict. The reignition of the genocide in Gaza, escalating violence in the West Bank, and worsening conflict on Israel’s borders could mean — in addition to more loss of life — further disruption to global trade routes. 

What’s next for the red sea? 

Over 10% of global trade passes through the Red Sea, including 30% of global container traffic, and over $1 trillion in annual merchandise. Interos.ai’s report notes that Houthi attacks on commercial ships in the Red Sea caused revenue in Egypt’s Suez Canal to drop by almost 50% ($428 million in Jan 2024 down from $804 million the year prior) — something US and British warships patrolling the waterways have done almost nothing to contain. 

To mitigate risk, shipping organisations have spent the past year re-routing vessels around the Cape of Good Hope in Africa. This demands “complex and time-consuming logistics coordination”, as well as increasing fuel costs by around $1 million per voyage, spiking CO2 emissions, and lengthening shipping time by 13-15 days. The return of more ships to the Red Sea could ease these pain points, but things could just as easily go back to how they were. 

Ukraine is still a conflict zone 

The war in Ukraine passed its 1,000th day recently and, despite assurances by President Trump that he will resolve the conflict in the near future, further disruption in the region seems likely for the foreseeable future. Trump has spoken out in the past few days to pressure Russian President Vladimir Putin with more sanctions if he does not end the war. 

President Putin has said that he is willing to end the decade-long conflict under terms that Ukraine accept Russian territorial gains, which currently represent around 20% of its land. He has also refused to entertain peace talks if Ukraine is allowed to join Nato following an end to hostilities. Ukraine has refused these terms, although more recently President Volodymyr Zelensky conceded that the country may have to cede some currently occupied land temporarily.

Interos.ai notes that US and European sanctions against Russia have “vastly reshaped global supply chains” since Russia’s invasion of Ukraine. The conflict has radically altered the energy, agriculture, shipping, logistics and global payment sectors.

The looming threat over Taiwan

Last year, interos.ai notes in its report that there were more than 3,000 flyovers in Taiwanese airspace by the People’s Liberation Army. While considered less of an inevitability than before the pandemic, a Chinese invasion of Taiwan “would plunge technology supply chains into chaos and the world into war.” 

Taiwan is critically linked to global technology supply chains, producing over 90% of the world’s advanced semiconductors. Conflict in the country would derail the production of phones, laptops, medical devices and server networks that underpin global industries and vital digital infrastructure. 

More broadly, the report also notes that, with more than 20% of global trade (about $3.4 Trillion) passing through the South China Sea, ongoing geopolitical tensions between states like China and the Philippines could disrupt major shipping and trade routes in 2025. 

How can supply chains respond?

“Businesses must evolve from in-house techniques and reactive risk management to a proactive approach that prioritises resilience,” Ted Krantz, CEO of interos.ai, said in a press release. “Supply chains are the bedrock of the global economy. But can also bring the world to a screeching halt. Eliminating risk in supply chains should be one of the enterprise’s strategic board charters in 2025.” 

Whatever 2025 holds for the world and its supply chains, organisations need to be ready to face it, and one of the first steps is increasing supply chain knowledge and involvement at the board level. McKinsey’s Global Supply Chain Leader Survey from 2024 highlighted a board level strategic gap, where only 30% of members had a deep understanding of supply chain issues. The report accused companies of “taking their foot off the gas” when it came to resilience, with just 25% of boards having formal processes in place to discuss supply chain risks.

  • Risk & Resilience

Justin Kuruvilla, Chief Cyber Security Strategist at Risk Ledger, looks at the trends and challenges facing supply chain security teams.

Unlike New Year’s resolutions, which are often based around the start of the year (just look at the queues at the gym!), malicious cyber actors don’t suddenly change their tactics, techniques, or procedures on January 1st. However, it is useful to understand the current direction of the threat landscape. Doing so can help anticipate how cyber threats may evolve over the coming year

AI to map out supply chain targets

It feels as though it has become somewhat cliché to discuss AI’s potential impact on cyber security. Nevertheless, it doesn’t make it any less true. AI has lowered the barrier to entry to cybercrime. New tools allow less skilled malicious actors to develop more convincing phishing, business email compromise (BEC), and other social engineering attacks.

Advanced malicious actors will likely explore additional ways to enhance their effectiveness using AI. It is likely that they will leverage AI’s ability to process and extract valuable information from large data sets. They will perform reconnaissance, map out and analyse supply chains, pinpoint weak links ripe for exploitation. Alternately, they could generate social engineering attacks tailored to specific vendor relationships. Using AI to identify particularly attractive targets within a supply chain may allow malicious actors to leverage the threat of a systemic disruption across a sector in their ransom demands. Or use the connectivity of a commonly shared supplier to gain a foothold into the networks of that supplier’s clients.

Increasing Regulatory Focus Down the Supply Chain

Regulations like NIS2 and DORA are expected to have a dramatic effect on the landscape this year. As they come into effect, regulators will increase scrutiny on compliance measures within the supply chain. 

Organisations will need to gain visibility into concentration risks. Crucially, these risks may exist beyond their direct third-party suppliers (including 4th, 5th, and nth parties). They must also have mechanisms in place to assess the security of their entire supply chain network. This will create a domino effect, improving the operational resilience of entire sectors deemed critical national infrastructure. 

In addition to strengthening operational resilience, organisations must be prepared to demonstrate their due diligence. Doing so is vital when understanding and mitigating these risks. This is especially important, given the financial, regulatory, and reputational risks that could arise from any degree of negligence.

Expect heightened pressure to demonstrate supply chain security maturity. This is not just for compliance purposes, however. Maturity will be increasingly crucial to win and retain business from clients who themselves need to assess the security of their suppliers and vendors. 

Additionally, investors are likely to scrutinise these factors to ensure that potential risks do not undermine the valuation of a potential acquisition or impact their exit strategy from an asset.

 Nation states will continue to leverage cyber operations

Governments are increasingly willing to disclose cyber activities linked to nation-state actors targeting critical national infrastructure. 

Recent announcements have revealed attacks on sectors such as telecommunications, finance, and both local and national governments. The overarching goal of these attacks is to disrupt critical systems in pursuit of broader strategic objectives. This is particularly true in today’s turbulent geopolitical climate. The public disclosures underscores the extent to which governments have been monitoring these threats. It signals that the situation has escalated to a critical point, necessitating such transparency.

Additionally, nation-states are investing in the development of zero-day exploits. While developing zero-days is resource-intensive, these exploits offer attackers highly effective tools for targeting and compromising victims. 

As previously discussed in the context of compliance, regulators will likely continue to expand the scope of sector-specific security requirements. 

This will include greater emphasis on securing supply chains to mitigate the risk of sector-wide impacts from nation-state actors leveraging pre-positioned vulnerabilities, whether for political retaliation or as part of a broader strategic campaign.

Ransomware continues to remain a major threat

Unfortunately, ransomware attacks continue to be a persistent threat. Over the years, organisations have adapted to better defend against and recover from these attacks. However, the sophistication and severity of extortion demands have escalated in kind. This evolving “cat-and-mouse” dynamic sees ransomware actors continuously adapting their tactics in response to improved security measures. 

What began with traditional extortion has now evolved into more complex iterations. These include double, triple, and even quadruple extortions where a victim’s clients are contacted to pressure the victim into payment. Alternately, additional threats to disrupt public-facing websites with Distributed Denial of Service attacks can add further pressure. 

Organisations must have a comprehensive understanding of their critical business functions, the external suppliers whose services enable those functions, and the potential impact on operations if a supplier within your supply chain falls victim to a multi-extortion ransomware attack. It’s essential to understand the potential impact that could arise if a supplier in your supply chain experiences service disruption due to a ransomware attack. 

Increased client/supplier collaboration, but more scrutiny

As organisations face mounting operational and regulatory pressure to demonstrate operational resilience, collaboration and engagement with suppliers have become critical. This cooperation extends beyond traditional supplier relationships, with a growing focus on assessing concentration risks at the 4th, 5th, and nth-party levels. Understanding these risks is key to identifying potential vulnerabilities in the extended supply chain, where the impact of a breach could ripple across multiple organisations, even entire sectors.

However, while collaboration is essential, it must be complemented by a strong security framework. Organisations are increasingly implementing a zero-trust approach where no user, device, or connection—regardless of its location—should be trusted by default. 

This approach is expected to extend not only within organisations’ internal networks but also in their interactions with external suppliers. This approach is vital to reducing the potential impact of any successful breach by limiting the “blast radius” and preventing lateral movement within the supply chain.

We’ve already seen information-sharing initiatives embraced by threat intelligence teams. The next step is for Third-Party Risk Management teams to collaborate more closely with threat intelligence groups. Together, they can work to adopt best practices related to supply chain security. A collective defense approach—where information, insights, and mitigation strategies are shared—will be essential to staying ahead of the rapidly evolving threat landscape.

Organisations must now prioritise supply chain security as a central focus, not only to comply with regulatory requirements but to safeguard the operational resilience of their entire ecosystem. By strengthening both collaboration and security, businesses can better mitigate the risks posed by today’s increasingly interconnected and complex supply chains.

Quantum computing

While we are still some time away from quantum computing becoming widely available and operational, it nonetheless poses a significant potential risk to the supply chain. Organisations will need to thoroughly assess to what extent their own – or a vendor’s – encryption methods protecting communication and sensitive data could be vulnerable to future quantum attacks. This is the “harvest now, decrypt later” approach. Essentially, hackers steal data now under the assumption that they will be able to decrypt it in the future using a quantum computer. 

This should be integrated into client and supplier assurance processes. Doing so will ensure organisations begin considering the risks posed by quantum computing and developing plans to mitigate those risks.

Regulators are likely to update their frameworks in the near future. These changes will likely result in requirements for organisations to secure systems against quantum threats. Doing so will help ensure businesses are prepared for a quantum-resilient future.

  • Risk & Resilience

Saul Resnick, UK & Ireland CEO for DHL Supply Chain, looks at the challenges and opportunities presented by the year ahead.

As we head into 2025, with the lessons of the past year under our belts and ongoing uncertainty about the scale of economic growth, resilience will become the dominant theme of supply chain planning and operating.

Resilience is no longer about bouncing back from adversity, but anticipating challenges and responding proactively. In a world where efficiency and reliability are expected, resilience translates into an organisation’s ability to ensure seamless operations regardless of external pressures.  

Planning and making investments  

The lessons from the past few years with the pandemic, geopolitical tensions and extreme weather events demonstrate the importance of planning ahead. In the new year, we will see businesses continue to look at omnishoring opportunities to avoid reliance on single markets or trade lanes. 3PLs with greater scale and agility will be leant on to reassure the C-suite that their supply chain isn’t vulnerable to volatility. By investing in the right capital projects that align with long-term strategic goals, business leaders can feel confident in their ability to navigate a complex landscape. 

Businesses will also likely maintain sufficient or even increase inventory volumes to better manage risks and uncertainties. Additional stock allows businesses to buffer against unpredictable disruptions and mitigate challenges. 

Using technology for decision-making 

Over the year ahead, access to technology and infrastructure will remain critical to resilience. AI, machine learning, predictive analytics, and IoT will become more valuable in helping businesses identify risks early and act decisively. For example, at DHL, our control towers provide end-to-end visibility across supply chains, allowing us to monitor potential disruption and take preemptive action.

Leveraging innovation, through data-driven insights and robotics, will also be essential for effectively managing costs and inventory while ensuring operational efficiency.

Keeping sustainability at the core 

Sustainability in business is not just an ethical requirement, but a cornerstone of business resilience. Businesses, regulatory bodies, and consumers are demanding more sustainable practices, so organisations that fail to out sustainability at the top of their priorities risk losing market share and reputational trust. 

The ramping up of Scope 3 emissions reporting will keep minds focused on transitioning to alternative fuels. In addition, there is likely to be more appetite for innovation in the circular economy. The logistics sector will play a key role in this, whether that’s in terms of waste management, returns handling, or refurbishment. 

With global supply chains facing increasing challenges, from climate change to resource shortages to changing consumer behaviour, it has never been more important for businesses to integrate sustainability into operations. This helps to ensure adaptability while reducing waste and costs, which is key during volatile economic conditions.  

The future will undoubtedly bring new challenges; however businesses can combat this by prioritising resilience in all aspects of their supply chain operations, enabling them to navigate uncertainty with confidence and be able to innovate, adapt and grow.

  • Collaboration & Optimization
  • Risk & Resilience
  • Sourcing & Procurement

We speak to Andrew Black, Director at specialist procurement and supply chain consultancy Efficio, about his predictions for the year ahead.

2025 promises to continue many of the evolving trends that have defined global supply chain activities since the pandemic. Increased frequency and severity of disruption takes many forms. From geopolitical conflict, the climate crisis, skills shortage, to economic pressure, and the impact of new technologies, multiple factors have driven a surge in nearshoring and other efforts to increase supply chain resilience. 

While the recent past offers clues as to the shape of the future, it’s difficult to predict with certainty. We spoke to supply chain expert Andrew Black, Director at specialist procurement and supply chain consultancy Efficio, about his predictions for 2025 and beyond. 

Ongoing geopolitical instability

The Russian invasion of Ukraine continues to create significant uncertainty which impacts energy markets, security, and international trade. Potential cyberattacks, including on critical infrastructure like undersea internet cables, and regional destabilization (e.g., Houthi rebels targeting Red Sea shipping) are also likely to further strain supply chains and raise costs.

Last year, the closure of specific trade routes, such as the Suez Canal, resulted in rerouted shipping, longer transit times, and higher freight rates. This has made global trade less predictable and more expensive, highlighting Europe’s reliance on secure and efficient supply chains.

In response to these disruptions, Europe is expected to increasingly focus on onshoring and nearshoring efforts, particularly in strategic industries like electric vehicle battery production. This shift aims to reduce dependency on distant markets, notably China, and mitigate supply chain risks.” 

Trade with China and a decline in international travel:

Europe will continue to balance trade with China while protecting strategic industries, yet geopolitical tensions and travel disruptions (e.g., airlines avoiding flights over Russia) will make this increasingly challenging.

The decline in business travel post-COVID, as seen in major European airlines cutting flights to China, is also signalling broader changes in global supply chains. This shift away from business travel could see reduced demand for long-distance logistics and a further pivot toward regional trade.”

Supply chain resilience through visibility and strategic contracts

Building supply chain resilience in the face of these challenges will require enhanced visibility and transparency. Companies will increasingly invest to support these goals. Example include strategic supplier relationship management (SRM) and better communication with suppliers. Also, the use of technology like web scrapers to gain insights into global supply chains and potential bottlenecks.

Companies will also look to incorporate clauses into contracts that allow for better monitoring of their suppliers and even their suppliers’ suppliers. These measures will improve transparency and ensure that companies can react quickly to challenges in the supply chain, such as product allocation and delivery delays.”

A shift away from one-size-fits-all supply chains

European businesses are moving away from the traditional supply chain model. This often focused on outsourcing manufacturing to low-cost countries, particularly in Asia. Instead, businesses are recognising the need for more tailored supply chain strategies. These new models are designed based on the specific characteristics of different products in their portfolios.” 

A focus on product-specific supply chain design

Companies are increasingly designing supply chains that vary according to the nature of the product. Low-margin, high-value products may continue to be sourced from low-cost countries, while high-value, strategic products could be onshored or nearshored. This shift aims to enhance supply chain resilience and reduce geopolitical risks.

There is also a growing emphasis on product design teams working closely with supply chain professionals to design products that are not just cost-effective but also resilient. The goal is to source components from stable, reliable regions, reducing reliance on complex, global supply chains.”

  • Risk & Resilience
  • Sourcing & Procurement

Hao Zheng, founder and CEO or RoboK, looks at the process of managing safety in logistics operations.

In the safety-conscious world we live in today, it can be hard to remember a time when the security and well-being of employees wasn’t a priority. Lest we take it for granted, it’s good to remind ourselves from time to time that health and safety as a workplace concept is relatively new. The laws and guidance we have now sit at the heart of all workplaces and, as a result, in many areas of the world, health and safety continues to improve year on year, with injury and fatality numbers gradually decreasing.

But, with so much at stake, organisations can still do more to ensure even better outcomes. This doesn just mean decreasing accidents. When we proactively create a better safety culture, we feel the ripples in all aspects of the business. The end resuls are real and lasting value.

But how do we achieve this? Obviously, doing so is a multi-layered process and there are no magic bullets. However, in most cases, where there is a healthy safety culture within an organisation you will find this one ingredient – a truly engaged and empowered workforce on the shopfloor.

Why does this matter?

Workplaces that involve employees in making decisions about health and safety are, more often than not, safer and healthier. This makes perfect sense when you consider that employees on the shopfloor are the best people to understand the risks in their own workplace and are also hugely influential when it comes to health and safety.

According to the Health and Safety Executive (HSE) in the UK, accident rates are lower where employees genuinely feel they have a say in health and safety matters (14%). This is significantly lower than workplaces that don’t involve employees in health and safety (26%). The HSE also notes that stronger employee involvement means better control of common workplace risks such as slips and trips. It’s very effective in 76% of cases where employees felt the business always consulted them, but only very effective in 40% of cases if they thought they were rarely, or never consulted.

By fostering a spirit of cooperation, an organisation can develop a positive health and safety culture. By doing so, the organisation can ensure they are managing risks sensibly and bringing about improvements in overall quality, efficiency and productivity.

Ensuring health and safety does not operate in a vacuum

It is so important that Health and Safety does not operate in a vacuum – if ever a workplace function needed to step outside a silo, this is it! The role of Health and Safety is, quite sensibly, to conduct risk assessment, recommend mitigations for potential hazards and carry out necessary investigations. But they don’t work in the roles that actually undertake potentially hazardous activities and, crucially, with so many operations in the logistics space happening around the clock, they cannot be with the team all the time.

Health and Safety therefore often relies on the manual reporting of near misses from operations to identify potential hazards. This has inherent challenges. The only way to really ensure employees adhere to all risk management procedures in a timely way, is for Health and Safety culture to be a seamless part of the work taking place on the shopfloor. 

It is not a nice-to-have – it is critical.

The shopfloor team knows what their job requires. They know their colleagues and the physical space in which they work. They bring a practical perspective and their primary goal is to meet their objectives as efficiently as possible while keeping themselves and their colleagues safe.

With the pressures associated with meeting KPIs, it can be tempting to seek out shortcuts in procedures which can increase levels of risk. Therefore, empowering people on the ground to feel comfortable about voicing any concerns they may have, or make practical suggestions around how best to safely get the job done is key.

How do we make this happen?

The organisation will need to make the team on the ground feel respected and listened to. In my experience, you can best achieve this by getting out of a warm office and into the heart of the business. It’s essential that all team members feel confident that talking about wrongdoings won’t result in repercussions or them being seen as difficult.

The team on the shopfloor needs to have the right technology tools to enable them to report issues and suggest improvements. They also need to be motivated by feeling that their efforts have led to positive changes and are appreciated by the organisation. Communication is essential here – without effective communication, all efforts can fail.

People who feel valued and involved in decision-making are an essential ingredient in a high-performing workplace. Empowering your workforce, getting them involved in making decisions and ensuring they have the right skills to do so, demonstrates that the Health and Safety function is doing more than ticking boxes – that they take the health, safety and well-being of all team members seriously.

  • Risk & Resilience

Sharath Muddaiah, Director of Strategic Solutions, 5G, Private Networks & IoT, at Giesecke+Devrient (G+D), shares his 5 supply chain predictions for 2025.

The year ahead promises to be a strange, challenging time for supply chains around the world. From impending Trump tariffs and the climate crisis to the ongoing question of AI’s role in the global economy, C-suites are increasingly looking to their supply chains as a source of resilience, security, and value. 

We spoke to Sharath Muddaiah, Director of Strategic Solutions, 5G, Private Networks & IoT, at global SecurityTech company Giesecke+Devrient (G+D), about what he expects to see shaping the supply chain sector next year. 

1. Smart labels 

2025 will see a marked uptake in the use of smart labels to monitor the transportation of goods. Sectors making increased use of the technology will include retail, shipping, insurance, and food and beverage. 

Reduction in the cost of smart labels, combined with improvements to the technology within such labels, will drive this trend. Additionally, the continued battle for retailers in the rise of ‘non-delivery fraud’ will see demand for smart labels increase in the consumer sector for high-value goods. 

The label’s versatility extends to its ability to track shipments of any size or type, emphasising its adaptability across the supply chain. Simply peel off the sticker from the back, stick it on your asset, and you’re set!  

2. Securing the supply chain 

2024 saw numerous incidents (in countries facing geopolitical tensions) of technological devices being tampered with. These breaches were brought about by security holes in the supply chain.  

In October, the EU introducted the NIS2 regulation. The legistlation is intended to ensure security measures are adhered to throughout the IT supply chain. Essentially, IT providers will implement IoT technology that monitors and protects IT components while they are being shipped. Doing so will ensure they are compliant with this new regulation. Not only that, but it will also help them protect themselves and their customers.  

3. Energy efficiency will be a key priority 

Sustainability will continue to be an important priority for IT providers and customers alike. 

When it comes to IoT and location tracking, providing energy-efficient technology is paramount, considering the small batteries such devices have on board. For this reason, clever management of cell triangulation alongside GPS technology will provide significant advantages.   

4. 5G LPWA technologies gaining momentum  

The main advantage that 5G LPWA technologies have over other types of networks, such as Wi-Fi, is its low power consumption. 

This makes it ideal for use in smart applications. For example: smart labels, where battery life is an important factor for device design and operation. 

5. Digital twin for supply chain 

In 2025, the use of digital twin technology will become a standard practice within supply chain management. 

This is thanks to the proliferation of IoT sensors and application of AI to digital twins, which will enable the dynamic tracking of simulated changes in real-world conditions, providing a powerful tool for predictive analytics and risk management on demand. 

  • Digital Supply Chain
  • Risk & Resilience
  • Sustainability

Shannon Kirk Nakamoto, Global Director of Legal Industry Solutions at Icertis, explores how to inject resilience into the supply chain with intelligent contracting.

Procurement leaders are navigating an increasingly volatile world where supply chain disruptions have become a constant threat. From geopolitical conflicts like the war in Ukraine and labour strikes on the US East Coast to extreme weather events driven by climate change, global trade is under immense pressure. These challenges cause delays, increased transportation costs, and inflationary impacts that threaten organisational performance. Consequently, the key question is no longer whether disruptions will happen, but how prepared procurement professionals are to handle them. At the heart of these challenges are contracts. Once static documents, contracts have now become critical tools for mitigating risk and ensuring supply chain resilience. They are one of the most powerful resources at the procurement team’s fingertips.

Yet, antiquated practices in contract management often undermine this potential, exposing businesses to unnecessary vulnerabilities. To remain competitive, procurement leaders must adopt a modernised, technology-driven approach to contracting. This approach must align commercial agreements with the complexities of today’s supply chains.

The Cost of Disruption

Supply chain disruptions impact industries differently, but their financial toll is widespread. For instance, UK exporters face slower, more expensive transportation, while US businesses grapple with material shortages and rising costs. According to World Commerce & Contracting, such inefficiencies lead to an average 9% revenue loss in every contract. This is a substantial financial impact for enterprises with thousands of agreements.

Contracts serve as the foundation of commerce, governing every transaction and acting as the single source of truth for business relationships with customers and suppliers. Sellers need clarity on their rights, and buyers need certainty about deliverables. Therefore, ensuring contract language addresses potential supply chain disruptions is critical to help enterprises navigate today’s complexities with greater agility.

Traditional approaches to managing contracts fail to account for the unpredictability of modern supply chains. Procurement teams must develop contracts that anticipate and respond to disruptions. Mechanisms like inflation-adjusted pricing, force majeure clauses, and renegotiation terms to maintain flexibility are all critical in this endeavour. Additionally, teams must automate the monitoring of such clauses to ensure they are properly enforced during turbulent times.

Leveraging AI for Smarter Contracting

Many organisations fail to fully leverage the true potential of contracts. Now, however, artificial intelligence (AI) is revolutionising contracting to help enterprises control costs, recapture revenue, and reinforce compliance across their organisations. Research from Icertis reveals that 90% of CEOs and 80% of CFOs struggle with effective contract negotiations, leading to significant revenue leakage. 

AI transforms contracts into data-rich resources, delivering real-time insights into bottom-line risks like cost escalations and upcoming renewal deadlines. These insights empower procurement leaders to make proactive decisions, such as renegotiating unfavourable terms or identifying alternative vendors if there are gaps in supply chains.

By digitising contracts and applying AI, organisations can enhance visibility, streamline processes, and position their procurement teams to make a notable impact on business outcomes. For example, AI can detect risks in supply chain routes and recommend backup suppliers to prevent delays from escalating into costly disruptions. When contract data is integrated with core procurement systems like SAP Ariba, AI can also flag unpaid supplier invoices or discount opportunities that enable enterprises to recapture lost revenue. 

Nearly half of Chief Procurement Officers have led AI adoption initiatives. However, AI’s full potential in contracting – also known as contract intelligence – still has substantial room for growth. AI has the power to free procurement teams from routine tasks, enabling them to focus on strategic initiatives and become effective change makers within their organisations. 

Negotiating for Resilience

To succeed, procurement leaders must take a proactive, technology-first approach to contract management. 

This requires treating contracts as living resources that address supply chain vulnerabilities and advance commercial goals. By centralising and analysing contract data through AI-driven platforms, companies can diversify their supplier base. Doing so reduces reliance on single sources, allowing them to better manage costs, and negotiate more favourable outcomes.

In today’s geopolitical environment, AI in contracting also supports compliance by helping to align agreements with changing regulations, reducing the risk of legal and financial penalties. With the right elements built into every contract, procurement teams can better anticipate risks and enhance their organisations’ longevity.

Contracts as Catalysts for Value

At its pinnacle, effective contract management drives value creation. Well-structured contracts improve supplier relationships by promoting transparency and trust. Procurement professionals can use AI-driven insights to make smarter decisions, secure better terms, and improve profit margins in every department of the business.

By treating contracts as powerful partners, procurement leaders can recover lost revenue, optimise supply chain performance, and capitalise on growth opportunities. This shift is essential for navigating the complexities of modern commerce and solidifying procurement’s central role in organisational success.

The Future of Procurement 

Procurement challenges demand a fundamental shift in how businesses view and manage contracts. In an era of uncertainty, relying on traditional, outdated methods – like saving signed PDFs in a forgotten shared folder – is no longer sufficient. 

Procurement leaders must embrace AI-powered contract intelligence to build resilience, control costs, and turn contracts into tools for transformation. In today’s financial climate, where every pound matters, the time to invest in AI is now.

  • Risk & Resilience

Supply chain experts from Ivalua, DataDocks, SCALA, Brookfield, Project44, and more share their predictions for the future of the sector in 2025.

With 2024 drawing to a close, we reached out to some of the industry’s leading experts to get their predictions on what the next year might hold for the global supply chain sector.

The responses we received covered a wide range of topics, from warehousing to AI and cybersecurity. One thing remained constant, however: 2025 will be a year that poses significant challenges for supply chain professionals around the world, and it will take a combination of technology adoption, strategic planning, and collaboration to rise to them.  

Understanding the supply chain to manage risk has never been more important

Sue Williams, Managing Director at Hexagon Consultants

“More in depth risk assessments will become increasingly essential. It’s crucial for businesses to have a deep understanding of their supply chain, conducting thorough risk assessments and scenario planning in order to foresee and mitigate risks before they become major problems. 

Organisations need to ensure that they are mapping their supply chain network, ideally collaborating with suppliers to get as far down the supply chain as possible: consistently providing updates and regularly communicating to avoid any disruptions.” 

Visibility, technology, and risk mitigation will separate 2025’s winners and losers 

Phil Reuben, executive director at SCALA

“We’ve experienced a series of turbulent years for global supply chains. With ongoing geopolitical changes and technological progress, 2025 is set to be another crucial year for building supply chain resilience.

Trade tariffs proposed by the Trump administration on major manufacturers like China will have major implications for businesses with global supply chains. Very soon, businesses will have critical decisions to make about how they continue to source raw materials, manufacture, and ship products.

“Furthermore, ongoing global conflict could threaten supply and distribution in certain global territories, necessitating more resilient and adaptable supply chain strategies. Nearshoring is emerging as a strategic response to disruption, with companies opting to bring production closer to key markets, thereby reducing transportation costs and mitigating risks. 

“One area that could be increasingly key in creating resilience is effectively deploying emerging technologies. Those businesses choosing to integrate Artificial Intelligence (AI) across supply chain operations may reap the benefits of improved demand forecasting, inventory management, and general efficiency, for example. 

“Ultimately, understanding your operations, making the most of technology, and mitigating risks in the supply chain will be critical in 2025.”

2025 will be the year of smart, strategic warehousing 

Ben Segelman, Head of Portfolio Management – European Logistics, at Brookfield

“Throughout the latter part of 2024, we saw a return of confidence to the European logistics market as inflation began to turn and interest rates cooled off. As a result, we are seeing a number of large asset portfolios come to the market, as well as occupancy rates within our own portfolio growing – largely driven by built-to-suit projects with large corporates. As we look ahead to 2025, the European logistics market is poised for significant activity and transformation as tenants demand high-quality spaces. 

“The primary themes driving the logistics landscape in 2025 will be automation, digitisation, and sustainability. Companies across the entire supply chain, from sourcing to fulfilment, will prioritise these elements, even as they navigate the challenges of rapidly evolving trends. 

“This is why the role of the landlord will become ever more important in 2025. Businesses will increasingly turn to warehouse and logistics partners who can leverage the power of ‘connected networks’ to achieve maximum optionality from their space, such as unlocking access to land banks and the grid.

“There will be a particular focus on premises in strategic, best-in-town locations that offer excellent transport links, as well as spaces which attract talent. A move to campus locations, such as multi-functional logistics parks, is therefore an emerging trend that I believe we will see more of as we progress through 2025.”

The next generation of supply chain leaders will accelerate tech disruption

Tom Perrone, SVP Global Professional Services at project44

“2025 will be a transformative year for the supply chain – not just through the implementation of disruptive technologies, but also through new business models driven by a new generation of supply chain leaders.

“Data shows that today, millennials represent most of the global workforce. Over the next few years, leadership teams are set to become a millennial territory.

“This will undoubtedly cause a shift in processes and technological adoption across the supply chain, with millennials open to innovation based on their ability to quickly adapt and learn to use new platforms.

“Here, we can expect the next generation of supply chain leaders to increasingly harness automation and AI to streamline workflows without sacrificing productivity.

“At the same time, millennial employees prioritise sustainability and ethical practices in the companies they work for. With more millennials stepping into leadership roles, we can expect this shift to push more organisations to adopt new processes and technologies that enable more sustainable supply chain operations, as well as enhanced traceability to ensure socially responsible sourcing. Ultimately, this unique perspective and new set of leadership skills will help to drive innovation and enhance the resilience of supply chain operations.”

Progress on sustainability starts with data 

Jarrod McAdoo, Director of Product at Ivalua

In 2025, data will be as important as ever as organisations face increasing regulatory pressure and growing consumer demand and expectations for sustainable practices. Organisations’ ability to collect, manage, and utilise data will be key to ensuring they don’t fall behind the competition.

In addition to the need to comply with regulations such as CSRD and CS3D, initiatives like Digital Product Passports (DPPs) will gain traction, particularly in sectors like retail and battery production, to respond to growing consumer demand for transparency. Added pressure for circular initiatives will come from the EU’s forthcoming introduction of DPPs in 2027 which aims to tackle unsustainability by providing detailed digital records on product origins, materials, and recyclability. Forward-thinking brands, like Tesco’s F&F clothing range, and fashion brand Nobody’s Child have already taken steps toward this change, and more will follow suit next year.  


“The real challenge and opportunity we’ll face in the coming year lies in identifying which solution providers will effectively address the comprehensive data management challenges presented. The technology must enable companies to facilitate data collection from different sources to track metrics, monitor progress, and identify areas for improvement, as well as report. We’re likely to see a phased approach, with the key focus being on balancing regulatory requirements with practical implementation. This will require significant investment in both technology and process transformation, but sustainability should be seen as an investment, not a cost.”

Cybersecurity problems in the supply chain aren’t going away

Dominik Birgelen, CEO of oneclick AG Group

“In 2025, cybersecurity is likely to remain a priority for supply chain businesses. As supply chain companies leverage innovative solutions and digitise their operations, the risk of cyberattacks can also increase.”

“According to Statista, approximately 183,000 customers were affected by supply chain cyberattacks worldwide in 2024. This makes cybersecurity a critical issue to address for supply chain businesses. Cyberattacks can easily disrupt supply chain operations, resulting in delays, lost revenue, and a damaged reputation. This, in turn, can hinder the long-term growth of supply chain businesses.” 

“By deploying advanced solutions based on the Zero Trust Architecture (ZTA), supply chain operators can ensure that suppliers, warehouses, and logistics systems operate securely without interruption.” 

In 2025, organisations will struggle to juggle cost reduction with managing supply chain risks 

Alex Saric, Smart Procurement Expert at Ivalua

“In 2025, as investment into peak procurement staff has stalled, organisations will need to juggle a stubborn focus on cost reduction against demand to re-architect supply chains so they are more flexible than ever before. This comes as geopolitical tensions mount, a shortage of critical materials remains, and more extreme weather events loom – all making the risk of supply chain disruption even more unpredictable.

“Procurement teams will face a tough balancing act next year, so understanding how to optimise suppliers and spend in these complex times will be critical. Organisations will need to focus on diversifying supply chains to reduce risk of disruption and reliance on China. This means making sure they can build strong relationships with their strategic suppliers, and that they can identify alternative sources of supply in case of unexpected disruptions.”

Geopolitics, economic pressure, and AI will shape the post-pandemic supply chain landscape

Nick Rakovsky, CEO of DataDocks

The post-pandemic supply chain transformation is about to hit its stride. 2025 will mark the end of reactive digitalisation and the beginning of truly intelligent operations.

Three forces will define the year. 

First, geopolitical tensions will intensify supply chain scrutiny. Border checks will become more stringent, documentation requirements more complex, and origin verification more demanding. 

Second, the economic climate will force a bifurcation in the industry. Companies that have invested in automation and AI will pull decisively ahead of those still relying on manual processes and disconnected systems. The performance gap between digital leaders and laggards will become too wide to ignore, particularly in warehouse operations and logistics coordination.

The third and most interesting force is the maturation of AI-powered compliance tools. These systems will transform how organisations handle regulatory requirements, turning what was once a burden into a competitive advantage. Supply chains will become simultaneously more compliant and more agile – a combination that would have seemed paradoxical just a few years ago.

These changes won’t happen all at once. Most companies will take a “wait and see” approach in the first half of the year. But those waiting for perfect certainty before acting will find themselves scrambling to catch up when the market accelerates. 

The supply chain industry has received its lessons about preparedness – 2025 will show which companies took those lessons to heart.

The future of supply chain innovation lies with emerging technologies

Adam Spurdle, COO, at Communisis Brand Deployment

“Emerging technologies like Gen AI, blockchain, and IoT are revolutionising supply chain operations, with AI taking centre stage in marketing procurement categories, including in-store marketing materials, printed communications, and marketing incentives such as in-store purchase-linked redemption programs and couponing for large brands.

As businesses in this sector aim to streamline complex processes, the granular insights provided by AI are proving indispensable. AI enables real-time monitoring and analysis, offering the visibility needed to optimise workflows and make data-driven decisions that directly impact efficiency and outcomes.

For marketing procurement, advanced AI models are set to transform demand forecasting, particularly in areas like production scheduling for printed communications and inventory management for in-store marketing materials. AI-driven insights can also anticipate fluctuations in redemption program participation or coupon usage by analysing historical and IoT data patterns. These capabilities help prevent overproduction, reduce waste, and align procurement strategies with actual consumer demand, ultimately improving sustainability outcomes.

Moreover, AI’s ability to automate routine tasks—such as processing procurement documents, analysing supplier data, or tracking marketing asset delivery—through intelligent automation and robotic process automation (RPA) will allow teams to focus on higher-value activities. This means marketers and procurement professionals can dedicate more energy to creativity and strategic decision-making, ensuring campaigns are innovative, impactful, and aligned with brand objectives as we move into 2025.

In short, AI is not just a trend but a transformative force for marketing procurement, enabling smarter, faster, and more sustainable operations across categories. As these technologies evolve, their role in shaping efficient and creative supply chains for brands will only grow.

  • AI in Supply Chain
  • Digital Supply Chain
  • Risk & Resilience

Christina Slaughter, Senior Vice President, Supply Chain Management at tms, breaks down the preparations businesses can make for a tariff-heavy Trump presidency.

The global supply chain playbook will need a major update after Donald Trump takes office for the second time on January 20. Trump’s promises (or threats) to impose a wide array of new tariffs on imported goods might mean major changes for the ways that US businesses source supplies.

In the month since Trump’s November presidential victory, businesses have already stepped up their imports of goods from China. Many are hoping that they can build up the necessary stock surpluses to get ahead of the tariffs Trump has promised to implement come January. 

Warehouses are bulging with tariff-beating goods as businesses look to stock up before the Lunar New Year holidays when much of the country’s manufacturing will grind to a halt for up to a month. Businesses globally are holding their breath to see what comes next. 

But what else can and should businesses be doing now?

During his presidential campaign, Trump vowed to impose tariffs of between 10-20% on all imports – a massive expansion of the 10-25% levies imposed solely on Chinese goods during his previous term. 

He’s also threatened to impose an extra 60%-100% tariff on Chinese imports in addition to punitive 25% taxes on imports from Canada and Mexico. But his scattergun statements have businesses second guessing how the new regime will apply these restrictions. Understandably, it’s created a lot of uncertainty. 

What is clear is that US businesses must prepare for a range of possible scenarios and be ready to act depending on how they unfold, which means closely monitoring developments, getting contingency plans ready and having funding and logistics to react at lightning speed. 

During the last Trump presidency, suppliers developed Country of Origin Diversification strategies to avoid US tariffs on goods from China. They sourced production from alternative markets such as Vietnam, Malaysia and Indonesia. 

However, they may need to think again if universal tariffs are applied. And many are looking at onshoring and sourcing from US-based suppliers. 

“All you have to do is build your plant in the United States and you don’t have tariffs,” Trump has told US businesses. 

So, how could this work? 

From our experience, built over years supplying Fortune 500 clients – including providing drinkware, merchandise and related promotional accessories for several QSR clients, we have noted a number of things.

Some businesses are already prepared for the new regime. Beauty company Bath & Body Works, for example, is ahead of the curve using largely onshore manufacturing, with 85% of its products made in the US, mostly at a production site in Ohio. 

For many others, however, significant challenges remain. Many US businesses suddenly looking to source from suppliers within the US at the same time, for example, will strain the capacity to fulfil those orders and could drive up prices. 

Depending on the products, US-based suppliers will have to source purpose-built machinery to manufacture their goods. Yet in many cases, the specialised engineers qualified and experienced to build those machines are only found in Southeast Asia and China, meaning a further challenge: getting them to come to the US. 

US suppliers are throwing themselves into the breach

Many US-based suppliers are bullish about fulfilling the new contracts and have a refreshing “Yes, can do” approach. Yet many suppliers tend to be based in locations where they will find it hard to attract the workforce to fulfil large orders at short notice. 

It’s hard enough finding staff for retail chains these days, let alone the hundreds of manufacturing workers needed to work the challenging schedule in the same way as Chinese and SE Asia workers. 

US-based suppliers will also need access to a pool of resources to turn around large orders quickly. They’ll have to import the raw materials and tooling expertise to set up the production facilities. Establishing this infrastructure is time-consuming and requires sustained commitment. 

Sourcing from the US will also be expensive as labor and material costs are considerably higher than in China and other Asian countries. Ultimately, it may not work out any cheaper to source from the US. Paying the tariff could turn out to be more cost-effective. 

Businesses will need to make these calculations about costs and to develop a strong radar for available capacity. It could take time to establish the new supplier relationships, creating a period of instability for businesses. 

Challenging suppliers to prove they can deliver 

In the light of all this, we believe it will be important for businesses to challenge suppliers to demonstrate just how they plan to deliver their goods and services. 

Many – smaller suppliers, especially – will struggle to balance the right quality of product at a price point their buyers will still want to purchase and it is unlikely there will be a practical solution for everyone.

While business leaders crave stability, fortunes are also made during periods of disruption. When doing their calculations, businesses should remember that there are also advantages to sourcing goods from within the US. 

If production capacity becomes available, businesses will be able to fulfil their orders more rapidly – in weeks rather than the two and a half months transit time it can take ordering from a Chinese producer.

The size of orders could be smaller, too – allowing businesses to reduce their inventory, eliminating the need to sit on large amounts of stock for weeks or months, which is another overhead – which could lead to faster, more agile supply chains. 

Businesses would also save on transportation costs and lower mileage travelled would bring environmental savings. 

With no universal panacea, each individual business will need to do what it can within the parameters of its business model, product requirements and trading relationships. 

Here are some lessons based on preparations we are seeing businesses make now:

Don’t reinvent the wheel.

You may need to change a supplier, but this need not necessarily mean starting again from scratch. Explore ways to encourage existing suppliers to work with new suppliers to share expertise. 

Some organisations are assessing the potential for leveraging existing facilities in order to encourage them to partner in the US and also Europe to take their manufacturing there, rather than building a completely new supply chain.

Consider off-the-shelf solutions. 

Can elements of your product be off-the-shelf rather than bespoke? 

Many organisations are exploring the potential for using off-the-shelf bodies to keep down costs while still maintaining product quality.  

Prioritise careful management of stakeholder expectations. 

Being open and transparent with all customers and suppliers is critical and builds good faith.

This means strengthening and consolidating the partnerships we have with customers and suppliers. It is vital to ensure that all players align with one another on the different options and solutions they may need to implement. 

So far, our openness with our clients about the efforts we are taking to develop options for them have gone down well. 

It’s never too soon to plan ahead. 

No one knows quite how Trump’s tariffs promise will play out. It’s also unclear who will feel the impact most severely and to what extent these tariffs could hurt the US economy. Nevertheless, it is essential to act and be proactive by putting in place what you can now – not least due to the timescales involved in re-tooling, and so on.

The year ahead holds some significant challenges for US businesses, make no mistake. And while the tariff regime will likely create headaches for the supply chain, as expected, everybody will be in the same boat. 

But remember, for those who have preparations in place and can strike a good deal there will be opportunities to get ahead of the pack, too, and the canniest players will find first mover advantages. 

tms is a marketing, sourcing and technology company.

  • Risk & Resilience
  • Sourcing & Procurement

Jon White, CCO of global shipping solutions provider InXpress, dives into some survival strategies for the busiest time of the year in logistics.

The festive season, while joyous, presents a whirlwind of challenges for businesses managing deliveries. As the holiday spirit ignites a shopping spree, customers expect their gifts to arrive on time, adding pressure to supply chains and couriers. Meeting these heightened demands requires strategic planning, technological adoption, and a customer-first approach.

Today’s consumers have higher expectations than ever, especially during the Christmas season. Retailers must align their operations with modern consumer trends, which increasingly prioritise speed and convenience. Offering same-day or next-day delivery services is no longer a luxury but a necessity to remain competitive.

Additionally, reliable tracking systems play a crucial role in managing expectations. Customers want real-time updates on their packages, from warehouse dispatch to doorstep delivery. Providing this transparency ensures that customers remain confident in the retailer’s ability to meet their needs. It’s not just about delivering a product; it’s about delivering peace of mind.

Responsive Customer Support: The Holiday Lifeline

The surge in orders during Christmas amplifies the importance of responsive customer support infrastructure. With delayed or lost packages being inevitable in high-pressure periods, businesses need to establish fast and effective communication channels to resolve issues promptly.

Live chat, dedicated support hotlines, and social media responsiveness become critical tools. These platforms allow customers to voice concerns and receive timely assistance. A well-prepared customer support team can turn a potential complaint into an opportunity to strengthen customer loyalty. Furthermore, proactive communication from customer support teams, such as updates on delays, can prevent misunderstandings and build trust.

Automation and Real-Time Updates: Keeping Customers Informed

In the digital age, automated notifications and real-time updates on order status are indispensable. These features help businesses manage the customer’s anxiety surrounding their Christmas purchases. By integrating automation into the delivery process, retailers can send instant order confirmations, provide real-time updates on shipping progress, and notify customers of any changes or delays in their delivery timeline.

Such transparency not only enhances the customer experience but also reduces the volume of inquiries to customer support teams, allowing them to focus on resolving complex issues.

The bottom line

The Christmas delivery frenzy may be daunting, but it is also an opportunity for businesses to showcase their reliability and commitment to customer satisfaction. By aligning with consumer expectations for speedy and transparent deliveries, bolstering customer support infrastructure, and leveraging automation for real-time updates, businesses can navigate the festive rush successfully. 

These strategies ensure not only a smoother holiday season but also a stronger foundation for year-round customer loyalty. This Christmas, businesses who thrive will be those who prioritise precision, responsiveness, and innovation.

  • Risk & Resilience

The International Air Transport Association has warned of “severe” supply chain issues poised to define 2025.

After a rocky 2024, the global aviation industry’s supply chain headwinds are expected to continue in the year ahead. In a new report, the International Air Transport Association (IATA) predicted severe supply chain issues will continue to impact airline performance next year. These issues will have the combined effect of raising costs and limiting growth. 

“Supply chain issues are frustrating every airline with a triple whammy on revenues, costs, and environmental performance.  Load factors are at record highs and there is no doubt that if we had more aircraft they could be profitably deployed, so our revenues are being compromised. Meanwhile, the aging fleet that airlines are using has higher maintenance costs, burns more fuel, and takes more capital to keep it flying. And, on top of this, leasing rates have risen more than interest rates as competition among airlines intensified the scramble to find every way possible to expand capacity,” said Willie Walsh, IATA’s Director General.

Challenges growing in scale 

IATA’s industry outlook report quantifies the scale of the supply chain challenges facing the airline industry. 

The average age of the global fleet has risen to a record 14.8 years. This represents a significant increase from the 13.6 years average for the period 1990-2024. Aircraft deliveries have fallen sharply from the peak of 1,813 aircraft in 2018. The estimate for 2024 deliveries is 1,254 aircraft, a 30% shortfall on what was predicted going into the year. In 2025, deliveries are forecast to rise to 1,802. This is well below earlier expectations for 2,293 deliveries with further downward revisions in 2025 widely seen as quite possible.

The backlog (cumulative number of unfulfilled orders) for new aircraft has reached 17,000 planes, a record high. At present delivery rates, this would take 14 years to fulfil, double the six-year average backlog for the 2013-2019 period. However, the waiting time is expected to shorten as delivery rates increase.

The number of “parked” aircraft is 14% (approximately 5,000 aircraft) of the total fleet (35,166 as at December 2024, including Russian-built aircraft). While this has improved recently, parked aircraft remain 4 percentage points higher than pre-pandemic levels (equivalent to some 1,600 aircraft). Of these, 700 (2% of the global fleet) are parked for engine inspections. 

The IATA’s report adds that they expect this situation to persist into 2025. “This is a time when airlines need to be fixing their battered post-pandemic balance sheets,” added Walsh. “But progress is effectively capped by supply chain issues that manufacturers need to resolve.”

Knock-on problems 

In particular, the IATA report identified two knock-on negative effects resulting from the industry’s supply chain issues.  

First, fuel efficiency (excluding the impact of load factors) was unchanged between 2023 and 2024 at 0.23 litres/100 available tonne kilometers (ATK). This represents a step back from the long-term (1990-2019) trend of annual fuel efficiency improvements in the range of 1.5-2.0%.

Secondly, the industry expects to see exceptional demand for leased aircraft. This demand will push leasing rates for narrow body aircraft to levels 20-30% higher than in 2019.

“The entire aviation sector is united in its commitment to achieving net zero carbon emissions by 2050. But when it comes to the practicality of actually getting there, airlines are left bearing the biggest burden. The supply chain issues are a case in point. Manufacturers are letting down their airline customers and that is having a direct impact of slowing down airlines’ efforts to limit their carbon emissions. If the aircraft and engine manufacturers could sort out their issues and keep their promises, we’d have a more fuel-efficient fleet in the air,” said Walsh.

  • Risk & Resilience

Holly Clarke, Product Manager for Inventory AI at Peak, explores the hidden pitfalls when fostering agility in the supply chain.

Supply chain leaders are constantly having to adjust their strategies as the world around them changes. Global issues hit, consumer behaviour shifts, and then within a couple of years it all changes once again — just when supply chain managers are starting to readjust. But the ironic thing is that supply chains aren’t agile; the steering of a ship takes time to change direction. 

Having to adjust course is no easy feat. This is especially true as we continue to get hit by an increasing number of legislative impacts such as Brexit, sustainability requirements and other regulations — all of which are making things even more complex.

The core fundamentals are still just as important, such as efficient stock holding, maximising service and operating efficiently. But with interest rates and the cost of capital at a high, this is becoming more of a knife-edge. Businesses can’t afford to have capital tied up in overstocked products, but they can’t afford to miss sales either. And, to add another complexity into the mix, they don’t want to pass too much of the cost on to their customers.

Meeting demand is constantly taking on a new meaning: how do I meet demand in the most cost- efficient way?

We must turn to technology to help us. Accessing optimal demand predictions, leveraging better inventory and pricing strategies, and more agile ways of working are a must — they will help you steer that ship faster than ever before and, crucially, ahead of competitors.

Tackling the tightrope: data is key

Supply chain leaders are walking an increasingly challenging tightrope, and they have had to learn how to do it in real time. To keep output well-balanced, trade-offs between cost, speed and service must be factored in; this is at the same time as the landscape shifts, where uncertainty and higher customer expectations go hand in hand.

The agility of any supply chain is dependent on the strength and reliability of its data. That’s why how it’s captured is crucial, both in terms of accuracy and speed. Without this data providing a full overview of the supply chain, leaders are walking the tightrope blindfolded and imprecise data could send them further off course.

Agility over easy-going: give it time

Enhancing flexibility, responsiveness and adaptability are the key focuses for future-facing supply chains. But this can’t be achieved overnight. The entire business, at every level, should be on board with the fact that true supply chain optimisation takes time.

Yes, embracing tech will encourage flexibility and provide detailed analysis, but instant success should not be expected. It’s essential that the supply chain team is committed to utilising the newfound tech in as many ways as possible.

AI-powered optimisation: achieving optimal inventory levels and pricing

Knowing how much stock to hold is an ever-present challenge for supply chain leaders. If demand suddenly changes, sales can be lost or capital gets tied up in excess stock. But the use of AI is providing companies with in-depth, accurate insight to achieve optimal inventory levels. AI can monitor stock in real time. It can balance fluctuating demand with factors like sales history, product availability and location. As a result, it can ensure the right product is in the right place at the right time. 

The technology can also show teams the optimum price for products throughout their lifecycle. It can provide recommendations that balance customer demand and business objectives in a way that maintains margins and drives profit.  

Predicting uncertainty? The power of accurate forecasting 

Uncertainty will always be rife in the world of supply chain,. Nevertheless, AI’s insights can ensure quicker decision making when your supply chain feels the ripples of a global event. AI can improve demand forecast accuracy and agility, helping organisations maintain good service and inventory levels while minimising waste.

While not easy, agility in the supply chain should always be strived for; it powers a balance between operational efficiency and the flexibility needed to react swiftly when issues arise.

The bottom line

As supply chain leaders battle ongoing uncertainty, having accurate data and an agile team is crucial to effectively meet changing demand in a cost-efficient manner. It enables managers to walk an increasingly challenging tightrope of balancing internal strategy with external trends.

To implement such a strategy, embracing AI is key. Supply chain managers can capture and access real-time insights on their inventory levels, allowing them to maintain the right amount of stock and offer it at the optimum price. Crucially, this means that if global events impact demand, organisations can remain operationally resilient and steer their ship far quicker than would otherwise be possible. 

  • Collaboration & Optimization
  • Risk & Resilience

Organisations predict tariffs will pass higher costs onto customers, with many warning sweeping trade changes put them at “risk of collapse”.

Supply chain organisations and procurement leaders are bracing for a major crisis, as the incoming Trump administration promises sweeping tariffs in Q1 of 2025. A new report by spend management solutions firm Ivalua has revealed that half of organisations in the US and UK are preparing for changes in US trade policy, including rising tariffs

These changes, they believe, will create sweeping supply chain disruptions, resulting in higher costs for customers. Multiple organisations also warned that sweeping trade regulation changes could put them “at risk of collapse.”

Free trade agreements under threat 

Ivalua’s study of 200 US and UK supply chain and procurement decision-makers identified restrictions on exports of certain products and materials as their top concern (89%). The majority (84%) pressed worry about the overhaul or elimination of existing free trade agreements. A similarly overwhelming number (89%) also expressed concerns over broad tariffs on imports, while 84% fear high tariffs on goods imported from China. 

Sparked by President-elect Trump’s recent threats to hike tariffs on goods imported to the US from China, Canada and Mexico upon taking office, organisations’ fears could be realised as early as January when the new administration comes into power. 

“President Trump has been forthright in his position on tariffs, but the final details may vary based on negotiations with  certain countries and some categories of imports,” commented Alex Saric, a procurement expert at Ivalua. Uncertainty around how trade policies and tariffs will be implemented means companies won’t know how best to optimise supply chains to mitigate the impact until the last minute. At a minimum, organisations should start working with suppliers now to reconsider supply chain operations and identify ways to mitigate the impact of likely trade policy changes in the new year.”

The impact 

The impact, according to Ivalua, could be significant for US and UK businesses. Of the firms who anticipate more disruption from January:

  • 52% say they will need to completely reevaluate which suppliers they work with.
  • 51% say they will pass the cost onto customers – US organisations (65%) are more likely to do so than those in the UK (36%).
  • Almost half (48%) foresee rising supply chain costs that reduce profitability.
  • 45% warn rising supply chain costs will put their business at risk of collapse – with US organisations (52%) having a greater fear of collapse than those in the UK (36%).

“Organisations should prepare for the possibility of nearshoring or onshoring operations, factoring in evolving ‘made in USA’ thresholds and the impact increased tariffs will have on suppliers in China, Mexico, and Canada,” Saric added. “But the reality is that certain industries, especially those dependent on rare earth minerals or established manufacturing clusters, can’t easily shift away from China.”su

  • Risk & Resilience

Almost half of all supply chain leaders recently named tariffs and trade barriers as their top concern going into 2025.

In the wake of US President-Elect Donald Trump’s latest vocal assertions regarding upcoming international tariffs, barriers to international trade have swiftly risen to the top of supply chain leaders’ lists of concerns headed into 2025. A new report released by logistics SaaS company Descartes Systems Group found that close to half (48%) of supply chain leaders surveyed identified rising tariffs and trade barriers as their top concern. This was closely followed by supply chain disruptions at 45% and geopolitical instability at 41%.

Jackson Wood, Director, Industry Strategy at Descartes, noted that “With the potential for the incoming US administration to impose new and additional tariffs on a wide variety of goods and countries of origin, US importers may need to significantly re-engineer their sourcing strategies to mitigate potentially higher costs.”

Trump promises tariffs will define the outset of his second presidency 

At the end of November, Donald Trump made repeated posts on his social media platform Truth Social promising that, on day one of his administration — in addition to deporting large numbers of allegedly illegal immigrants — he would impose significant and broad new tariffs on goods entering US ports. 

Trump has claimed he will impose a 25% levy on all goods entering the US from Mexico, and Canada on his first day in office. The move will, Trump claims, somehow help crack down on immigration and illegal drug smuggling. In addition to the blanket 25% tariff on all products, Trump also said that China would be subject to an additional 10% “above any additional tariffs.” While campaigning earlier this year, Trump floated the possibility of tariffs as high as 60% on all Chinese-manufactured goods. 

Tariffs provoke uncertainty as supply chains race to diversify

The potential for tariffs to eat into profit margins for western companies, which in turn will pass that cost on to consumers, is creating a scramble among companies of all sizes to place orders quickly and for supply chain leaders to rapidly reshore what elements of their supply chains they can. Descartes’ research found that tariffs and trade barriers ranked as the priority issue regardless of company size, as respondents at companies with less than 250 employees, 251-500, 501-1,000, 1,001-50,000 and 50,000+ employees all cited it as the most significant issue they are currently facing.

A recent report found that various manufacturers in the tech and consumer goods sectors are seeing huge upticks in overseas orders as businesses attempt to secure critical goods ahead of Trump’s inauguration, which also falls around the regional shutdown caused by the Lunar New Year. Affected industries will likely include display panels, IC design, memory, and optical communications. 

But beyond short-term overstocking, Descartes notes that a tariff-happy Trump presidency could highlight a newfound necessity for organisations involved in international trade to sharpen their supply chain analytics practices to help build more resilient supply chain networks. 

“Evolving tariffs and trade policies are one of a number of complex issues requiring organisations to build more resilience into their supply chains through compliance, technology and strategic planning,” argued Wood.

  • Risk & Resilience
  • Sourcing & Procurement

Nick Rakovsky, CEO of Data Docks, examines four warehouse management challenges poised to intensify in the year ahead.

In 2025, we might see something of a shake up in supply chain operations. Four big areas could be in the crosshairs for warehouse managers in particular.

1. Cybersecurity & Data Privacy

Evolving Cyber Threats

Hackers are getting craftier. They’re not just after financial data anymore, but any information they can exploit. Geopolitical players are targeting systems to cause economic havoc without needing direct financial gain. 

Companies like Expeditors International and the US-based retailer Ace Hardware both had their Warehouse Management Systems brought down by cyberattacks in 2022 and 2023. Warehouses are becoming prime targets, all the more so because they don’t tend to have the strictest information security policies.

The big win with tech in supply chains is better collaboration with partners. If your WMS talks directly to suppliers’ systems, you get real-time updates on lead times and stock levels. But these connections can also open up new vulnerabilities if not handled properly. Robust cybersecurity measures are now more critical than ever.

Impending Data Privacy Regulations

2025 might also be the year data privacy regulations finally hit the spotlight. Slapdash tech solutions won’t cut it anymore. Businesses will need fully auditable systems with well-organised data to keep regulators happy.

Digital transformation efforts are going to have more stakeholders. Warehouse managers need to stand their ground and push for the right investments, or they risk being overruled by departments that don’t understand operations.

2. Retaining Skilled Team Members

Automation and Workforce Dynamics

Automation promises efficiency, but it also changes what we need from our staff. Younger workers have different expectations. This calls for a new management approach to keep them engaged.

High turnover might become a bigger issue. Managers who think tech will make training a doddle might be in for a shock. As warehouses adopt more specialised systems, processes could differ wildly between companies. Even experienced hires will need time to get up to speed, so you need to hold onto your best people.

Investing in Employee Growth

To keep talented staff, warehouses have to provide opportunities to learn high-demand skills. Aligning personal development with company goals can build a more dedicated team.

Success comes when you tackle tech implementation and people management together. Ignore one, and you might find that your investments in the other don’t deliver the expected benefits.

3. ESG and Sustainability

Shift to Scope 3 Emissions Reporting

Sustainability reporting is expanding to include ‘Scope 3’ emissions. This means companies are now expected to account for the environmental impact of their entire supply chain—not just their own direct emissions (Scope 1) or the energy they purchase (Scope 2). This broader focus will hit logistics and warehousing harder than previous efforts.

Lots of companies have set big sustainability goals with 2025 deadlines. Suppliers and partners are under pressure to meet these targets. Investors and insurers are also paying attention. If senior execs are feeling the heat, they’ll pass it down to operations.

Green Capital Investments

Tech like electric forklifts and energy storage systems might cross the cost-viability threshold in 2025. Companies with the capital to invest in these advancements may lower their operational costs, putting pressure on others to catch up or risk falling behind.

Warehouses will need to juggle the cost of new sustainable tech with the competitive edge it offers. Those who can invest might not only boost their green credentials but also gain efficiencies that save money.

4. Rightsizing Inventories

The Aftermath of Overcorrection

During the pandemic, many companies swung to ‘just-in-case’ inventory strategies, leading to stuffed warehouses and, later, record shrinkage. Now, they’re dealing with the fallout of excess stock.

While some analysts predict a shift back to ‘just-in-time’ (JIT) models, it’s not that simple. Advanced demand forecasting makes hyper-optimised JIT more tempting, but uncertainties in global supply chains throw a spanner in the works.

Global Logistics Volatility

Governments are pushing for nearshoring and cutting trade with ‘risky’ countries. This makes global freight less predictable. In the electronics sector, the uncertain supply of semiconductors tempts companies to stockpile. 

2025 might also be a strange one for consumer habits. Despite inflation, people are splashing out on personalised and ethically-minded products. Exceptional customer service, including speedy fulfilment, is vital—and warehouses play a central role.

Warehousing in 2025 Won’t Just Be Business as Usual

With technological leaps, new regulations, workforce changes, and shifting consumer habits all in play, the challenges are mounting. Staying ahead on cybersecurity, keeping skilled staff, meeting sustainability goals, and getting inventory levels right will demand clever strategies and a proactive approach. Those who anticipate and adapt to these evolving challenges will be better positioned to succeed in an increasingly competitive landscape.

  • Collaboration & Optimization
  • Risk & Resilience

Industry experts weigh in on the role of technology in overcoming demand fluctuations, out-of-stocks, inventory mismanagement, increased cyber threats, and the other challenges posed by mega shopping events like Black Friday.

Black Friday 2024 is over. This year, while customers’ enthusiasm for in-person shopping was muted, online retailers saw their revenues rise yet again year-on-year. While the shopping extravaganza can provide numerous opportunities for retailers, brands also face issues such as demand fluctuations, out-of-stocks, inventory mismanagement, and increased cyber threats — especially as online shopping continues to rise in popularity.

This year, we spoke with a range of industry experts to take a deep dive into the challenges Black Friday poses for supply chains, and understand how the industry can use innovative tech to address them in the upcoming holiday shopping period and beyond

Streamlining inventory management

There are several challenges that retailers and supply chain brands face during Black Friday and inventory mismanagement remains at the top. During the busy shopping period, brands need to maintain high inventory accuracy for effective order fulfillment. According to Amber Hovious, VP of Marketing & Partnerships at Teamwork Commerce: “During Black Friday, the focus on stock management should become a top priority.” 

“Being able to provide high-quality experiences is one thing, but it is a waste of time if a retailer doesn’t have a specific product available. With increased traffic both online and in-store around Cyber Weekend, the potential for stockouts, and ultimately, disappointed customers, increases significantly.” 

Similarly, Dean Drew, President of the RFID Solutions Division at SML Group, highlights the crucial role of inventory replenishment during Black Friday. Frew believes: “Replenishment  during peak holiday sales periods is critical in order to avoid out of stocks in distribution centers and on the sales floor.”

It is clear that retailers should find ways to navigate the right solutions to meet their specific needs. Teamwork’s Hovious suggests: “Once Black Friday sales begin, retailers need to utilise the right technology that can track inventory across all locations, from the supply chain to the shop floor. The right platform can keep an accurate view of all sales – both online and in-store – as well as stock, flagging when inventory levels begin to deplete. From here, associates can replenish shelves, or they can redirect more stock from warehouses to various locations depending on sales demand.”

“Product availability can make or break a retailer’s performance during Black Friday.” — Amber Hovious, VP of Marketing & Partnerships, Teamwork Commerce

There is no denying that brands should invest in cutting-edge technologies that can enable them to keep accurate track of inventory which is key not only to drive sales but also to deliver high-quality customer experience. Highlighting the importance of inventory accuracy, Hovious adds: “Product availability can make or break a retailer’s performance during Black Friday. There is no greater disappointment for a customer than discovering an item they want is out of stock. By getting their inventory practices right during Black Friday, retailers can maximize their opportunities for success.”

When it comes to ensuring inventory accuracy, technology such as item-level RFID can be instrumental. SML’s Frew suggests: “By employing item-level RFID, retailers can easily track stock levels across their entire supply chain. This enables brands to identify individual products and components and trace them throughout the supply chain from production to point of sale.” Explaining why brands must use RFID technology during Black Friday, Frew adds: “It [RFID] provides retailers with supply chain clarity and sets the foundations for an efficient operation during Black Friday weekend.”

Cybersecurity & crime during Black Friday

Cybercrime remains a pressing concern during the busy shopping season. Dominik Birgelen, CEO of Oneclick AG Group points out: “Black Friday is often a busy period, providing countless opportunities for supply chain businesses. But, it’s also a prime time for hackers seeking vulnerabilities during the busy period. The supply chain sector remains a lucrative target for cybercriminals, having significant amounts of critical data.”

Cyber attacks can significantly impact operations during busy periods, along with other severe consequences. Birgelen highlights: “Cyberattacks can easily disrupt supply chain operations, resulting in delays, lost revenue, and a damaged reputation. This, in turn, can hinder the long-term growth of supply chain businesses.” Outdated software and the lack of technologies can lead to increased vulnerabilities. To protect themselves from cybercriminals, retailers and supply chain companies should lean on robust security solutions. Birgelen advises companies to use zero-trust solutions. He says: “By deploying advanced solutions based on the Zero Trust Architecture (ZTA), supply chain operators can ensure that suppliers, warehouses, and logistics systems operate securely without interruption.” 

In addition to cybercrime, theft continues to be a serious issue for brands, increasing retail shrink. According to Sarah Bird, Head of Local Services at NBCS: Supply chain crime has been making the headlines recently as a significant amount of cheddar was recently stolen from the London cheese producer Neal’s Yard Dairy – a fraudster impersonating a French retailer managed to scam the business.” Businesses must invest in significant in-store security measures to reduce losses while ensuring high-level security for their staff. 

Black Friday and beyond

To capitalise on Black Friday opportunities, businesses must first address inventory and security issues. As per industry experts, leaning on innovative technologies can be a wise choice for brands to empower themselves and drive growth. 

Those who can get the right tech stack in place can operate effectively, navigate the season’s demands and achieve sustainable growth.

  • Digital Supply Chain
  • Risk & Resilience

Nearshoring promises to reduce the chances of disruption, but also threatens higher costs and the added risk of the unknown.

The last five years have seen a near-complete reimagining of the globalised, cost-driven approach to procurement that defined sourcing between the end of the 20th century and the worldwide disruption caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. 

Prior to 2020, purchasing was defined by sprawling supply chains which prioritised speed and cost over other virtues. These just-in-time supply networks performed poorly when the pandemic caused unexpected spikes in demand, disruption throughout the value chain, and prices to skyrocket. While the effects of the pandemic have gradually faded over the last four years, subsequent geopolitical events and economic pressures point to it as the dawn of an era in which McKinsey analyst Karl-Hendrik Magnus notes “volatility [looks] more and more like the rule rather than the exception.” The current climate of ongoing supply chain disruptions shows few signs of growing more hospitable. As a result, rising costs, extreme weather, and geopolitical tensions have placed nearshoring at the top of the agenda for many supply chain leaders in search of a way to reinject resilience into their supply chains. 

From “Just in Time” to “Just in Case”

It doesn’t matter how cheaply you can buy something if it spends months in transit, costs too much money to ship, or never arrives at all. Yogen Shah, a procurement director working in the oil and gas sector, observes that many of the economic and technological systems upon which the modern world depends are overly concentrated in the hands of a small number of large corporations. 

“It’s not just about supply chains—it’s the whole world depending on one or two companies based in the United States for their operations,” Shah said, in reference to the outage in late July that left 8.5 million Microsoft computers offline, grounding flights, and disrupting critical systems around the world. “This is similar to what was happening in supply chains before COVID-19, where most large companies depended solely on China for sourcing.” 

Shah notes that, by depending on a single country to supply the vast majority of a certain commodity — whether that’s manufactured goods or digital infrastructure — not only does the system become more susceptible to shocks and disruption, but the ability to cultivate those capabilities elsewhere will also be limited, making it progressively harder to pivot away from the single, monolithic supplier market. 

“Nobody was thinking about diversification before the pandemic because it was cheap and so everyone was building capacities in China, completely ignoring the risk of depending on one country for their materials,” he says. “If you’re dependent on just one country, over time you’re also losing the skill sets needed to manufacture whatever that country produces elsewhere. With China, we’re losing the ability to manufacture low-tech items. Today, if someone needs to produce something simple like a needle, nobody in Europe or America knows how to do it. It’s not just about losing jobs or economic benefits; we’re losing vital skills.” 

In the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic, Shah acknowledges that “there’s at least a realisation that we need a ‘China plus one’ strategy.” In the US, a 2023 report found that companies are aiming to reduce exposure to the Chinese economy by 40%. Chinese exports to the US dropped by 20% last year, compared with 2022. 

He adds that a rise in right wing political movements over the past five years has also eroded much of the neoliberal, globalist status quo that preceded the pandemic. “Many are now shifting from globalisation to localization, with governments becoming more right-leaning, like Trump, Modi, or what’s happening in France. Everyone wants to protect local jobs and local economies,” he notes. “We’ll likely see ‘China plus one,’ or even ‘plus three,’ strategies being developed because companies don’t want to depend on one or two countries, or even just Asia. What happens if there’s a civil war or disruption in shipping routes? Where will you turn for your critical operations? That’s why many companies are ensuring that their critical supplies have options available within their own country or region. It might be slightly more expensive, but it’s better to produce something at a higher cost than nothing at all.”

Nearshoring for a more resilient supply chain 

From nationalist protectionism to fears of another pandemic-scale disruption, many organisations are increasingly finding reason to disentangle their supply chains from markets on the other side of the world.

Gemma Thompson, a Senior Consultant for Strategy and Growth at supply chain and procurement consultancy Proxima, notes that, “when done effectively,” nearshoring “can reduce dependence on more distant suppliers, which, when done well, can provide resilience in procurement and sourcing strategies.” Hoping to mitigate the risks posed by more complex, geographically distributed supply chains, companies are starting the process of shifting resource extraction, production, manufacturing, and other critical elements of their value chain closer to home. 

Thompson adds that there are other attractive qualities to nearshoring than simple risk reduction. “Shorter, more efficient logistics networks will present an opportunity to reduce carbon footprint, and in theory, a shorter supply chain should offer greater visibility and, thus, greater transparency. Operating closer to home also presents an opportunity to simplify regulatory compliance,” she says. 

At the same time, however, companies exploring the benefits of a more local supply chain still want to preserve the financial benefits that pulled their business overseas in the first place. This creates some challenges, however.

“Often, the initial costs of nearshoring may be higher due to infrastructure investment and, in particular, higher labour costs,” admits Thompson. However, she notes there may be upsides for some industries that can help balance the scales, and that organisations should view the trade-offs of nearshoring more holistically.

“Reduced transportation costs and lower tariffs could prove to present initial savings, whilst the business case to nearshore may also involve investing in tech to mitigate costs and future-proof supply solutions,” she adds. “Unpicking complex global supply chains is not easy, nor economically feasible for some organisations, in some sectors, or some locations… We are talking about the implications of changing supply models here, and that needs serious consideration in strategy, execution and ongoing management.” 

Read the full issue of SCS here!

  • Risk & Resilience
  • Sourcing & Procurement

From simulating so-called “black swan” events to the day-to-day pressures of the source-to-pay, could wargaming be a useful tool in the hands of supply chain managers?

What kind of potential do wargames have to help organisations prepare for not just the worst, but also the day-to-day struggles of the modern supply chain landscape? 

Tearing up the rulebook — a new age of supply chain disruption 

The last five years have — I don’t think it’s controversial to say — been a wild ride for global supply chains. 

From trade wars between the US and China to an actual war in Ukraine; from an ongoing genocide in Gaza to the seizure of shipping in the Red Sea; from climate crisis-related crop failures and extreme weather events to the rise of generative AI and the ascendency of a US president who is still a vocal climate skeptic; the needle measuring the number, frequency, and scale of disruptions to global supply chains feels like it buried itself in the red circa 2020 and has barely dipped below that line since. 

Not only is it a fact that our current state of heightened disruption has made it more important than ever that supply chain managers plan and prepare for the unexpected, but shifting trends in supply chain organisation brought on by this new climate of disruption are making it uniquely difficult to draw on past experiences in order to predict the future. After all, much about the neoliberal philosophies of globalisation and free market economics that defined trade from the 1980s through to the spread of COVID-19 has been shown to be ineffective.

As the Harvard Business Review noted back in September of 2020, the “economic turmoil caused by the pandemic has exposed many vulnerabilities in supply chains and raised doubts about globalisation.”

Out of the frying pan

In response, many organisations are looking to restructure their value chains, moving manufacturing and assembly closer to home with the hope of reaping the triple benefit of increased resilience, cut carbon, and lower costs. But successfully nearshoring your business is complicated, and success isn’t guaranteed. Organisations looking to move their operations away from China, for example, often find themselves jumping out of one geopolitical frying pan and into the fire as they explore Eastern Europe, Africa, and South America as alternative sources of cheap labour and materials. 

“We’re in a new era. I don’t think that there is a normalisation anymore. I think that what companies are now facing is that supply chain disruption is the new norm” – Marissa Adams, head of global trade solutions at HSBC Americas  

This trend isn’t going anywhere, either. As the world ramps up for an AI revolution and a green transition, competition over critical resources like lithium and other minerals, as well as scarcer water, food, and land will only intensify as the century continues. If things move even half as fast as we expect, the supply chains that wealthy nations consider critical are about to change radically in the next few decades—crude oil giving way to lithium and cobalt to some degree, for example. Even in wealthy, relatively stable nations like the UK, experts have warned that food shortages due to extreme weather could trigger civil unrest within the next decade. Over the next 50 years, nearly 80% of experts believed civil unrest was either possible (45%), more likely than not (24%), or very likely (10%) in the UK, as the climate crisis puts pressure on global supply chains. 

Supply chain managers in the public and private sectors are going to be critical over the coming decades (even more so than they are now) as the world figures out how to maintain the flow of goods and materials in the face of ever more common disruptions. 

Gaming out the unknown

The problem with something new, of course, is that it’s hard to predict exactly how to respond to it. Taking the past ten years worth of data and finding the averages only really works if the fundamental shape of the system remains the same. Given the amount of change we’ve seen in just a few years, who knows what 2030 will look like, let alone 2050. Who could predict what shape the next global disruption will take? Will it be war? Another pandemic? Extreme weather? Civil unrest? Crop failure? In all likelihood, it will be some new combination of the above that our global supply chains have never faced before. 

How do you prepare for something you’ve never faced? Simple. You wargame it.

Taiwan has fallen 

Back in 2023, UK telecom company BT got together to run a series of “nightmare scenarios”, testing how their operations would respond should the unthinkable happen and a major geopolitical flashpoint ignite into conflict. 

BT carried out tests on its supply chain to better understand and prepare for any fallout amid escalating conflict between China and Taiwan, which was at a high point in April of that year following Speaker Nancy Pelosi’s visit to Taipei. 

In a “war game” that lasted two days, BT’s supply chain and procurement teams tested how they would respond in the event of a conflict in the region escalating further — an event that could overnight halt over 60% of the world’s semiconductor production. According to political-economic think tank Rhodium Group, if China and Taiwan enter into open conflict, it could “put well over $2 trillion in economic activity at risk, even before factoring in the impact from international sanctions or a military response”.

But what does a supply chain war game look like? According to Johan Gott, co-founder of US political risk consultancy Prism in an interview with the Financial Times, participants receive a series of “news flash” events which the participants have to respond to — the success or failure of their efforts determined by a combination of digital tools and human adjudicators. 

A BT spokesperson said that “like many businesses, we regularly run simulations to stress test our business on a range of scenarios as part of our risk management and planning”.

Game on — What to expect when wargaming #

With origins dating all the way back to Prussian military commanders during the early 1800s, wargaming has a long history tangled up with, among other things, the author H.G. Wells, Dungeons & Dragons, and the modern military industrial complex. The practice is actually having a moment right now as global uncertainties increase, and everyone from militaries to humanitarian aid groups seek to make their responses to each new crisis more likely to be effective. 

Wargaming a supply chain has a few key steps.

1. Identify

Identifying the Black Swan Events that are most likely to cause serious damage to your supply chains. Consider the current events, trends, and interlocking relationships (both economic and political) in your region.  Try to find commonalities between the ways in which different events could impact your supply chain. Consider everything from natural disasters and political instability to cyberattacks and pandemics.

2. Tool up 

Build your testing tools. Most organisations start by creating a digital replica of their entire supply chain using simulation tools. This digital twin should represent all critical elements of your network, including suppliers, manufacturing sites, transportation routes, and customer locations. However, the intricate interactions between multiple actors in complex systems are difficult to map with digital tools alone. Often — just as in 1800s Prussian wargames — an experienced “referee”, a human who can add their own opinion and intuition to interpret the results can be helpful. It’s actually somewhat similar to the reason why Dungeons & Dragons needs a human dungeon master; there are simply too many different outcomes to consider. 

3. Play

Whatever blend of digital, data-based, and human tools you choose to use, the next step is actually running a wargame. Use your tools to simulate various disruption scenarios, focusing on the potential impact of “black swan” events. Evaluate how these disruptions influence production, inventory, and delivery timelines to gain insights into your network’s vulnerabilities.  

4. Implement

From there, use the simulation results to evaluate the effectiveness of your current contingency plans and identify areas needing improvement. Address gaps by developing and testing new strategies, such as diversifying suppliers, establishing alternative transportation options, or increasing safety stock levels.

Should you be wargaming? 

Well, it depends. As games journalist Quintin Smith notes at the end of his excellent documentary on wargaming, wargames… don’t actually always work. It’s one of the reasons why predictions at the outset of the war in Ukraine were so wildly off the mark. The data being used to wargame scenarios pointed one way, but because they didn’t account for things like the role of UAVs or overestimations of the Russian army’s readiness, their predictions were wrong. Dead wrong. 

Nevertheless, wargames could still very much have a role in helping organisations game out the next big disruption, especially as we now have more recent major events to draw data from, and our digital tools are getting better all the time. In October of 2024, a wargame conducted by the CNA exploring the military clothing supply chain revealed bottlenecks that “in a major war scenario would have left military personnel short of uniforms.” 

“The implications of these findings could extend well beyond uniforms,” said Gordon Jaquith, executive director of CNA’s Department of Navy Relations. “It’s a wake-up call to prepare for wartime demands on the US industrial base as a whole.”

With the potential to expose glaring weaknesses in critical logistics and supply chain systems, wargames could be an important weapon in the hands of supply chain leaders. 

This article appeared in Issue 6 of the SupplyChain Strategy magazine. Click to read the whole magazine for in-depth interviews, analysis, and coverage of the biggest trends shaping the supply chain sector.

  • Risk & Resilience

Siddharth Rajagopal, Chief Architect, EMEA at Informatica, explores the need for effective data management to ensure the UK’s food security.

After one of the wettest winters on record, farming leaders  are warning that flooded fields and massively delayed sowing will likely lead to shortages and price rises on crops like wheat, oilseed rape, potatoes, and barley later this year. 

That’s not just an ‘industry problem’: warnings of wet weather washing out domestic food supplies will be a major headache for families with dietary restrictions or those on tight budgets.   

But despite farmers’ best efforts, you simply can’t put seeds into a field that resembles a lake. 

The UK’s food needs aren’t going anywhere, so the food will have to come from somewhere. And that means the burden of feeding the nation significantly falls to the food industry’s importers, shippers, and distributors. Locating, securing, purchasing, and moving food on this kind of scale is no small feat – not least because accessing and managing all the information involved is a tall order in itself.

Stepping into the breach

The initial response to the weather crisis will likely focus on protecting this year’s food stock. 

This will mean either stretching out tight supplies, or careful planning to make up any shortfalls by importing more from abroad. Both will require retailers and distributors to have a single, 360-degree view of supplier profiles if they’re to get the right volume of products to the right place at the right time.

That in turn means they need the right technology approach for the job. In particular, the ability to maintain accurate data on supplier status, pricing, and stock levels, as well as the location of current shipments and information on any potential delays. The more the industry knows about the wider situation, the more agility and accuracy it can bring to purchasing decisions and shipping plans. 

With the right data strategy in place, it will be possible to source and import the staple supplies the UK needs, albeit at a higher price and with little benefit to the farmers whose annual income will have been significantly impacted thanks to the heavy rain. 

Future-proofing the UK’s food supply

Unfortunately, this type of disruption is highly likely to become more commonplace in the future. As the effects of climate change take hold, the UK is set to have longer, wetter winters that will impact annual food supplies and severely challenge the whole food production and distribution ecosystem. 

To protect food security, farmers, retailers, and distributors will need to work closely together to build greater resilience into food supply chains

A clear approach to data management and governance can provide visibility over potential sources of disruption, ensuring companies can respond promptly and do their best to mitigate against costly delays. An example of what this looks like in practice is having a common terminology of food supply related glossaries, processes and policies.

Not only do supply chain stoppages cause added logistical costs – with many crops, they can be the difference between a usable product and a totally spoiled cargo. Given that demand is likely to be high during periods of weather-related disruption, strong data management will also help retailers navigate a crowded market, securing products and shipping windows efficiently.

As artificial intelligence applications become more available to wider sections of the industry, they can also help to offer a clear view of strategic supplier relationships. As a result, organisations will be better able to manage supply chain challenges, plan ahead, and mitigate the effects of any potential food shortages. 

Creating a comprehensive view of the market

These kinds of advanced data management solutions and data-driven applications not only enable companies to get a more comprehensive overview of the market situation – they also free up staff time to ensure people can focus on value-add tasks rather than the manual work of compiling, cleaning, and storing ever-growing datasets. 

Organisations already waste too many man-hours on repetitive tasks. The more this kind of work is streamlined through the use of automated solutions, the greater the opportunities will be for organisations to develop innovative responses to the growing pressure of unpredictable weather.

Winters like the one we’ve just endured are only the tip of the iceberg (so to speak). Logistics professionals across a whole range of industries are going to face a raft of new challenges in the coming decades. Increasingly they will have to grapple with more dramatic weather patterns, work to decarbonise their supply chain and comply with global sustainability reporting requirements. 

As the old proverb goes, knowledge is power. 

Companies need to equip themselves with advanced data management capabilities to ensure they can make intelligent, data-driven decisions when crises hit – and emerge stronger on the other side.

This article appeared in Issue 6 of the SupplyChain Strategy magazine. Click to read the whole magazine for in-depth interviews, analysis, and coverage of the biggest trends shaping the supply chain sector.

  • Collaboration & Optimization
  • Risk & Resilience

From risk and resilience, to AI and sustainability, supply chain industry experts weigh in on the biggest trends set to shape the future of the sector in 2025.

The past 12 months have been a challenging time for the world’s supply chains. 2024 was shaped by geopolitical conflict, pivotal elections in the majority of the world’s largest nations, worsening symptoms of climate collapse, and the ever-changing conversation surrounding technology’s role in day to day life. If there’s one thing that’s remained consistent and predictable over the course of the past year, it’s a marked trend in chaotic, inconsistent, disruptive conditions throughout global supply chains. 

Throughout this year and now, going into 2025, supply chain leaders have responded to these challenges — exploring new ways to unlock resilience while containing costs, embracing new technologies while remaining cyber secure, and walking the increasingly narrow line between failure and success that the supply chain industry is forced to tread. As the year draws to a close, we spoke to 10 experts from organisations throughout the supply chain sector, from technology vendors to logistics analysts, to find out what the supply chain industry’s leaders expect from the next 12 months (and beyond). 

In 2025…

… Visibility and control will remain key

Steve O’Keeffe, RVP UK&I at Epicor

“There are a few key strategies that distributors will need to focus on in the face of supply chain disruptions and inflationary pressures as we move toward 2025. First, it’s important to recognise the significant demand for products from the UK to Europe and beyond, which presents both opportunities and challenges. Managing this effectively hinges on one crucial asset: inventory.

“Visibility and control are key. Distributors must optimise their ability to monitor stock — they need to be able to ensure that they have the right amount of product in the right areas to meet customer demand. Technology will be a major enabler in this, providing faster insights and helping to optimise decision-making processes. Distributors will need systems that allow them to act quickly, repositioning inventory closer to customers to reduce costs and improve delivery times.

“AI will play a big role in helping distributors manage this. By analysing vast amounts of data — whether it’s from different distribution partners, product types, or warehouse locations — AI can provide insights that allow distributors to make more informed decisions on where to position stock for optimal efficiency. This will help with cost management and also enable faster, more agile responses to customer demands.”

… Supply chain strategies and business strategies will become increasingly intertwined. 

Tom Perrone, SVP Global Professional Services at project44

“Before the pandemic, the planning and execution of a company’s supply chain strategy resided with only a few technically minded specialists. Next year, however, supply chain strategy will become even more intertwined with wider business strategies that centre around cutting costs, creating competitive differentiation and ensuring excellent customer service and delivery experiences.

“Currently, supply chain and logistics costs account for 10% of an organisation’s overall spend. However, ongoing economic uncertainty will put supply chain efficiency high on the priority list for executive teams looking to cut costs. You can’t streamline what you can’t measure, so gaining end-to-end visibility of supply chain operations will be essential to identify areas to automate and minimise excess spending while enabling staff to focus on higher-value tasks. At the same time, this level of visibility will be important to compliance teams within large organisations that are faced with increased pressure to report on Scope 3 emissions reductions.

“Meanwhile, customer service teams will become more involved, with the last mile of the supply chain having the potential to make or break customer loyalty. Here, new technologies to enhance supply chain visibility and provide real-time order intelligence will be invaluable to communicate with customers, particularly when it comes to unprecedented delays. Next year, digital tools that promote visibility and collaboration will be key to breaking down internal siloes and ensuring greater alignment.’

Tariffs and geopolitical unrest will see new sourcing hubs appear across Asia and beyond – Alex Saric, Smart Procurement Expert at Ivalua

“In 2025, we’re likely to see sourcing hubs appear in new areas across Asia and Eastern Europe – with the US, EU, and the UK continuing to impose tariffs against suppliers in countries like China and Russia. New supply chains will be created in areas close to tariffed nations, as organizations find new ways to buy critical materials or components while sidestepping eye-watering tariffs. This will be particularly important for industries impacted by shortages like raw materials, fuel, and semiconductors.

“For example, the Taiwanese chipmaker TSMC has already agreed to build a third factory in Arizona, while U.S. chipmaker Onsemi has invested $2Bn to set up a full semiconductor production chain in the Czech town of Roznov pod Radhostem. We will likely see more of this type of investment over the next 12 months.

“It will take time and investment to shift operations fully, but organizations will need to bolster their supplier visibility to identify new sourcing hubs and gain access to the products they need at a lower price.”  

… Generative AI will solve its own skills gap

Pascal Bensoussan, Chief Product Officer at Ivalua

“In 2025, Generative AI (GenAI) will tackle the procurement and supply chain industry’s AI skills gap by becoming more autonomous and user-friendly. Despite plenty of experimenting taking place since 2023, many teams have not integrated GenAI into their day-to-day workflows. But, as semantic data retrieval, AI orchestration, and LLM technologies advances, Generative AI systems are becoming more intelligent and more autonomous. Next year, we will see the emergence of AI agents that are capable of understanding high-level directives and act autonomously on specific events, evaluate options, make decisions, and generate  detailed analytics, forecasts, and recommendations. Procurement and supply chain professionals will be able to interact with those AI-powered assistants by simply describing their needs in natural language, without having to master complex prompt engineering or coding skills. This will dramatically lower the barrier to entry for using – and benefitting from – AI.”

“With more users across the business, GenAI will become the de facto corporate ‘business operating system’, fundamentally reshaping the user experience. Rather than being simple “one-and-done” features sprinkled across the spend management suite, assistants will act as a central interface or in the background, seamlessly integrating data sources, decision-making models, and workflow automations into one unified space. As a result, AI will dynamically adapt to support everything from procurement to demand forecasting, helping teams to focus on more high-value tasks and adding strategic value.”

… Retailers will focus on nearshoring and resilience. 

Rob Shaw, MD EMEA at Fluent Commerce 

“Supply chain disruptions have been a cold shower for retailers this year. From the Red Sea crisis to the recent US port strikes, these events have been a shock to the system. Retailers didn’t realise how big of an impact it could have on their operations. They’ve been bitten, and now they’re shy. As a result, CFOs will be nervous about over-exposing themselves. 

It’s cognizant of when COVID-19 hit. Initially, we experienced a massive shortage of products. Then, supply chains opened up and people over-ordered and overstocked. A lot of brands fell by the wayside as they overspent on purchasing products they couldn’t turn into revenue. It’s a balance between feast and famine – one that retailers will be paying closer attention to in the coming year. 

Learning from these events, retailers will change the way they source goods. More near-shore supply chains could emerge as companies look to reduce reliance on the Far East. The introduction of export taxes in the US may also have a significant impact on overseas trade, possibly leading to shifts in market strategies for European brands as they reconsider their expansion plans.

Retailers will also be looking closer at how they orchestrate and manage their inventory to ensure they can fulfil the customer promise. With real-time inventory data that shows what stock is available now and in back order transit, retailers can know for certain what they can promise to their consumers – and provide timely updates if disruptions occur.”

… Supply chains will enter a new age of efficiency. 

Holly Clarke, Product Manager for Inventory AI at Peak

2025 will be the year of supply chain efficiency. With the explosion of Generative AI in 2024, excitement will begin to settle in the New Year. The focus will shift; emphasis will be less about the expectation of it doing ‘everything’ within the supply chain, and more about its practical use.

This means supply chain staff will see the true value in AI’s breakdown of data, automation of some manual tasks, and the ability to ask questions about next steps. In the coming year, GenAI’s role will be focused on helping supply chains optimise efficiency and output within its strongest capabilities.

Production planners, too, will see their roles change in 2025. With AI continuing to reshape the role, it is vital production planners are AI-literate, particularly as tech’s importance will grow. With less supply chain staff in the industry, leaning on tech is going to be more important than ever and production planners must embrace AI as a supporting tool in the workplace. Those who don’t risk being left behind. There may be less resources at hand, but AI will guarantee stronger outcomes.

On top of this, there’s a misconception around AI that production planners need an extremely granular focus when it comes to planning, but this can actually hold you back. Higher level planning is much more effective, especially as it prioritises flexibility and the ability to be as agile as possible in the face of global issues.

… Regulation has a role to play in maintaining supply chain resilience. 

Simon Bowes, CVP Manufacturing Industry Strategy EMEA at Blue Yonder

“Today’s supply chains remain volatile. From the ongoing Red Sea crisis, US port strikes, rising inflation and new global pandemic health emergencies, businesses are under immense pressure to identify and manage systemic risks in supply chains. 

However, there is an answer and a way in which the Government can build a secure supply of critical goods, mitigate risks within the global trading environment, and support businesses with supply-chain resiliency. Introducing a government-mandated electronic supply chain trading network with end-to-end visibility would aid organisations with insights to see, understand, act, and learn from real-time information from the entire digital ecosystem. This should be based on an AI-powered unified platform that enables multi-tier orchestration, planning, and collaboration to accelerate processes with autonomous and semi-autonomous decision-making. 

Think of it this way: just as services such as electricity and broadband are provided via government-mandated markets, creating an engine for supply chain planning could also be provided via a government-rolled-out network. If all trading partners in a supply chain can derive confidence in each other from having confidential electronic visibility of forecasts, inventory, shipments and invoices they will reduce lead times and excess inventory which releases working capital.

It is time to take control of the systematic risks in our supply chains with one unified global supply chain operating system – unlocking the barriers essential for delivering long-term, sustainable, inclusive, and resilient growth.”

… Supply chains will need to carefully navigate regulatory changes.

Ricky Alfred, Director of Responsible Business, Communisis Brand Deployment

“Next year will be impacted by the European Commission’s recent decision to delay the EU Deforestation Regulation (EUDR), giving businesses across the supply chain the new deadline of compliance by December 30, 2025. Looking forward to 2025, affected businesses, including our own, will be refining preparations, to ensure readiness to comply with the legislation.

“While the EUDR is well-intentioned, it has faced considerable challenges. Developing nations have raised valid concerns about the intense compliance requirements and the investment needed from some of the world’s poorest farmers. Additionally, major economies like the US and China have expressed reservations, complicating traceability efforts for commodities.

“This next year will be crucial for us all. It will allow us to thoroughly assess our supply chains, engage with our partners, clients, and suppliers to understand how we can work together to satisfy legislative requirements. A significant part of this effort will involve evaluating the systems we use and what we need to provide along the value chain to ensure compliance across all stakeholders. It’s also an opportunity to explore, in even greater depth, innovative technologies such as AI and blockchain to help meet these requirements effectively.”

… Cyber security will be more important than ever.

Dan Bridges, Technical Director – International at Cyware

“As we look toward 2025, it is more crucial than ever to remember the importance of securing our supply chains against the ever-growing threat of cyber attacks and the harm these can cause. 

“With increasing interconnectivity and supply chain complexity, breaches in one part of the ecosystem can quickly ripple through to other areas, making collective defence strategies more vital than ever to maintain business resilience. Organisations must stay vigilant and acknowledge the need to assess, monitor, and review their own cybersecurity practices as well as those of their third-party vendors. This shift will likely push companies to not only improve their own security postures but also to collaborate more effectively across industries. 

“The coming year is set to be significantly influenced by regulatory frameworks like the EU’s Digital Operational Resilience Act (DORA) and the Network and Information Systems Directive 2 (NIS2). These regulations are already shaping the landscape by imposing stringent requirements on organisations to secure their supply chains and critical infrastructures, particularly in sectors such as finance and essential services. In the coming years, it is likely that such regulations will expand to encompass more industries, creating a uniform standard for operational resilience and cybersecurity risk management across the board.

… AI and RFID will be technological cornerstones of the supply chain.

Amber Hovious, VP of Marketing & Partnerships at Teamwork Commerce

“As supply chain requirements evolve and businesses are presented with new challenges, the role of innovative technologies such as AI and RFID will become more important in 2025. Omnichannel retail has already taken retail by storm, and the supply chain industry acts as the foundation to any omnichannel success, where businesses need increased accuracy, visibility, and transparency of their supply chains.”

“Solutions powered by AI and RFID are likely to remain in demand in 2025, solving supply chain challenges for businesses. The integration of AI into operations is expected to become more common as supply chain operators strive to gain higher precision and improve predictive analytics.” 

… The retail supply chain will move beyond logistics. 

Henry Ayres, Head of Engineering Practice at Daemon

“In 2025, the retail supply chain will redefine itself as more than just a logistics process, it will be a strategic driver of customer loyalty. As competition tightens, Artificial Intelligence (AI) and data analytics will take centre stage, and supply chains will shift from multiple experimental investments to larger scale transformative tech solutions that deliver tangible ROI and impact the bottom line. This means no more AI for AI’s sake and retailers will double down on solutions that directly impact sales and optimise store operations.

“One way we’ll see this step change come to fruition is the implementation of high-value product vending machines. In this system, instead of high-value and/or rarely purchased stock occupying shelf space, customers take a ticket for the product and retrieve the item at the checkout. This innovation not only frees up in-store real estate for more products but also mitigates theft and ensures consistency of product availability across locations—key to maintaining customer loyalty.”

This article appeared in Issue 6 of the SupplyChain Strategy magazine. Click to read the whole magazine for in-depth interviews, analysis, and coverage of the biggest trends shaping the supply chain sector.

  • AI in Supply Chain
  • Digital Supply Chain
  • Risk & Resilience

As retailers gear up for the biggest shopping event of the year, here are five ways that—according to the experts—businesses can prepare their supply chains to meet demand on Black Friday.

Industry figures show that UK shoppers have put off spending in anticipation of Black Friday promotions this year. Around 37% of shoppers have stated their intention to shop during the sales. Amazon’s last two massive sale events were all-time record beaters for the e-commerce giant, and the company is aiming to do the same again on November 29, 2025. This presents a huge opportunity for retailers to boost sales and attract new customers. 

However, given the continued high demands, coupled with supply chain issues and staff shortages, scaling up for peak season will be more difficult than in years past. 

This Black Friday, preparation will be key for brands looking to deliver exceptional customer service and pull in the crowds. Here’s five ways they can prepare: 

1. Review your supply chain

As Black Friday approaches, the importance of strategic planning and adaptability in retail has never been clearer. Starting with the beginning of the retail journey, resilient supply chains must be prioritised to effectively manage potential disruptions and ensure shelves remain optimally stocked. 

“Warehouse and logistics operations need to remain efficient whilst managing peak demand,” explains Wayne Snyder – VP Retail Industry Strategy, EMEA at Blue Yonder. “This means that teams must have visibility across the supply chain to understand late shipments and respond quickly and optimally to disruption.

“End-to-end orchestration across the supply chain ensures that every department, from procurement to shipping, is aligned and working towards a common goal – optimising inventory levels, reducing the risk of stockouts, and providing more efficient fulfilment.” 

Leveraging the latest technology can improve supply chain resilience, helping accurately predict and prepare for shopping behaviour.

2. Ensure your technology doesn’t let you down 

Ensuring that all IT equipment is up and running will prevent negative customer experiences this Black Friday. “Avoiding system downtime and providing accurate stock availability should be top priorities for retailers, notes Rob Shaw, GM EMEA at Fluent Commerce

“For many, however, the limitations of an outdated order management system (OMS) or legacy systems will make it difficult to make the most from the high sales potential. Retailers need confidence that their technology is resilient and scalable, ready to meet the pressures of Black Friday and deliver on the customer promise.”

“To prepare, retailers should undertake a thorough stress test of the system in place,” he adds. “Simulating Black Friday conditions with load-testing tools can help identify weak points and prepare the system for high demand.” 

Bruce Kornfeld, Chief Product Officer at StorMagic, agrees, suggesting that stores at the edge implement hyper-converged infrastructure (HCI) to ensure smooth running IT operations. 

“HCI simplifies management and offers built-in benefits that are ideal for handling high-demand events. These systems are often built with robust security in mind, offering integrated encryption, authentication, and compliance features for protection against holiday-season cyber threats. 

“Their easy scalability allows retailers to adjust resources up or down as needed, so they can expand capacity before Black Friday or the pre-Christmas rush without a major infrastructure overhaul and scale down afterward, maximising cost-effectiveness.” 

IT should be a focus year-round, but the increased stress on retail makes it a particular focus for Black Friday and considering alternative or new edge solutions can increase trust in IT systems. 

3. Don’t overlook cyber security

As retailers gear up for the surge in traffic during Black Friday, the focus on cybersecurity remains as critical as ever. “Retailers collect and store vast quantities of data, much of it sensitive customer data like credit card details or personally identifiable information (PPI) – a treasure trove for attackers,” warns Dan Bridges, Technical Director – International at Cyware

“With cybercriminals often targeting businesses during their busiest times, including Black Friday and Cyber Monday, it’s essential for retailers to bolster their security defences, to protect both their customers and their reputation.”

He stresses the importance of keeping cyber security tight, adding: “At the end of the day, threat intelligence only works when it can communicate the relevant data to the right people, at the right time, so they can quickly take meaningful action. 

“As has been written about many times over, there is no silver bullet when it comes to tackling cybercrime – whether it’s a genuine mistake or a deliberate, targeted attack – but by fusing disparate elements of the cybersecurity stack, the risk of falling victim will be reduced.”

4. Maintain staffing levels 

Retailers will need to manage staffing levels amid the surge in demand, ensuring that the frontline team is large enough to handle the increased workload, and maintain a high standard of customer service. 

Mark Williams, Managing Director EMEA at WorkJam, suggests, “organisations must be able to provide tools that allow for easy, yet effective, scheduling whilst still giving employees flexibility.” 

“This gives frontline workers autonomy over their shifts, and provides a better employee experience, which empowers workers to deliver the best possible customer experience.” he added. 

“Going further, offering an ‘Open Shift Marketplace’– a virtual picklist of available shifts personalised to the workers’ skills and location – allows for neighbouring stores to share staff between locations to fulfil the required number of workers on shift.”

5. Keep promotions sustainable

Traditionally, retailers have responded to Black Friday by stocking up heavily on promotional labels and packaging. However, this approach carries the risk of overestimating demand, leading to excess stock.

Retailers often over-order seasonal labels to meet demand, but this strategy comes with a downside, warns Gavin Thurston, Business Development Manager for Business Systems at Epson UK. “Wastage, including unused packaging, has been reported to increase by 25% during this period.”

This problem not only poses logistical challenges but also exacerbates environmental concerns.

“A solution to these challenges is the growing adoption of on-demand inkjet printing in the production process. Rather than pre-ordering large quantities of themed labels, retailers and manufacturers can now produce labels for packaging in real time, based on more accurate sales trends and demand forecasts.”

Making Black Friday a success

Delivering a seamless shopper experience this Black Friday will take a lot of hard work and preparation. However, it will be worth it. Ensuring all elements of retail uphold and exceed consumer expectations will help retailers maximise profits and maintain consumer loyalty.

  • Collaboration & Optimization
  • Risk & Resilience

Ronald Kleijwegt, CEO of Vinturas, explores the need to balance security and interoperability when managing data in the modern supply chain.

Data security issues have become a new frontier for supply chain disruptions in 2024. While much of the recent discussion around supply chain volatility has focused on international conflict, disturbances in key shipping lanes and ongoing trade tensions, those who work in international logistics have started to sound the alarm on the scale of cyber threats for supply chains. 

Data disturbances and risk aversion 

It is easy to see why supply chain managers are so concerned. The modern supply chain ecosystem thrives on data exchange between trading partners. But the exchange of important and often sensitive data between disparate systems and different trading partners leads to risk. What’s more, in today’s supply chain ecosystem the use of IT systems to optimise delivery is all but a given. However, this means when things do go wrong businesses are uniquely exposed to IT outages or data breaches. The CrowdStrike outage, to take a recent example, had a ripple effect across global supply chains, causing many companies’ operations coming to a near standstill.  

However, technological backsliding or a retreat from the use of cutting-edge technology in supply chain ecosystems should not be the lesson taken from the increased prevalence of cyber threats. 

Data sharing and collaboration do not come with data security issues by necessity. The important thing is for businesses to take a more considered approach when integrating data sharing technology into their supply chain operations. 

The case against technological backsliding 

To understand why technological retreat is far from the optimal strategy for companies worried about data breaches and cyber threats in their supply chain ecosystems, we need a better sense of the problems at hand. 

Most companies are understandably wary of exposing sensitive data like intellectual property, pricing strategies, or production details through a data exchange platform. And this sort of anxiety does not stop with data exchange platforms. 

To take another example, the recent experiences of many OEMs and LSPs with Transportation Management Systems (TMS) and visibility platforms have eroded trust. These solutions, intended to enhance collaboration, have in many instances collected information and data without explicit approval. Some organisations end up using this data, even if anonymised, for purposes beyond the original scope of the agreement, or even sold to third parties. This raises critical questions about data ownership and transparency within the supply chain ecosystem.

Clearly, hesitation surrounding data security is a valid concern for supply chain managers and the natural reaction might be to retreat from using any platform, building data fortresses to insulate from risk. 

This would be a mistake, however. Limiting data sharing hinders collaboration and reduces flexibility within supply chains. Without good data on the status of each linkage within a supply chain ecosystem, companies and their trading partners are running blind. This means that if data security issues do arise, they are even harder to diagnose and deal with. The key, therefore, lies in finding the right balance between data security and collaboration. 

Setting up secure supply chain ecosystems  

At its most basic level, a data exchange network with enhanced security features improves cyber security compared to traditional visibility platforms, offering robust security protocols, access controls, and audit trails. It is worth going the extra mile when integrating these processes. However, securing the data exchange network is just one piece of the puzzle for supply chain managers. 

A truly secure supply chain ecosystem requires a multi-layered approach. Ultimately, building trust through transparency is key. Companies need to understand how their data is being used and protected within the supply chain ecosystem. And IT systems that have interoperability at their core are central to that objective. 

Interoperability for supply chains means secure and seamless communication and data sharing between different systems applications and trading partners, technologies, and organisations. This reduces bottlenecks and provides the sort of data that stakeholders or security partners need to respond to issues in real time. What’s more, it enables the integration of diverse security protocols, ensuring that organisations can more consistently protect their data (and that of their partners) as it moves through various stages of the supply chain. Interoperability also facilitates collaboration and trust between trading partners by standardising data security practices, minimising vulnerabilities caused by isolated or incompatible systems. Ultimately, it strengthens the overall resilience of supply chain ecosystems, making them more agile and better equipped to mitigate risks.

As always, there’s no silver bullet 

Of course, it is important to remember that interoperable systems are not a silver bullet against cyber threats and that a multi-layered security framework remains essential. 

However, supply chain managers need to reach a stage where they are confident in that technology that their systems are using. This is key to avoid technological backsliding and less efficient supply chain ecosystems, but also to ensure systems are secure in the face of modern cyber threats.

  • Digital Supply Chain
  • Risk & Resilience

Shane Geary, SVP of Manufacturing & Logistics at Pragmatic Semiconductor, looks ahead to the next global supply chain crisis and how to defeat it.

The past few years have thrown the fragility of global supply chains into sharp relief. Disruptions have had profound impacts on industries worldwide. While supply chains are continually changing in response to the shifting commercial landscape, rapid inflation, geopolitical uncertainty, extreme weather, and COVID-19 have all brought about an unprecedented period of volatility, with a wide array of challenges for businesses and operators. In such a risk prone world, the need for supply chain resilience and efficiency is greater than ever.  

Mitigating risk and reducing disruption requires a multifaceted approach. Diversification of suppliers is essential; relying heavily on a single supplier or a limited geographical area increases vulnerability. By diversifying their supplier base, companies can reduce dependency on any one source and be better prepared to tackle location-specific disruptions.

Localised manufacturing is another key consideration. Manufacturing closer to end markets can reduce dependency on global supply chains and transportation routes, allowing smaller, more flexible production facilities to adapt quickly to local demand.

The integration of advanced technologies is also key. The ability to accurately track goods in transit is vital – particularly when delays or shortages occur. Determining exactly where disruption has taken place can help avoid delays that cascade through the system. 

Intelligent solutions to the supply chain’s biggest problems

Embedding intelligence into products allows real-time tracking and management of goods, helping to predict disruptions, monitor goods, and optimise logistics. But there are several hurdles to overcome to achieve ubiquitous connectivity. 

Cost is the first problem. Smarter supply chains typically rely on silicon semiconductors, but it’s expensive to add a silicon chip to each and every item in the supply chain. The long lead times and high costs associated with standard chip design mean that it’s best used to create complex, hi-spec chips in applications that demand high performance. However, this means that production is rarely agile, and rapid customisation is not an option. The value of the intelligence must outweigh the cost of implementation – and it must be quick and easy to deploy.

Environmental impact is also a consideration: currently, producing silicon semiconductors uses up vast amounts of water and energy, and up to 30 different process gases, many with much higher global warming potential than CO2. Their production also involves moving the various components around the globe to areas of expertise, which slows production and increases carbon emissions.

New chips, new supply chain transformation possibilities

Non-silicon semiconductors – chips that use new, advanced materials – have the potential to change the narrative around item-level intelligence, unlocking the potential for implementation at scale.

These new materials allow for simplified production processes at much lower temperatures than silicon, consuming significantly less energy and water, and fewer harmful chemicals. This both drives down cost and reduces carbon impact, making low-cost, sustainable, item-level intelligence a reality. It also allows end-to-end production at a single site. As a result, production is significantly faster – typically just a few weeks, compared to the months of standard chip production – making customisation rapid and agile.

These advanced chips are ultra-thin and also physically flexible, making it possible to deploy them almost anywhere – from clothing and textiles to bottles or coffee cups – with few constraints on form-factor.

Embedded directly into packaging, they’re not obvious to the touch. They don’t get in the way of product branding, can’t be covered or replaced – and are robust enough to avoid being damaged during the rigours of transportation.

This low-cost technology makes it viable to add intelligence to high volume products, making insights available to retailers and increasing widespread adoption.

Item-level intelligence at scale

The benefits of putting item-level intelligence into in the supply chain are numerous and transformative, leading to increased efficiency, transparency, and adaptability. 

Advanced material microchips, in combination with sensors and RFID tags, allow end-to-end visibility of individual items as they pass through the supply chain, enabling monitoring of precise location, movement – and even condition – in real time. 

This level of transparency allows businesses to reduce the risk of loss or theft, identify bottlenecks, optimise inventory, and monitor transit conditions like temperature and humidity.

Monitoring individual items, rather than relying on aggregate stock data, reduces the likelihood of overstocking or stockouts, and allows just-in-time inventory systems to reduce carrying costs and increase cash flow. Rapid identification of delays – from production slowdowns to transportation issues or customs holdups – means that supply chain managers can quickly trace disruptions to their source, and take corrective action.

These advanced material chips can also support the transition to more circular supply chain models, where products and materials are reused, recycled, or remanufactured rather than being discarded after use. They also enable easier post-sale returns and product refurbishment, boost recovery of materials and improve recycling accuracy, allowing for more sustainable consumption.

Affordable, item-level intelligence also plays an important role in the consumer experience, verifying product authenticity and preventing counterfeiting – crucial in industries such as pharmaceuticals, luxury goods, and electronics, where fake products could pose significant risks

But supply chains can also use the technology to deliver a richer, personalised experience, from real-time visibility of order status, to custom content served up at the tap of a smartphone. As well as delighting consumers with an interactive experience tailored to factors such as their location, time of year or previous interactions, brands also obtain first party data to inform future content and campaigns, further driving consumer loyalty.

A low-cost, low-carbon approach

In short, advanced material chips have the potential to transform supply chain management through low-cost, low-carbon connectivity, creating unprecedented visibility, control, and adaptability. 

From enhancing inventory management to improving customer experience, the ability to track and monitor individual products throughout their lifecycle creates more efficient, responsive, and sustainable supply chains. As companies continue to face new, constantly changing challenges and market demands, the adoption of item-level intelligence will become an essential strategy for building more resilient, secure, and agile supply chain systems.

  • Risk & Resilience

Shabbir Dahod, President and CEO of TraceLink, talks risk, resilience, and maintaining visibility in the pharmaceutical supply chain.

At this year’s LogiPharma 2024 event, we caught up with some of the pharmaceutical supply chain sector’s thought leaders. We asked them about everything from digital transformation to AI and the climate crisis, hoping to learn more about the trends shaping the industry, and how their organisations are responding to the challenges ahead. 

Here’s  Shabbir Dahod, President and CEO, TraceLink, discussing the most pressing issues facing the global pharmaceutical supply chain. TraceLink is a leading end-to-end digital network platform for intelligent orchestration of the supply chain. It enables visibility, traceability, and collaboration between supply chain partners. Through its Opus Platform, solutions like the Multienterprise Information Network Tower (MINT), and its B2N Integrate-Once™ network, TraceLink connects manufacturers, suppliers, distributors, healthcare providers, and regulatory agencies on a single platform. This enables seamless data sharing, real-time tracking of products, and ensures regulatory compliance. These benefits are especially important for for pharmaceutical products where patient safety and drug authenticity are critical. TraceLink’s solutions help reduce inefficiencies, prevent drug shortages, and verify timely delivery of critical healthcare products.

1. What are your biggest takeaways from this year’s LogiPharma event?

At LogiPharma, supply chain digitalisation emerged as a key theme. It highlighted how digital platforms are transforming pharmaceutical operations by offering real-time visibility, better coordination, and reduced inefficiencies. 

Companies are increasingly relying on these tools to meet the growing demand for faster, more accurate delivery of medications. Another prominent topic was the use of AI for supply chain resiliency. Here, predictive analytics are helping companies anticipate disruptions and optimise inventory. 

Additionally, DSCSA compliance was a major focus, stressing the need for digital tools to ensure traceability, product safety, and regulatory adherence.

2. More broadly, what kind of shape does the pharmaceutical supply chain find itself in after such a remarkable few years? 

The pharmaceutical supply chain today is navigating a period of intense transformation and pressure. 

Factors such as COVID-19, political conflicts, and inflation have shown us the weak points in the supply chain, such as over-reliance on certain regions for manufacturing, a lack of visibility across the supply chain, and challenges in meeting demand surges. However, these challenges have given rise to great opportunities to transform legacy supply chain processes, which have previously held back the industry. 

For example, we’ve seen tremendous innovation over the last few years. Companies are adopting AI to improve resilience, visibility, and collaboration across the supply chain. The focus is shifting toward greater agility and patient-centric approaches to ensure the continuous supply of essential medicines.

Looking ahead, the pharmaceutical industry’s adoption of new technologies is creating a more resilient and agile global supply chain. 

These advancements, coupled with a growing emphasis on patient-centric approaches, position the industry to overcome current challenges and build a stronger, more adaptable supply network. With continued collaboration and innovation, the future of the global supply chain holds great promise for ensuring the consistent delivery of essential medicines to patients worldwide.

3. What do you feel are the biggest lessons that the last few years have to teach us about the future? And are modern supply chains prepared to deal with the kind of ‘black swan’ events we’ve seen recently?

In recent years, supply chains have learned that resilience and adaptability hinge on real-time, end-to-end visibility across the entire network. This level of visibility allows companies to make proactive, data-driven decisions, swiftly reroute operations, and respond to sudden disruptions in ways that were previously unimaginable.

The move towards digital transformation has accelerated the adoption of advanced technologies like AI and predictive analytics. These tools turn real-time data into actionable insights. It helps supply chains not only detect potential risks but also intelligently orchestrate responses. For instance, AI can analyse patterns in data to anticipate shortages, and automation can trigger adjustments in inventory or production levels before disruptions impact customer delivery.

Furthermore, real-time visibility enhances collaboration with suppliers and partners across the globe. Rather than being limited to isolated insights, companies are now operating within interconnected multi-enterprise ecosystems where data is shared seamlessly across the supply chain. This transparency fosters a collective agility that strengthens resilience, ensuring that everyone from manufacturers to distributors to retailers can adjust in sync.

With this digital transformation and the focus on real-time data, modern supply chains are more agile, resilient, and prepared to navigate future “black swan” events. The shift towards end-to-end network visibility and intelligent orchestration is not just about meeting today’s challenges. It’s also about setting a foundation for a new era of supply chain management—one where AI-driven foresight and flexibility become the norm rather than the exception.

TraceLink’s network platform plays a critical role in feeding data lakes. It does this by capturing and consolidating vast amounts of real-time supply chain data from multiple stakeholders, including manufacturers, distributors, and healthcare providers. 

This networked approach ensures that data, such as transactional records, inventory levels, shipment tracking, and compliance information, is aggregated and structured efficiently for analysis. By feeding this data into data lakes, businesses can leverage advanced analytics, AI, and machine learning to derive actionable insights, enhance decision-making, and optimise supply chain performance.

For CSCOs looking to start their generative AI journey, the first step is to evaluate their current data infrastructure. Generative AI relies heavily on clean, high-quality data. Therefore, understanding the maturity of existing data systems, identifying gaps, and ensuring data governance policies are in place is critical. This involves assessing how well the organisation collects, stores, and manages supply chain data, as well as determining whether the current IT infrastructure can support the integration of advanced AI technologies​.

Next, CSCOs should align AI initiatives with business goals, ensuring that AI use cases—such as demand forecasting, inventory optimization, or supply chain risk mitigation—are directly tied to strategic objectives. They need to prioritise areas where AI can deliver immediate and measurable value.

It’s also crucial to build cross-functional collaboration between IT, operations, and supply chain teams. AI implementation requires a strong partnership between technical experts and supply chain leaders to ensure that solutions are both technically feasible and operationally relevant​.

Finally, start small and scale. Pilot programs are an excellent way to test AI capabilities before putting them in place throughout the organisation. These pilots help identify potential challenges, refine AI applications, and build confidence within the organisation. 

5. What’s the next step for pharma supply chain leaders and how can they take it? 

The pharmaceutical supply chain can take the next step forward by focusing on a few key strategies. First, digitalising end-to-end information flows is critical because it lays the groundwork for every other advancement. Without digitalisation, supply chains lack the unified, real-time data necessary to track product movement, monitor quality, and proactively respond to disruptions. 

Digital information flows make it possible to see and manage the entire supply chain as a connected ecosystem, breaking down silos and enabling faster, data-informed decisions at every stage. 

Collaboration is equally important. By encouraging better integration between suppliers, manufacturers, and logistics partners through shared digital platforms, the industry can improve communication and alignment across the entire ecosystem.

To build resilience and agility, the industry must diversify suppliers, regionalise production. Not only that, but it should use AI-driven forecasting to predict and mitigate risks. 

Lastly, as the industry shifts towards patient-centric models, supply chains will need to adapt to handle smaller, specialised shipments. This is particularly true for sensitive products like gene therapies and vaccines. This can be achieved by investing in advanced logistics infrastructure, such as temperature-controlled systems, to ensure product integrity​.

  • Digital Supply Chain
  • Risk & Resilience

Kenneth Kallstrom, Vice President Global Healthcare Sales at DSV, talks resilience, sustainability and nearshoring pharma supply chains.

At this year’s LogiPharma 2024 event, we caught up with some of the pharmaceutical supply chain sector’s leading executives to learn more about them, their analysis of the trends shaping the industry, and how their organisations are responding to the challenges ahead. 

Here’s Kenneth Kallstrom, Vice President Global Healthcare Sales at DSV, with answers to some of the most pressing questions facing the global pharmaceutical supply chain. 

1. Would you be able to give me a brief introduction to your role and the company you work  for? 

At DSV Group, we are structured into three divisions – DSV Air & Sea, DSV Road and DSV Solutions. Having three divisions allows for greater specialisation, flexibility, and customer focus. In my role as VP Global accounts, my team manages our top pharma customers for all the DSV divisions. We act as single point of contact for our customers for all DSV divisions. DSV is a a one stop solution for all their logistics and supply chain needs.

We provide and manage supply chain solutions for thousands of companies every day – from the small family run business to the large global corporation. Our reach is global, yet our presence is local and close to our customers. We have 75,000 employees in more than 80 countries who work passionately to deliver great customer experiences and high-quality services. 

2. Given the global disruption faced over the past few years, what state is the pharmaceutical supply chain in today?  

The distribution of Covid vaccines taught us that nothing is impossible. As long as you have the right people and flexible infrastructure processes in place, of course. 

Now pharma companies design their supply chains with a focus on building more resilient, agile, and transparent systems. Companies are prioritising the diversification of suppliers and localised manufacturing to mitigate risks. 

3. What are the biggest lessons supply chains have learnt over the past few years?

 Just in time is possible only if you have agile, resilient supply chains as there is always some disruptions you never expect. Despite all risk mitigation there can always be disruption and one need to be prepared for the unexpected.

I see the industry is rapidly adopting digital tools like AI, blockchain, and IoT. These tools are providing better visibility, real-time monitoring, and predictive analytics. 

They are helping companies optimise inventory management, traceability, and compliance with regulations. As a result, they’re building more resilient supply chains with fewer disruptions. 

4. Amid government legislation and changing customer demands, is a sustainable supply chain a non-negotiable in today’s world? 

Yes, as there is also pressure from consumers and companies are under pressure to make the pharmaceutical supply chain more sustainable, and companies are exploring eco-friendly packaging, reducing waste, and lowering carbon emissions throughout supply chains. 

5. In what ways have you incorporated sustainability into operations? 

As one of the world’s largest transport and logistics providers, DSV has a strong focus on ensuring responsible and sustainable business practices everywhere we operate. We have procured Sustainable Aviation fuel, Electric vehicles for pick ups and final mile delivery. And, we are also investing in sustainable warehouses.

Recognizing our role in the industry, we are firmly committed to playing an important role in enabling the change that is necessary to reach net-zero emissions in our industry as well as in our business. To deliver on this responsibility, we have committed to reaching net-zero emissions across our operations by 2050. 

  • Risk & Resilience

We catch up with Anna Tinnin, Director of Strategic Accounts at GeakMinds, to get her take on the supply chain sector’s use of technology to circumvent disruption.

From extreme weather events to political tensions, the world is becoming an increasingly unpredictable place. For supply chain teams, finding ways to combat the uncertainties of the modern supply chain is critical. Geakminds is a business consulting firm that focuses on using advanced analytics to help businesses make data driven decisions.

Recently, we caught up with their Director of Strategic Accounts, Anna Tinnin, to get her take on the challenges and opportunities facing the supply chain space, as well as how a data driven approach can help supply chain managers unlock the resilience and agility they need

1. How well suited is the modern day supply chain to deal with ‘black swan’ events like the ones we’ve seen recently?

In recent years, supply chains have learned to prioritise resilience over efficiency by diversifying suppliers and increasing inventory. 

There’s been a strong shift towards real time visibility using technologies like IoT and blockchain to better respond to disruptions. Accelerated digital transformation, including AI and automation, has become crucial for enhancing agility and predictive capabilities. 

Companies are now more mindful of geopolitical and environmental risks when selecting suppliers and recognise the importance of strong collaboration with suppliers for effective crisis management. 

While modern supply chains are better equipped with improved risk management, technology, and contingency plans, they still face vulnerabilities due to their complexity, making ongoing investment in resilience and flexibility essential to prepare for future ‘black swan’ events.

2. What types of supply chain and procurement decisions are now possible, or much easier to make, with the rise of AI and LLMs? And how quickly are things changing? 

Generative and conversational AI are revolutionising supply chains by enhancing demand forecasting, inventory management, supplier risk assessment, procurement optimisation, logistics, and communication. 

AI driven models now provide more accurate demand forecasts by analysing vast amounts of data, including unstructured sources like news and social media, allowing companies to optimise inventory levels. Supplier risk management has become more proactive, with AI enabling real time risk monitoring by analysing diverse data sources. In procurement, AI automates and optimises processes by analysing purchasing data, market prices, and supplier performance, making strategic sourcing decisions faster and more accurate. 

Logistics and route optimization have also improved, with AI algorithms dynamically adjusting routes based on real time conditions, significantly boosting efficiency. Conversational AI, such as chatbots, streamlines supplier and customer interactions, handling complex queries and reducing the need for human intervention. 

Compared to a few years ago, AI and large language models have transformed supply chain and procurement decisions, making them faster, more data driven, and predictive, leading to more resilient and responsive supply chains.

3. What are the biggest challenges you’re seeing companies have around AI? What should organisations look for in technology to hedge against these concerns?

Companies face several challenges with AI adoption, including issues with data quality, lack of expertise, ethical concerns, cost and ROI uncertainty, integration difficulties, and security risks. Poor data management can hinder AI effectiveness, so investing in systems that ensure clean, integrated data is crucial. 

The need for specialised skills is also a barrier, making user friendly AI platforms and expert partnerships valuable. Ethical concerns, such as bias and transparency, require companies to prioritise AI solutions with bias detection and ethical practices. High costs and unclear ROI cause hesitation, so starting with small, measurable projects and choosing solutions that are easier to scale is a better way to go about the process. Integration with legacy systems can be challenging, so opting for AI technologies that are compatible and easy to integrate is essential. 

Finally, AI raises data security and privacy concerns, making it important to select tools with robust security features and regulatory compliance. By focusing on flexibility, ethical AI practices, ease of use, and security, companies can adopt AI more confidently and effectively.

4. People are a business’ greatest asset but can also be a hurdle to overcome when it comes to innovation. How do you manage change and create buy in when approaching innovation?

Getting employees on board with innovation requires a strategic approach. Start by clearly communicating the vision behind the change, explaining not just what is changing but why it’s important for the company’s future and how it benefits them personally. 

Involve employees early in the process to build ownership and reduce resistance, and provide the right training and support to help them feel confident with new skills. Address concerns transparently to build trust, and highlight quick wins to demonstrate the benefits of innovation. Fostering a culture of innovation, recognising and rewarding innovative behaviour, and leveraging key influencers within the organisation can further support the change effort. 

Ongoing communication and feedback, combined with empathy and patience, help ease the transition, while linking the change to personal and professional growth opportunities ensures that employees see the value in embracing innovation.

5. How can the supply chain industry take that next step and what strategies can be put into place to push the industry forward even further?

To advance the supply chain industry, companies need to embrace several key strategies. Adopting advanced technologies such as AI, machine learning, blockchain, and IoT can significantly enhance visibility, efficiency, and decision making. Leveraging big data and analytics allows for deeper insights into operations and predictive analytics.

Focusing on sustainability by implementing environmentally responsible practices and optimising resource use is crucial for meeting regulatory requirements and reducing impact. Improving collaboration with suppliers and partners through shared platforms and real time communication can lead to more synchronised supply chains. 

Utilising digital twins for real time monitoring and scenario simulation can optimise operations without disrupting the actual supply chain. Investing in workforce development ensures employees can effectively use new technologies, while robust cybersecurity measures protect data and systems from threats. Integrating automation technologies like robotics and automated storage systems enhances efficiency and reduces errors. 

Adopting agile practices enables greater flexibility and responsiveness to changes, and staying informed about emerging trends such as 3D printing, autonomous vehicles, and drone delivery can offer new opportunities for transformation. By implementing these strategies, the supply chain industry can achieve greater efficiency, resilience, and sustainability, positioning itself to better navigate future challenges and opportunities.

  • AI in Supply Chain
  • Risk & Resilience

Geodis’ SVP of Vertical Market Healthcare, David Frouin, talks disruption, resilience, and better sourcing procedures in the supply chain.

This year at LogiPharma 2024 we caught up with some of the pharmaceutical supply chain sector’s leading executives. We asked them for their analysis of trends shaping the industry, and how their organisations are responding to new challenges. 

We spoke with David Frouin, Senior Vice President of Vertical Market Healthcare at Geodis. Here he is discussing his takeaways from this year’s event, mitigating supply chain disruptions, and the need to improve sourcing. 

1. Given the global disruption over the past few years, where does the pharmaceutical supply chain space find itself today?

Today, the pharmaceutical supply chain is in a state of transformation. This is largely driven by the need for increased resilience in response to recent global disruptions such as the COVID-19 pandemic, geopolitical conflicts and economic pressures. 

The fragmentation of pharma manufacturing across various regions has highlighted the importance of building a robust supply chain capable of withstanding crises. For instance, the industry is seeking to mitigate risk of supply shortages during unforeseen events by moving away from single source models and embracing dual sourcing strategies. 

Companies have also focused on developing sourcing continuity plans to ensure a more agile response to future disruptions. These measures are crucial for maintaining the flow of essential medications and healthcare supplies.  

2. What do you feel are the biggest lessons supply chains have learned over the past few years?

One of the biggest lessons supply chains have learned in recent years is the critical need to improve sourcing processes. Recent global disruptions have highlighted the vulnerabilities in relying too heavily on single sources. As a result, they’re driven a shift toward diversifying suppliers to increase resilience. These events have also raised public awareness of the essential role supply chains play in ensuring the availability of goods. This has emphasised the need for greater flexibility and agility in operations.

Modern-day supply chains are now better equipped to handle “black swan” events, with many businesses implementing strategies like dual sourcing, enhancing digitalisation and strengthening risk management frameworks. While challenges certainly remain, the industry has made significant strides in becoming more adaptable and responsive to crises and is positioned to manage future disruptions more effectively.

3. Amid government legislation and changing customer demands, is a sustainable supply chain a non-negotiable in today’s world?

The topic of sustainability is certainly more prevalent than it’s ever been in the mind of consumers. However, the way that is reflected at the organisational level still varies quite drastically. What is a non-negotiable today is ensuring product integrity throughout the supply chain, which is perhaps most critical with pharmaceuticals. For medicines, maintaining temperature control is essential, making the supply chain highly energy intensive. Traditionally, pharma companies have relied primarily on air transport. 

However, with corporate social responsibility coming to the forefront, we’re seeing a shift toward a balance of air and ocean freight in the overall transportation strategy. The key to more sustainable operations also lies in efficiency and optimisation. 

For instance, reducing excess packaging and maximising cargo loads can significantly reduce the industry’s environmental footprint. By leveraging forecasting and identification tools, more informed decisions can be made to minimise the impact on the planet.

4. What are the biggest challenges or hesitations you’re seeing companies have around AI and how do we overcome them? 

One of the biggest hesitations companies have with AI is the risk of inadvertently disclosing sensitive information, both from within the company and from customers. Protecting customer data, which can be highly confidential, is a major concern and something that all organisations, not just those in the supply chain industry, are grappling with as they explore the role they want AI to have in their business.

To address these concerns, companies should implement clear guidelines and provide proper training to their teams, ensuring AI is used securely and responsibly. Organisations should look for technology solutions that emphasise strong data protection measures and offer transparency in how AI processes and stores information. This way, businesses can confidently leverage AI while safeguarding all sensitive data.

5. What is the value in events like LogiPharma 2024? How important is this conference in the supply chain pharma calendar?

LogiPharma is a critical event in the supply chain pharma calendar, offering a unique opportunity to meet with customers and strengthen brand presence in the U.S. market. With the event held in Boston, a pharmaceutical industry hub, it’s ideal for engaging with key U.S. stakeholders on behalf of our global clients. 

It allows us to connect directly with decision makers in the industry. It helps ensure we remain aligned on the latest developments in the US market and our customers’ needs. Given its significance, LogiPharma has become a non-negotiable event for Geodis to attend. This is particularly true as we continue to expand our presence in the US market.

6. What are your biggest lessons you’re taking away from this year’s LogiPharma?

My biggest takeaways from this year’s LogiPharma centre around how to prepare for future supply chain disruptions and ways to better manage unforeseen events, which seems to be more and more prevalent in our industry. 

The content explored strategies for building more resilient and adaptable supply chains, which is critical in today’s volatile landscape. There was also a strong focus on addressing sustainability challenges. That resonated with me. It’s becoming an increasingly pressing issue as we work toward becoming better stewards of the environment industry wide.

  • Risk & Resilience
  • Sourcing & Procurement

As part of our ASCM CONNECT coverage, we speak to Nulogy CEO Jason Tham about overcoming the industry’s most pressing challenges.

This year at ASCM CONNECT, we caught up with some of the supply chain sector’s leading executives to learn more about them, their analysis of the trends shaping the industry, and how their organisations are responding to the challenges ahead. 

Jason Tham is the co-founder and CEO of Nulogy. Nulogy focuses on using its purpose-built platform to power multi-enterprise collaboration networks that enable real-time data visibility and seamless communication for external supply chain partners, including FMCG brands and the contract packagers and manufacturers that support them.

We spoke to Jason about the need for supply chain resilience and the importance of creating visibility when managing modern supply chains.  

1. Given the backdrop of the global disruption over the past few years (COVID, war, inflation, etc.), how would you sum up where the supply chain space finds itself today? 

Supply chains have been stumbling over the last few years amid global disruptions like the pandemic, geopolitical conflicts, and rising inflation, because I think companies have gained enough footing to start thinking proactively instead of reactively. The real opportunity now lies in building operations that aren’t just resilient, but also agile enough to anticipate changes before they happen.

This proactive approach is essential if we’re to handle the uncertainties of the future. It’s not about waiting for the next disruption, but about creating supply chains that can adapt in real time and thrive amid challenges.

2. What do you feel are the biggest lessons supply chains have learned over the past few years and how well equipped is the modern day supply chain now to deal with ‘black swan’ events like the ones we’ve seen recently?

The past few years have shown that the strength of modern supply chains doesn’t lie in individual organisations but in the synchronisation of the entire network. One of the biggest lessons we’ve learned is the critical importance of visibility and real-time data sharing across supply chain partners. 

Without this, the risks of delays and miscommunication increase significantly, leading to cascading failures—the domino effect—and amplifying the bullwhip phenomenon, where small fluctuations in demand can create large disruptions across the supply chain.

Supply chains are now better equipped with technology that enables real-time visibility, predictive analytics, and collaborative platforms to tackle these issues more proactively. 

However, the key takeaway is that success depends on the ability for organisations to incorporate and leverage these multi-enterprise technologies to work better together. It’s no longer about one company or one part of the chain succeeding in isolation; resilience is achieved when the entire network is synchronised, agile, and able to respond collectively to disruptions.

3. Amid government legislation and changing customer demands, is a sustainable supply a non-negotiable in today’s world?

Sustainability is indeed becoming a non-negotiable for supply chains in today’s world, driven by both regulatory pressures and evolving customer expectations. Governments across the globe are enacting stricter environmental regulations, such as the EU’s Green Deal and various carbon reduction initiatives, while consumers are increasingly choosing brands that prioritise sustainability. 

This shift means that Chief Supply Chain Officers (CSCOs) must embed sustainability into every aspect of their operations, from sourcing to production and distribution.

Nulogy is well-positioned to support companies in achieving these sustainability goals. By offering real-time data visibility and collaboration tools, Nulogy helps businesses reduce operational waste, optimise resource use, and improve efficiency—key components of a more sustainable supply chain.

Additionally, Nulogy’s platform ensures that companies can comply with evolving environmental regulations by providing transparency across their extended supply chains. This not only helps reduce carbon footprints but also fosters more sustainable and ethical sourcing practices.

4. What are the biggest challenges or hesitations you’re seeing companies have around AI? What should organisations look for in technology to hedge against these concerns?

From a supply chain perspective, some of the biggest challenges companies face around AI often stem from managing complex supply chains involving multiple parties. 

Minimising waste is crucial to improving quality, reducing costs, and ensuring timely and complete fulfilment. However, achieving this requires seamless synchronisation and virtual vertical integration across manufacturing, warehousing, and other nodes in the supply chain.

Since supply chains typically consist of a network of specialised organisations whose inputs and outputs are interdependent, no single ERP system can manage them all, and a multi-enterprise solution becomes essential. Only multi-enterprise collaboration solutions allow for real-time collaboration, orchestration, and synchronisation across diverse entities, and brings together data, enabling all parties to work together in harmony.

5. People are a company’s greatest asset but can also be a hurdle to overcome when it comes to innovation. How do you get people on board with change?

Managing the “people challenge” in fast-paced and innovation-driven environments, especially within the world of supply chain, involves building a sense of mutuality and shared goals among all stakeholders. 

At Nulogy, we connect brands with their upstream suppliers to improve visibility and collaboration. The key is to align teams around shared goals, showing how change benefits everyone. Involving people early, addressing concerns, and providing training help build trust and engagement. When teams see how new technology enhances efficiency and performance for all, they’re more likely to embrace it.

6. What about the next generation of talent? What is the key to encouraging more people into a career within the supply chain?

Attracting the next generation of supply chain talent starts with fostering an inclusive environment where people feel their contributions matter. As the recipient of a 2024 ASCM Award of Excellence for Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion (DEI), I believe that diversity is key to driving innovation. 

At Nulogy, we’ve implemented equitable hiring practices and created programs like our apprenticeship for women and people of colour, which helps make the field more accessible and appealing to younger professionals. By doing this, we ensure the supply chain industry is seen as both essential and inclusive.

7. What’s the next step for the supply chain sector? What strategies can it implement to push the industry forward even further?

The supply chain industry can take the next step by adopting tools that capture real-time production data. Our solutions enable customers to track line capture data, including what’s being produced, when, and the bill of materials involved. We provide precise tracking throughout the production line, whether in machine processing or during kitting and co-packing.

Our shop floor solution is also designed for multi-enterprise collaboration, allowing seamless data sharing between upstream suppliers and downstream customers. This federated approach ensures all parties in the supply chain can access real-time data, improving visibility, collaboration, and efficiency across the network.

8. Are there any exciting projects that you’re currently working on or any past ones that you’re proud of that you’d like to highlight?

Yes! There are a lot of exciting things happening at Nulogy. A major milestone for Nulogy this year was our acquisition of Mingo Smart Factory, which allows us to bring additional innovation to our customer base and the broader market. 

Mingo will further enhance our ability to capture real-time data from the factory floor, such as machine performance and production throughput. These capabilities will enable our customers to make data-driven decisions even faster and take a proactive response to shifting market dynamics.

  • Risk & Resilience

As part of our LogiPharma coverage, Gísli Herjólfsson, CEO and co-founder of Controlant, answers our questions on the future of the pharmaceutical supply chain space.

From natural disasters and geopolitical conflict to the threat of a future pandemic, the challenges facing global pharmaceutical supply chain operators are daunting. The global supply chain landscape is becoming more unpredictable and prone to disruption. Not only this, but supply chain organisations are, some argue, ill-equipped to tackle these challenges. 

At this year’s LogiPharma 2024 event, we caught up with some of the pharmaceutical supply chain sector’s leading executives to learn more about them, their analysis of the trends shaping the industry, and how their organisations are responding to the challenges ahead. 

Gísli Herjólfsson is CEO and co-founder of Controlant, which provides real-time monitoring solutions for pharmaceutical supply chains. 

1. Would you be able to give me a brief introduction to your role and the company you work for?

The seed for Controlant was planted when a group of friends were studying together at The University of Iceland, experimenting with wireless technology and real-time data access. We quickly realised that applications of simplification, automation, and real-time monitoring for supply chains for perishable goods added up to a business idea. Founded in 2007, Controlant was based on this idea. 

The swine-flu epidemic in 2009 changed the course of Controlant permanently. We realised that our technology would have the greatest impact in pharma. By the time the Covid-19 pandemic broke out, Controlant had developed its pharma-validated devices, platform and services and was in collaboration with pharma companies around the world. The global pandemic put the company’s solutions to a test of speed and scale not seen before. The crisis proved the value that real-time visibility brings to pharma supply chains. 

Today, Controlant is a global leader in the digital transformation of pharma supply chains. Its solutions are trusted by leading pharmaceutical companies and logistics providers to make their supply chains more efficient, reliable, and sustainable. Our vision is to unleash the power of people and technology to deliver zero-waste supply chains for patients, the planet, and our partners.

Inside LogiPharma 2024

2. What is the value of events like LogiPharma 2024? How important is this conference in the supply chain pharma calendar?

Partnerships are incredibly important to us at Controlant. LogiPharma is an important venue for the global pharma community. The event gives us an opportunity to connect with our partners, customers, and industry experts.

In-person collaboration on supply chain challenges and solutions, and sharing our expertise of real-time visibility for pharma supply chains, for example through our keynote, are important for continuous innovation in the industry. Access to industry subject matter experts, including speakers on critical challenges such as waste reduction, drug delays, sustainability, and regulatory change, helps us deepen our understanding of where the industry is heading and at what pace. These face-to-face interactions strengthen our partnerships with our customers. Not only that, but inspire us as we develop new solutions to advance the industry in a way that benefits patients and the planet.  

3. Is there anything that makes this event stand out for you? How is it different from others you’ve attended?

What sets LogiPharma apart is the collaborative environment which encourages the development of forward-thinking strategies, allowing attendees to future-proof their supply chains with robust technologies and visibility platforms. The biggest takeaway from this year’s LogiPharma was the opportunity to engage with colleagues and customers. Through networking with them, we aim to better understand what matters most in today’s supply chain landscape. 

4. What are the biggest takeaways from this year’s LogiPharma for you?

It was clear that many pharmaceutical supply chains are still operating with outdated technology. This hinders supply chain visibility, process automation, and optimisation of supply routes. There is a significant opportunity to enhance efficiency, drive digitalization, and improve sustainability efforts across the industry.

One of the major barriers holding companies back is the reliance on disparate systems, inconsistent data models, and fragmented business units. The discussions at LogiPharma revealed a clear urgency to future-proof supply chains with the best technology available, such as real-time visibility technology, and ensure any solution implemented is sustainable at scale.

It was inspiring to hear from some of the most forward-thinking companies and brightest people in our space. These people have embraced technology to future-proof their supply chains, addressing the triple bottom line of people, planet, and profit.

5. Given the backdrop of the global disruption, how would you sum up the pharmaceutical supply chain space today? 

The Covid-19 pandemic was a great testament to learning by embracing the impossible. Controlant had the privilege of being a part of a collaborative effort defined by unprecedented willingness from an entire ecosystem to embark on a transformational journey. Faced with the task of delivering COVID vaccines in record-breaking time at a global scale, transformation was the only way. By embracing technology and working in a trusted partnership, the outcome was the safe delivery of billions of doses of vaccines shipped to destinations around the world with a 99.99% success rate. 

The pandemic and other disruptions to global supply chains have only highlighted the impact of real-time visibility on all aspects including patient safety, efficiency, resilience, and sustainability. With impressive growth in drug development and clinical trials – including new, revolutionary treatments on the horizon such as cell-and-gene and personalised medicine – the parameters and challenges placed on pharma supply chains will only grow. Without real-time visibility, pharma supply chains stand to become a bottleneck rather than an enabler for treatments reaching patients worldwide without delay, while safeguarding product quality and minimising environmental footprint. 

6. What do you feel are the biggest lessons supply chains have learnt over the past few years? Also, how well equipped is the modern day supply chain to deal with ‘black swan’ events?

The implications of not taking leadership when you see new technology on the horizon is triple negative effect. Delaying hurts patients, planet and profits. 

Just as the pharma industry is making great strides by applying technology such as AI to drug development, clinical trials, diagnosis, there are vast opportunities in applying technology to the supply chain to reduce waste and ensure patient safety throughout. 

Major events in recent years have showcased the value of having a single source of truth, data that is accurate, reliable and in real time, and sharing the data with all stakeholders involved in the process of getting the product safely, efficiently and sustainably to its destination. Adopting real-time visibility is a game-changer, especially when dealing with deviations or extreme events.

Sustainability in the supply chain 

7. Sustainability is an important item on most Chief Supply Chain Officers’ agenda. Amid government legislation and changing customer demands, is a sustainable supply chain a non-negotiable in today’s world?

Controlant’s zero-waste vision for pharma supply chains is at the heart of everything we do, whether internally in our operations or in the solutions we develop for our customers. Tackling waste along the pharma supply chain while not making any compromises to patient safety is the key driver in all we do.

There is no planet B. That makes it even more important that we partner for impact along the value chain for positive impact.  

Our customers are highly ambitious, not just when it comes to treatments, vaccines and medicines for patients to improve health outcomes and quality of life for as long as possible. They are also very ambitious when it comes to their sustainability impact. Our customers need like-minded partners like Controlant that can support them with measuring and reporting the environmental, social, and governance performance. We are their strategic partner for sustainable supply chains, enabling them to meet their sustainability targets.

8. In what ways have you incorporated sustainability into your own operations?

Controlant has a clear vision and demonstrated track record for incorporating sustainability into its operations. Not only that, but we also extend our impact beyond our own operations, to customers, partners, and the wider community. 

With an estimated 30% of all medicines wasted globally, the greatest impact we have is through our real-time visibility solutions that enable pharma companies and logistics providers to reduce waste along their supply chain. With data at their fingertips, the pharma industry can take proactive steps to reduce waste from lost or discarded medicines and vaccines, and reduce the need for extra manufacturing and transportation of safety stock, thereby lowering emissions, costs, and time required to get medicines and vaccines to where they are needed.

The Saga logger, our flagship IoT device, is re-usable and enables our customers to reduce emissions by 86% per pharma shipment. At our service centres, we repair, recharge and recalibrate devices for reuse. Our devices are eco-friendly and designed for extended durability. The first life-cycle assessment of a Controlant product was conducted in 2023 for the Saga logger. The assessment revealed that Controlant avoided more than 8,203 tonnes of CO2 equivalent for its customers in 2023, the equivalent of driving more than 30 million kilometres in an average fuel-powered passenger vehicle.

On our journey toward sustainability leadership, we have reached several significant milestones. In May 2023, Controlant’s science-based target to reduce scope 1 and 2 emissions by 42% by 2030 was validated by the Science Based Targets initiative. This made Controlant one of the first companies among industry peers to have a validated target. We are proud to report that our overall emissions decreased by 68% in 2023, with a 38% reduction in scopes 1 and 2, putting us on track to meet our science-based target. 

9. And how else are you promoting sustainability?

Major ESG rating agencies also endorsed our progress and commitments towards sustainability. In 2024 EcoVadis, the world’s most trusted business sustainability rating provider, rated Controlant Silver. That placed us in the top 15% of more than 125,000 companies rated globally from a variety of industries. Controlant’s coordinated action on climate issues was recognized by the Climate Disclosure Project (CDP), the global non-profit that runs the world’s leading environmental disclosure platform, with a B- rating. In addition, we also received a B rating in the CDP Supplier Engagement Rating, which measures the company’s performance on governance, targets, Scope 3 emissions, and value chain engagement. 

Controlant is a participant of the UN Global Compact, and supports the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals. Community engagement is integral to Controlant and its culture, connecting the company beyond its traditional value chain. 

By collaborating with local causes and initiatives, we strive to put our weight on the scale when it comes to our social performance and give back to the communities that we are a part of. A flagship of our community engagement is our partnership with UNICEF, launched in 2023, with a focus on child immunisation. As part of the collaboration, the two partners, joined by the Chief Epidemiologist of Iceland, launched an awareness campaign on childhood vaccinations in Iceland in early 2024, spotlighting immunizations as one of the most effective ways to prevent infants and children from falling seriously ill or dying from preventable diseases. Our volunteer day is another way we empower our global team to have a positive impact on the community. It gives every member of our team the opportunity to take one paid day to pursue volunteering activities.

The future of the pharma supply chain

10. What’s next for the pharmaceutical supply chain industry?

Future-proofing the pharmaceutical supply chain requires a forward-thinking approach, built on a foundation of strong partnerships and collaboration. In today’s interconnected world, no single entity can drive meaningful change alone. By working together across the value chain, we can tackle the complex challenges that lie ahead.

It’s also essential that we embrace technology with confidence. The next evolution of our industry will be powered by real-time data. Accurate, precise, and actionable insights are critical for proactive decision-making. Real-time visibility enables companies to become more proactive and agile. It means they’re not just reacting to disruptions, but anticipating and strategically managing them.

The digitalization of supply chains is the key to unlocking these insights. By harnessing the power of data, pharmaceutical companies and logistics providers will be better equipped to drive efficiency, reduce waste, and enhance their ability to deliver life-saving therapies to patients worldwide. This is how we move the industry forward—by leading with innovation and a shared commitment to excellence.

11. Are there any of Controlant’s exciting projects, past or present, that you’d like to highlight?

Controlant provides a holistic set of solutions for pharma supply chains encompassing IoT devices, the cloud-based Aurora platform, and dedicated services including our 24/7 monitoring and response teams. Our comprehensive solution offering puts us in a unique position to apply our industry expertise and technological leadership to invent new solutions that help pharma and logistics providers future proof their supply chains. 

Highlights from our product pipeline include Zero-Touch Release, our recently launched Supply Chain Soft Spots, and the Saga Card, now in the pilot phase. 

Controlant’s GxP-validated “zero-touch” automated release process is leading in automating supply chain processes to improve resilience and reduce the risk of disruption. The zero-touch release application automates the product release process. This simplifies and accelerates release processes while relying on verified data sources to ensure quality standards. Using this platform, pharmaceutical firms can drastically reduce lead times and save on work hours. The zero-touch approach speeds up time to market, improves OTIF performance, reduces expenditure, and minimises carbon footprint. 

The Supply Chain Soft Spots dashboard addresses inefficiencies in the supply chain. It helps customers identify the lanes and other places along the chain where issues such as temperature deviations occur. Supply Chain Soft Spots is a dashboard with an interactive map-based interface. The solution allows for identifying where critical temperature excursions occur with Points of Interests, such as airports and harbours, automatically mapped through 3rd party data.

12. How exciting a future does the pharmaceutical supply chain have? 

For agile pharma companies that are ready to adopt new technologies, the pharmaceutical supply chain has a very exciting future. Pharma companies are leading the way in developing new therapies that can transform patients’ lives by improving health outcomes and quality of life. Controlant’s global team is driven by the goal of ensuring patient safety while reducing waste in the pharma supply chain. 

We are proud to support our customers in delivering therapies to patients worldwide in a safe, efficient, and waste-free manner. 

Every day, we work to make a positive impact by cutting waste at every stage, and ensuring patient safety. This ultimately benefits patients by improving health outcomes, increasing access to medicines, and ensuring the safety and effectiveness of treatments.

  • Digital Supply Chain
  • Risk & Resilience

Cat Brownlie, Partner at global operations transformation consultancy Argon & Co on why periods of transition present a new opportunity for firms to rethink and optimise their supply chain practices.

Change is an inevitable part of life. Whether moving house, getting married, or having a baby, major life transitions often create their fair share of stress. For organisations, change can be equally as daunting. A new CEO, an acquisition, or even being slapped with an unexpected regulatory fine can create periods of upheaval for firms. But, much like in our personal lives, these situational changes also present an opportunity for transformation and growth.

There has been a flurry of firms announcing new CEOs in recent months, from Burberry, Schroders, and Starbucks, hoping to bring these firms a ‘fresh start’. With the right approach, what many firms might see as a rocky patch can be a real chance to optimise operations, strengthen workplace culture, enable quicker decision-making and enhance supply chain management – setting them on a path for new beginnings. 

However, these major operational changes can also come with teething issues as firms look to find their feet. Navigating this transition period successfully starts with having a defined plan in place to avoid any turbulence.

Starting a new chapter

When faced with a period of transformation, the mantra “fail to prepare, prepare to fail” rings true for many firms. Undergoing major change, whether planned or unanticipated, can be disorienting, and for firms pushing ahead without a clear, strategic roadmap, even minor hiccups can snowball into larger issues.

For instance, British luxury brand Burberry has recently announced its new CEO in a surprise change for the company, aiming to steer the company in a new direction. 

Retailers have battled consistently tough market conditions in recent years, with many consumers reining in their spending, and high inflation impacting retailers’ revenues. However, a new CEO could signal a fresh start for Burberry, as it positions itself ready to embrace change and adapt quickly. 

For organisations in transitional periods, this opens up a chance to rethink and improve existing processes. Firms should adopt a new mindset to seize this transition as an opportunity to establish a strong, independent corporate identity, liberated from its previous self. 

Effective leadership and a strong change management approach play pivotal roles during the transition phase, helping to motivate employees and build a distinct corporate culture. Focusing on transparent communication and prioritising people and culture ensures its employees feel valued, engaged, and committed to the success of the firm. 

Smoothing supply challenges

These periods of change can also be golden opportunities to reevaluate and potentially reshape the supply chain to be leaner, more sustainable, and better aligned with the organisation’s goals. 

Companies can invest in technology for improved demand forecasting, optimise distribution routes, form new partnerships, or strengthen relationships with existing core suppliers to drive lasting, positive changes. 

To make this teething period smoother, conducting a thorough data audit is crucial. This allows firms to identify essential operational information, providing clear insights into the key data needed for traceability and visibility across the entire value chain. 

By leveraging this data, businesses can create more agile and resilient supply chains. These more agile structures can help businesses both meet current demands and prepare them to tackle future challenges. Prioritising data integrity and accessibility from the outset sets firms in pole position to uphold the highest degree of transparency across their supply chains.

Transparency is also essential for embedding sustainability into the daily operations of organisations undergoing transformation. 

New leadership, divestment, acquisition, and other major business changes offer a valuable chance to reassess supply chains and redesign processes to align with sustainable practices and regulatory requirements. Stamping out unethical labour practices or environmental-related risks can be driven by improving traceability and visibility into both tier-one and sub-tier suppliers. This has benefits which extend beyond the organisation’s four walls alone; it can drive meaningful change to benefit society at large. 

Making the most from change

It’s no surprise that firms are operating in a turbulent business environment – and we’ll likely see a sustained spike in M&A and even divestment activity, switches in leadership, and regulatory changes over the coming months. 

While firms might want to bury their heads in the sand over these changes, and just focus on keeping afloat during business transformation, these transitional periods offer a chance for a clean slate. Setting a defined plan can help firms optimise supply chains, minimise costs, and build a deeper workplace culture – not only surviving these periods of change, but creating lasting benefits. 

  • Risk & Resilience

Sue Williams, Managing Director at Hexagon Consultants, breaks down the best ways to deal with the most common pitfalls when managing a supply chain.

Supply chains are an integral part of a business and can significantly impact performance if not regularly monitored and assessed closely. Should problems with a supply chain arise, this can have a negative knock-on effect on all other aspects of the business. 

What are the most common pitfalls in supply chain management?

With the increasing challenges facing supply chains, especially in the aftermath of the pandemic, businesses need to be able to adapt quickly to market changes to reduce the risk of encountering problems, which could have a significant impact on their wider business and, more worryingly, their customers.

There are a number of pitfalls which businesses can encounter when it comes to supply chain management, the most common of which include; 

Lack of visibility 

In the current economic climate, it’s crucial for businesses to have a deep understanding of their supply chain. This knowledge enables them to conduct thorough risk assessments and be prepared with strategies to mitigate the most probable scenarios before they become major problems.

Demand forecasting 

Demand forecasting involves analysing historical data, market trends, and other relevant factors to anticipate customer demand for a product or service. Aligning supply with demand is key for an organisation’s supply chain management to reduce costs and optimise inventory. 

Structural flexibility 

This is vital across supply chains for businesses as it allows organisations to naturally respond to changes within the supply chain rather than wasting resources to respond to shifting dynamics.  

Other challenges that can arise within supply chains include product life and end of life management, water usage and pollution, economic pressures and consumer awareness. 

How can businesses prevent these pitfalls?

To avoid lack of visibility in a supply chain, organisations need to ensure that they are mapping their supply chain network and consistently providing updates and communicating with suppliers to avoid any disruptions. Having this oversight of your supply chain will allow for more in depth risk assessment and reduce disruptions, allowing businesses to prepare to mitigate potential issues.

Adapting a supply chain to match shifting demand enables businesses to set prices at a more competitive level and manage costs effectively.  By understanding supply and demand, companies can accurately adjust prices to reflect market conditions, which in turn can attract more customers and increase sales. This strategy plays a pivotal role in maintaining cost controls and service delivery performance, as well as optimising inventory volume, which ultimately leads to better financial management and improved customer satisfaction.

Structural flexibility refers to the ability to fundamentally adapt or change the supply chain design in response to changes in global demand or supply. Structural flexibility helps prevent supply chain pitfalls by allowing for quick adjustments in production, distribution, and inventory levels in response to changes in demand or supply. This flexibility gives businesses a competitive advantage and enables the supply chain to adapt to unforeseen events, such as disruptions in production, changes in consumer preferences, or fluctuations in raw material availability. 

The future of supply chain management

Businesses across multiple sectors are experiencing a range of challenges in relation to their supply chains and how they function. 

One of the most prevalent problems organisations are experiencing is the increased pressure to improve their sustainability and carbon footprint, particularly with the UK’s wider efforts to achieve Net Zero successfully by 2050. 

There are various strategies that can be implemented to mitigate such challenges, for example, creating a circular economy by improving lifecycle management to reduce pollution, waste and improve product life and end of life management. 

AI and technologies such as digital twins offer vast solutions to streamline and improve the efficiency of supply chains, which can in turn improve sustainability.  We can expect to see this become an instrumental part of supply chains, with AI and other digital technologies alleviating human error and connecting decision making. 

With supply chain challenges being ever present and ever changing, it’s imperative for businesses to maintain a holistic overview of their supply chain and be positioned to pivot and adapt according to market conditions and customer demand. 

By seeking support and expert guidance on supply chain management and strategy, organisations can ensure that they are able to effectively navigate the numerous potential challenges supply chains face, while maintaining minimum disruption for customers and the wider business.

  • Risk & Resilience

Rob Shaw, MD EMEA at Fluent Commerce, shares his top five techniques for combatting the rising tide of returns fraud in the supply chain.

Returns fraud is an escalating challenge in the retail industry. Research from ReBound found that nearly half (48%) of British consumers admitted to having bought, used and then returned an item. This is causing significant financial and operational burdens for retailers – costing the UK retail sector £11.3 billion in 2023. It’s also causing a ripple effect that extends across the entire supply chain. 

As the number of online sales increases and we head into peak trading season, the returns tsunami is only going to get worse. With this in mind, here’s five ways retailers can reduce returns fraud:

  1. Invest in real-time inventory

Fraudulent returns can compromise the accuracy of inventory data. Items are often returned in unsellable condition or not returned at all. This lack of accuracy can disrupt the supply chain and hinder retailers’ ability to fulfil customer commitments. Discrepancies in stock levels result in stockouts or excessive inventory. Both incur significant costs for retailers.

Real-time inventory management must incorporate up-to-date data on returns. Monitoring returned products at every stage of the reverse logistics process means retailers can ensure that only sellable items are restocked. Effective inventory management can minimise the financial repercussions of fraudulent returns.

  1. Introduce return fees

In the last few weeks, ASOS has become the latest online fashion retailer to start charging for returns. And new data from Shippit and Fluent Commerce shows the brand is not alone. While nearly half of all retailers offered free returns six years ago, less than 20 per cent do so now. And, this number is expected to continue to drop steeply.

Retailers can discourage casual or fraudulent returns by implementing return fees. However, they need to manage this strategy carefully to prevent alienating high value customers. But it can substantially decrease the number of returns, alleviating the strain on reverse logistics and the supply chain.

Another option is to introduce two categories of customers: ‘Verified’ ones with a low returns rate who can still access free returns. And a second group for new customers or customers who have a higher returns rate. They will then only be given the option to return at a fee. That way you don’t alienate your best customers but discourage the repeat offenders. 

  1. Ramp up the reverse logistics

By making it easier to return items, retailers can help  overcome the disappointment customers may feel for paying for returns. When allowing people to return in store, staff onsite can quality check and then put the items back into sellable inventory right away (rather than heading back to the warehouse). etailers will then be able to sell those items again quickly. Indeed, many customers who return in-store end up exchanging rather than returning, finding something else to buy. It’s also much harder to return a ‘fraudulent’ item in store than via mail.

  1. Introduce stricter verification processes

Introducing stricter verification procedures at the point of return can also help. Retailers can track a product’s lifecycle using technologies like AI-driven analytics and blockchain, to ensure that returned items correspond with the original purchase. By identifying irregularities in return patterns, these tools can help flag potential fraudsters. This helps decrease the number of fraudulent returns entering the reverse logistics process.

  1. Partner wisely

To mitigate returns fraud, retailers can collaborate with third-party logistics providers. Providers specialising in reverse logistics should have the infrastructure to efficiently manage returns and reduce the operational disruptions associated with fraud. These providers can also offer valuable insight into return trends. Armed with their strategic counsel, retailers can fine-tune their approach to reduce the impact on the supply chain.

There is no silver bullet to reducing returns fraud. But if retailers use a mix of the above and explain their return policies (and costs) clearly with customers, then they can significantly reduce the likelihood of abuse.

  • Risk & Resilience

Trevor Dearing, Director of Critical Infrastructure Solutions at Illumio, explores how to protect the modern supply chain from a rising tide of cyber crime.

Global supply chains continue to be a favourite target for cybercriminals. This isn’t surprising given that targeting a single supply network can allow threat actors to cause large-scale disruption. For cybercriminals, it’s an opportunity to hit multiple targets with a single arrow. 

Since 2018, the number of businesses impacted by supply chain attacks has increased by over 2,600%. According to ITRC’s data, more than 54 million organisations were impacted last year across 242 breaches. 

These statistics and recent high-profile attacks on giants like Toyota, the NHS, and Ministry of Defence indicate that businesses need to rethink their approach to conventional cybersecurity across the entire supply chain.  

The old ways of dealing with cyberattacks are no longer enough. Traditional methods like perimeter defences, incident response, and backups are still important practices for cyber hygiene, but they don’t complete the cyber resilience puzzle. 

In the modern threat landscape, businesses need to anticipate breaches and arrange their defences accordingly. There is an increasing volume of potential entry points for an attack. Almost every supplier is now incorporating cloud assets within their networks, which is greatly expanding the attack surface. 

So, breaches are inevitable, and the focus should be on containing them.

Cloud migration and its new attack vectors

The growing adoption of the cloud has been a blessing for supply chains. However, rushing into cloud adoption without the necessary safeguards and pre-emptive strategies puts businesses at risk from cybercriminals. 

For instance, traditionally isolated systems, such as ICS and OT systems, are now connected to cloud infrastructures. These physical systems were designed without security in mind and don’t have the same in-built security mechanisms as other internet-facing assets. 

So, integrating them with cloud systems automatically instils a certain extent of vulnerability. This is why cloud-based attack vectors have significantly increased across supply chains. Cybercriminals are constantly exploiting vulnerabilities in cloud configurations, APIs, and third-party services. 

For example, attackers can gain access to cloud environments through phishing campaigns, targeting employees or by exploiting weak authentication protocols. Once inside, they can move laterally across the network, potentially reaching critical operational systems. This level of exposure is deeply concerning for businesses with internet-facing assets across their supply chains.

Additionally, the use of third-party cloud services introduces further risk. Companies today have to rely on the security practices of their vendors, which may not always align with their own security standards.

Disruption and downtime over data exfiltration

Cybercriminals also recognise that disrupting supply chains can be far more damaging (and profitable) than stealing data. For instance, the attack on Toyota led to a temporary shutdown of production at multiple plants. The incident highlighted that even a short-lived disruption can have significant ripple effects throughout a global supply chain, especially on businesses operating on just-in-time (JIT) production schedules.

For ransomware gangs, targeting operational up-time also increases their likelihood of attaining a ransom. In 2023, for example, the CLOP ransomware group, exploited a zero-day vulnerability in the MOVEit software, which is widely used for secure file transfers. This breach impacted hundreds of companies globally within the software supply chain, including manufacturer Leggett & Platt as well as oil and gas multinational Shell. As a result, some of the businesses ended up paying around $75 to $100 million in ransom to CLOP. 

The interconnected nature of global supply chain networks means that manufacturers can’t prevent every attack. So, the key is to minimise an attack’s impact. The only way to achieve this is by adopting an assume-breach-mindset and implementing risk-based strategies to contain the exposure. 

Towards a “break-glass style” response system with Zero Trust

Ultimately, the onus of mitigating these supply chain risks falls on the customer-facing businesses themselves. This means companies that leverage the manufacturing or production supply chains to market the products to the general consumers.

Businesses today need a proactive “break-glass style” emergency response system across its supply chain. They must implement predefined emergency protocols to prioritise operational continuity. The Zero Trust model is the perfect strategy to establish this practice. 

A Zero Trust security model operates on the principle of “never trust, always verify.” It’s a dynamic security strategy for building cyber resilience, and assumes that threats can exist both outside and inside the network.

At the core of Zero Trust is the principle of least privilege access. Users and devices are granted only the permissions necessary to perform their tasks. This minimises the attack surface by ensuring that even if a system is compromised, the potential damage is limited. 

In practice, Zero Trust means that unauthorised access is blocked at every level. So, it becomes exceedingly difficult for cybercriminals to move laterally across the network. 

5 steps to establishing a Zero Trust architecture

The most effective approach to building a Zero Trust network architecture starts with a 5-step model. 

Step 1: Identify 

Primarily, organisations must identify essential systems required to maintain production during an attack. They must identify where their sensitive data is stored, who accesses it, and how it’s used. This requires a clear and simplified data classification system. 

Step 2: Map 

From there, security teams must map out how the sensitive data flows across the network, between users and resources. In this phase, it’s important to engage stakeholders like application and network architects to create accurate transaction flow maps. This is crucial for effective data security.

With this knowledge, security teams can now start implementing Zero Trust Segmentation (ZTS) or microsegmentation technologies.

Step 3: Implement 

ZTS divides networks into isolated segments. Each segment has its own security controls, containing breaches and protecting critical systems. Unlike traditional security methods, ZTS is dynamic. It allows quick, flexible security adjustments, which are essential for protecting hybrid environments. 

This ensures that even if one segment of the supply chain network is compromised, the entire operation isn’t disrupted. In fact, in a recent survey with 1,600 IT and security decision makers, we found that 93% consider ZTS as a critical component to their cloud security strategy.

Step 4: Automate 

The next phase is to establish an automated rule base to enforce access control and inspection policies. Security teams must define rules that strictly limit access to each network segment based on need-to-know principles. All traffic, both internal and external, must be logged and inspected to detect potential threats and identify areas for improvement. 

Step 5: Monitor and maintain

Finally, make sure to continue to monitor and maintain the network. As businesses become more globalised, supply chain networks will only become larger and more complex. Cloud migration and digital transformation will continue in full swing. And for cybercriminals, the attack vectors will only increase. 

However, with Zero Trust in place, attackers can’t force the mass-scale disruption they strive for every time. Shifting to a break-glass style response system with Zero Trust is the only viable way for supply chains to become more resilient.

  • Digital Supply Chain
  • Risk & Resilience

Carlos Arnal, product marketing manager at WatchGuard discusses supply chain risk and how to increase an organisation’s resilience.

In today’s digital landscape, businesses heavily rely on third-party software for their daily operations. This reliance has led to a surge in sophisticated software supply chain cyber attacks. These attacks exploit vulnerabilities in external tools or services to gain unauthorised access and compromise systems. The growing dependence on external software solutions amplifies the risk for organisations. Therefore, it’s essential that they take steps to bolster their security across the entire supply chain. 

According to Verizon’s latest Data Breach Investigations Report (DBIR), cyber attacks in the supply chain have shot up by 68%. In addition, around 15% of all breaches reported in 2023 affected third parties. This represents a significant increase compared to the 9% reported in 2022. 

The escalating risks within the supply chain present an ever-growing and alarming threat. The rising danger poses a concerning challenge to businesses of all sizes. Protecting customers’ and partners’ sensitive information from potential cyber attacks needs to be a priority, especially to mitigate new and emerging threats that are spreading fast among cyber criminal operators.  

Risk assessment: an ally for cybersecurity systems 

When using external providers, certain services and users will be managed outside the company. This means that people who are not part of the organisation are able to gain access to its systems. This complicates the task of detecting breaches and potential threats in the devices that form part of the supply chain. Unfortunately, this then meaningfully increases the likelihood of cyber attacks through this channel.  

In light of this, the solution lies in ensuring a comprehensive analysis of the security status of all endpoints with access to an organisation’s systems.  

It is only by conducting a thorough risk assessment, that companies can proactively identify current threats and potential risks and vulnerabilities across all their devices. This information enables organisations to tailor their cybersecurity systems to address any detected gaps, thereby mitigating the risk of attacks and protecting their data and confidential information. 

Other tips to mitigate cybersecurity breaches  

Once the vulnerabilities in devices have been identified, companies need to establish the solutions that are appropriate to protect themselves against these weaknesses and be able to remediate them. Some of these key measures include:  

Patch Management 

A risk assessment will pinpoint the weaknesses in your devices and servers, but what then? With Patch Management solutions, companies are able to plan, implement and manage the entire patch lifecycle. This allows them to prevent and mitigate vulnerabilities that could compromise endpoint cybersecurity. 

Implement or adopt a zero trust approach  

One of the risks of allowing third parties to enter a company’s systems is the possibility of losing control over who accesses sensitive information. Implementing zero trust technologies promotes a default-deny approach, allowing that only processes and applications classified/verified as trusted can run on the systems. 

Establish a unified cybersecurity platform 

Given the exposure to potential third-party vulnerabilities, it’s best to implement layered security to protect from all angles in case one security control fails. By adopting an integrated platform, businesses are able to create a cybersecurity mesh that safeguards networks, devices, users, and data from any threat across all aspects of their business model. 

Establishing a cybersecurity protocol to mitigate supply chain risk is a serious responsibility for organisations. To ensure that the measures implemented are as effective as possible, it is essential to first run a risk assessment that detects vulnerabilities and threats throughout the supply chain. This will help strengthen protection against new and evolving threats.  

  • Risk & Resilience

Business groups warn of “devastating impact” of an ILA strike in ports along the US’ East and Gulf Coasts on supply chains.

Just six months after the partial collapse of the Francis Scott Key Bridge in Baltimore, Maryland, threw the US’ supply chain into disarray, the country’s logistics operators are staring down the barrel of another major disruption. 

“Things were just starting to get back to normal,” Kenneth Sanchez, CEO of Chesapeake Specialty Products, told Reuters on Wednesday. 

However, unlike the unexpected, accidental closure of Baltimore’s port, the looming crisis is both predictable and entirely avoidable. The 85,000-strong International Longshoremen’s Association (ILA) is preparing to begin industrial action that will halt operations at every major port on the US’ East and Gulf coasts. 

The strike is taking place in response to attempts by the United States Maritime Alliance (USMX) to get the union to accept what ILA President and chief negotiator, Harold J. Daggett, calls “a low-ball wage package.” 

A low-ball offer 

Refuting repeated claims by the USMX that negotiations over an upcoming contract had broken down, the ILA claimed in a statement that the two sides have communicated multiple times in recent weeks. The stalemate remains in Master Contract negotiations because USMX continues to offer ILA longshore workers an unacceptable wage increase package, according to an ILA statement. 

“They call me several times each week trying to get the ILA to accept a low-ball wage package,” Daggett said. “My ILA members are not going to accept these insulting offers that are a joke considering the work my ILA longshore workers perform, and the billion dollar profits the companies make off the backs of their labour.” 

The East Coast ports handle approximately 35-40% of US imports and exports, while the Gulf Coast ports account for 10-15% of imports and 20-25% of exports.  

A full scale shut down of 36 ports in the Eastern United States could have major consequences for the country’s supply chain. Last month, the five biggest ports on the East and Gulf Coasts processed about 24,766 40-foot containers of imports and exports, with a total value of around $2.7 billion per day.

2024’s biggest supply chain disruption? 

If the ILA goes on strike, it could represent a disruption of similar magnitude to the drought in the Panama Canal earlier this year. A report by industry intelligence firm project44 highlights a previous example of the impact that a stevedore strike can have on US supply chain. Their report notes that the US West Coast experienced similar disruptions in June of 2023 due to delays in reaching a new contract. 

On June 3, 2023, after working without a contract since July 2022, union workers staged a “no-show,” where none reported to work for the day.  After just one day of closures, it took three weeks for ports to return to normal dwell times, with delays increasing by as much as 148%. If a full-scale strike occurs on the East Coast, it would likely last longer than one day, and the disruptions would be even more severe. For every one week of an ILA strike in 2024, project44 estimates it would take 4-6 weeks to fully recover.  

“Ahead of the peak holiday retail season, extreme weather and industrial strikes are heightening pressures for supply chains. With supply chain disruption becoming the norm, organisations must become more agile to avoid lasting impacts; data insights are key to this,” said Renaud Houri, EVP of International Markets at project44. “In layman’s terms, this means businesses have a holistic view of their operations to make better, faster decisions in the face of disruption, therefore resulting in superior on-time deliveries and happy customers.” 

Rail, air, and the West Coast

A strike or work stoppage would severely limit the amount of cargo that can be processed at US ports, and organisations are already scrambling to find workarounds. 

These have included retailers, manufacturers and other importers rushing to import goods ahead of the strike deadline to avoid having their cargo stuck. Other organisations have turned to costly air freight alternatives, or rerouted shipments to West Coast ports, completing their journeys via rail

A prolonged strike by the ILA, alongside an ongoing strike by 30,000 machinists at Boeing that Reuters reports has already started affecting the embattled aircraft maker’s supplier network, could allegedly harm growth in the US job market next month ahead of the November presidential election. 

  • Risk & Resilience

Dr Marc Manzano, general manager, cybersecurity at SandboxAQ and Ryan Hurst, SandboxAQ advisor, explore the role of cryptography in the software supply chain.

Securing the software supply chain has become a critical priority due to high-profile breaches and increasing regulatory oversight. International organisations like CISA and NIST stress the urgent need to improve how we inventory and manage the software and services we depend on. 

The growing complexity of modern software systems, coupled with the potential for widespread disruption from a single compromised component, underscores this heightened focus. Recent events, such as the SolarWinds breach, have demonstrated how interconnected systems can be exploited. Similarly, the recent outage related to CrowdStrike’s software update highlights how a single error can rapidly cascade throughout the global economy. 

Regulatory bodies worldwide, including the European Union with its EU Cybersecurity Act, are actively working to address the supply chain vulnerabilities that contribute to these incidents.

As security leaders, we must not overlook a crucial aspect of the software supply chain: cryptography. By establishing comprehensive standards for cryptographic usage, key management, and continuous monitoring, we can more effectively address these challenges.

The Problem: Inadequate Cryptographic Management

Modern software relies on multiple third-party libraries, open-source components, and numerous dependencies. 

This interconnectedness can hide vulnerabilities and create security blind spots, which is also true for these components’ cryptography. According to the Verizon Data Breach Investigations Report (DBIR), leaked credentials—often synonymous with leaked cryptographic keys—are among the most common attack vectors. These machine and workload keys can become compromised due to inadequate key management practices. This then grants attackers unauthorised access to sensitive systems and data.

The lack of automated tooling to efficiently manage the myriad of software components often leaves organisations unaware of the deep security risks associated with their software dependencies. Outdated or insecure libraries, such as those using broken cryptographic algorithms or outdated protocol versions, may be integrated into critical systems. This makes it difficult to fully understand and address the risks posed by poor cryptographic practices in your software supply chains and deployments.

Ensuring that third-party vendors adhere to modern cryptography management practices is essential for mitigating these risks. Widespread use of weak cryptography can expose the entire supply chain to catastrophic vulnerabilities. 

The Heartbleed bug in OpenSSL, used by many third-party providers, exposed millions of systems to data breaches, underscoring the need for cryptographic standards and monitoring for them in your supply chain. The Debian OpenSSL bug, where a change in the code led to predictable keys, affecting millions of SSL/TLS keys, highlighted how critical it is to ensure robust and secure implementations. Additionally, regulatory requirements such as HIPAA mandate the encryption of ePHI, with non-compliance leading to significant fines, as seen in the $16 million Anthem Inc. settlement. This highlights the critical need for robust cryptographic management to avoid legal repercussions and ensure compliance.

Mitigating Hidden Threats

There are many vulnerabilities that affect cryptography specifically, from insecure cryptographic libraries and implementations to inadequate monitoring and outdated cryptographic protocol versions. 

Ensuring compliance with good cryptographic management practices, robust key management, and comprehensive reporting are the first line of defence. Regular audits, integrated into procurement processes, help maintain up-to-date and effective cryptographic practices. Continuous scanning and threat intelligence feeds keep organisations ahead of emerging threats. 

Organisations must also stay informed about changes in industry standards and update their practices accordingly to ensure ongoing compliance. Recognising the importance of these practices, the White House’s Executive Order on Improving the Nation’s Cybersecurity has mandated the discovery and inventory of cryptographic keys to bolster software supply chain security.

Operational Continuity is another critical aspect of securing the software supply chain. Disruptions caused by outdated certificates, cryptographic migration issues, or attacks significantly impact business operations. For example, the Microsoft Teams outage in 2020, caused by an expired certificate, demonstrated how failures in certificate management could take down business-critical services. This incident highlighted the importance of maintaining robust cryptographic management practices to ensure operational resilience and reduce the risk of business disruptions.

Supply chains often involve the exchange of sensitive data and proprietary information between partners. 

Without modern cryptography management measures in place, it is challenging to reduce exposure to cryptographic vulnerabilities or to provide evidence for compliance with cryptography-related guidelines. The Codecov attack in 2021, where attackers manipulated scripts to exfiltrate sensitive data, highlights the necessity of secure cryptographic practices to protect intellectual property and maintain data integrity. 

This breach demonstrated how vulnerabilities in the supply chain could be exploited to access and steal valuable information, emphasising the criticality of having robust cryptographic measures in place.

Robust Key Management

Implementing automated key rotation and revocation processes is essential to reduce the risk of key compromise. However, focusing on last-mile key management is equally important. 

This means ensuring secure key distribution and usage at the endpoint, where credentials and keys are often most vulnerable. Many organisations fall short by focusing solely on “secret sprawl”. They focus too much on centralising keys and credentials but then distribute them across deployments without proper controls. This narrow focus leads to “secret spray,” increasing the risk of key leakage and unauthorised access. A stark example of the consequences of inadequate last-mile key management is the Storm-0558 incident. Chinese hackers were able to forge authentication tokens by exploiting poorly managed cryptographic keys. This breach highlighted how failures in endpoint key management can lead to significant security incidents. It also emphasised the need for robust last-mile key management to close the loop on end-to-end security.

Additionally, employing tools that provide real-time monitoring and alerting for cryptographic missteps and policy violations is crucial. Similarly, requiring vendors to maintain and regularly update Software Bills of Materials (SBOMs) helps ensure transparency of all components. SBOMs provide a detailed inventory of all software components. However, they do not capture the cryptography they use. This makes it hard to identify and address cryptographic vulnerabilities when they become known. 

This is where discovery tools come into play. They help you hold vendors accountable for their security promises by discovering how they use cryptography, and how you use the cryptographic capabilities of their products.

The Approach: Centralised Cryptography Management

Incorporating strong cryptographic management into the heart of software development and operations is essential for overcoming these challenges. 

A centralised cryptography management system ensures that all software components comply with rigorous cryptographic standards. This system should automate key management, continuously monitor cryptographic activities, and ensure adherence to industry regulations and standards.

Final Thoughts

Protecting the software supply chain requires a proactive strategy in cryptographic management. 

Organisations must adopt comprehensive standards, implement effective key management practices, and maintain detailed inventories of cryptographic usage. Continuous monitoring and thorough reporting are equally crucial to ensure ongoing security and compliance.

  • Digital Supply Chain
  • Risk & Resilience

Fewer than half of UK businesses think they’ll meet their net-zero goals, despite mounting pressure from stakeholders and consumers.

The phenomenon of “greenwishing”, where companies make claims or even commitments to becoming more sustainable without any concrete idea of how to achieve those goals, may be more widespread among UK businesses than was previously thought. 

New research from supply chain services company Wincanton, has found that more than half of UK businesses don’t think they’ll meet their net-zero targets. 

Mounting pressure to decarbonise 

Despite this lack of optimism regarding the feasibility of net-zero commitments, the pressure to hit these sustainability targets is mounting for supply chain operators.

Two thirds (66%) of UK organisations said that they were under pressure to hit their net-zero targets. In particular, logistics was seen as a key area of focus for achieving goals in this area, according to 83% of decision-makers surveyed.  

If at first you don’t succeed, give up?

Nevertheless, businesses aren’t making the progress they want. Of the 54% of businesses who said they are struggling to meet their net-zero goals, many cited cost impacts and concerns about the speed of viability of alternative fuel technologies as the primary barriers to successful decarbonisation. 

Four in five (80%) said they believe reducing CO2 emissions in their logistics fleet means an increase in costs. As a result of these perceived cost pressures, two thirds (66%) have had to deprioritise hitting these targets. 

“Sustainability remains a high priority for UK businesses. But it’s clear they aren’t making enough headway when it comes to reducing emissions in their supply chain operations. This is the result of the lack of viability and affordability of alternative fuel vehicles and ongoing cost pressures during a challenging economic period,” said Paul Durkin, Chief Customer and Innovation Officer at Wincanton. “We can see that a gap is emerging between their priorities and the action needed to reach net-zero.” 

Against this backdrop, 59% want to reduce the environmental impact of their logistics fleet but simply don’t know how, and 42% of organisations admit they do not know how to further optimise their fleet. Only 25% believe alternative fuel vehicles will be affordable in 4-6 years. 

As a result, 55% state that they are not currently reducing emissions in their logistics fleet. Given the struggles, 84% of respondents expect the government to play more of a role to support CO2 reduction. 

Emissions reductions doesn’t necessitate cost increases 

According to the report, 37% of respondents have seen cost reductions from tackling their CO2 emissions, casting doubt over the perceived problems supply chain managers face. Government subsidies and regulatory intervention could play a significant role in keeping supply chain decarbonisation profitable, or simply forcing companies to eat the cost of polluting. 

Wincanton’s survey also found that better collaboration can help improve sustainable performance. Two-thirds (65%) of survey respondents agree collaboration is key to the future success of the logistics industry. However, executives, borads, and the government need to find ways to make collaboration easier for all involved. Businesses reported they’re nervous, both about the difficulty finding partners to collaborate with (28%) and the lack of internal resources to manage collaboration projects (26%).  

Helen Flanagan, EyeQ Product Director at Wincanton, added: “More efficient use of existing capacity is key. Last year the Government reported that almost a third of the total vehicle kilometres travelled by HGVs in the UK were empty. Put simply, too much fresh air is being moved around the UK, contributing to high emissions and high costs for businesses. Through technology, UK businesses can collaborate and optimise their fleets to minimise wasted capacity and shift the dial on sustainable logistics.” 

  • Risk & Resilience
  • Sustainability

Bastien Latargere, Principal at Efficio Consulting, offers six strategies for mitigating disruption and seizing new advantages as 2024 continues.

In the supply chain sector, disruption is the new normal. Examples range from geopolitical tensions in the Red Sea leading to slower, reduced trade and rising global costs, to mounting pressures on sea freight and truck transport beyond the region. 

Diversion, disruption, and disaster — Supply chains in 2024 

Diversions from the traditional Suez Canal route to the longer Cape of Good Hope add approximately 9,000 nautical miles to shipping routes. This has caused air freight costs to skyrocket. As a result, logistics providers reported a 25-30% increase in demand for mixed sea and air transport in January 2024. Meanwhile, the broader transport landscape also faces significant challenges. For example, Mediterranean ports across Algeciras, Barcelona, and Tangier-Med also find themselves grappling with unprecedented congestion. 

Outside of transport, disruption is also becoming more common and severe. T combined disruptions of the COVID-19 pandemic, political tensions, and extreme weather events have significantly reduced material and labour availability across various industries’ supply chains. In fact, by 2050, developing nations may lose approximately 92 million working-age individuals and gain over 100 million elderly people. This development poses significant issues across a range of industries. The risks associated with overseas operations are leading to an increase in reshoring and nearshoring. But these strategies also come with their own set of obstacles. Reshoring and nearshoring require investment in new infrastructure, updates to distribution networks, and a potential need for buffer stocks to minimise disruptions in the interim. In short, there are no easy answers.

ESG is another area that poses significant challenges and opportunities for businesses. Reducing Scope 3 emissions, for example, which often make up a substantial portion of a company’s total emissions profile, requires full visibility across complex supply chains, the collection and reporting of organised and standardised data, compliance with regulatory standards, and ongoing stakeholder engagement. 

In the face of the above supply chain trends and challenges, organisations must build operations with the right balance of resilience and efficiency, or risk losing out. Here are six key strategies to follow to remain ahead in today’s disruptive marketplace:

1. Data transparency and visibility

To effectively navigate an interconnected supply chain ecosystem, organisations must establish a robust foundation of transparent and accessible data. 

Leaders must prioritise rectifying foundational issues within master data, ensuring data integrity, and optimising system architecture for seamless data flows. Enhance visibility and mobilise near-real-time information sharing to detect trends at an early stage and make informed, agile decisions.

2. Scenario planning

As supply chain dynamics become more complex, traditional planning methodologies are no longer adequate. Leaders need to invest in advanced scenario modelling capabilities to assess the impacts of possible scenarios across the supply chain. 

Adopt the right planning tools and integrate inputs from business-wide functions to build comprehensive plans that balance capacity, risks, customer demands, and financial goals.

3. Diversification and resilience 

Building resilience through diversification is essential to mitigate disruptions effectively. Organisations must cultivate a diversified network of suppliers, warehouses, co-manufacturers, and distributors capable of swiftly adapting to unforeseen disruptions and shocks.

4. A balanced approach to inventory management

Strategically deploy buffers for the right products in optimal locations. 

Leveraging dynamic portfolio segmentation and predictive replenishment strategies can help businesses shift from a reactive to proactive inventory management approach, allowing them to maintain optimal stock levels while minimising risks and protecting cash.

5. Strategic partnerships and collaboration

Strategic partnerships and collaboration are crucial for success in an interconnected global marketplace. 

Supply chain leaders must collaborate closely with logistics providers, suppliers, and stakeholders to create a network of trusted partners. Sharing resources, information, and best practices can help organisations to enhance their resilience, responsiveness, and overall quality of products and services throughout the supply chain.

6. Sustainability and circularity

Supply chain leaders must embrace ESG principles. Sustainability should permeate every aspect of operations, from product design to end-of-life management. 

Promote circularity by reviewing product lifespans, implementing take-back schemes, exploring recyclable materials, and adopting low-emission distribution channels. By assessing their carbon footprint and building tailored improvement strategies, organisations can integrate sustainability into the very fabric of their operations, paving the way for long-term value creation and resilience.

Final thoughts 

Supply chain management has been fraught with challenges in recent years. In response, businesses are trying to acclimatise to the volatile market in which they now find themselves. 

Meanwhile, they must also prepare themselves for the new challenges that the future is likely to bring. That will requirebuilding operations with the right balance of resilience and efficiency. 

The companies that are proactively adapting, leveraging technology, diversifying supply chain strategies, and embracing innovative approaches to ensure resilience and competitiveness are the ones that will be able to successfully navigate the ever-changing global supply chain landscape. 

  • Risk & Resilience

A new report by Ivalua found that 47% of UK businesses experienced a supply chain disruption in the last 12 months.

Disruption the new normal for UK supply chain managers, according to new research from spend management firm Ivalua.

Ivalua’s report found that nearly half of UK businesses (47%) have experienced an increase in supply chain disruption in the last 12 months. In the last year alone, a significant portion of UK businesses experienced disruption. High inflation (79%), high energy/fuel costs (75%), the war in Ukraine (53%), and the Red Sea conflict (44%) all affected UK businesses’ ability to procure goods and manage their supply chains.

The study of 300 supply chain and procurement decision-makers in the UK found that over the next 12 months, 45% anticipate that supply chain disruption will increase. In fact, 60% of UK businesses agree that after years of disruption, their supply chains feel more fragile than ever.

Beating the trend — effective disruption mitigation strategies   

As supply chains and procurement teams battle a growing ambient likelihood of disruption, UK businesses highlighted several strategies that they said had been effective at mitigating the impact of disruption to their value chains. 

Improving the geographical diversity of their supplier base (64%), finding alternative suppliers for critical goods and services (64%), increased nearshoring (63%), and increased onshoring (61%) were all highlighted as increasing supply chain and source-to-pay process resilience

“Supply chain disruption continues to have a significant impact on business operations due to repeated, unpredictable ‘Black Swan’ events,” comments Ian Thompson, VP Northern Europe at Ivalua. “These major disruptions used to be rare, but now feel like a fact of life. This has meant global supply chains have become more fragile than ever, causing delays, shortages, and increased costs as factories shut down and transportation networks fall victim to delays. Consequently, UK businesses feel like they’re stuck in a loop of constant disruption, unable to fully recover after each event.”

Preparing for disruption amid uncertainty  

The increasing number of disruptive supply chain events have prompted organisations to re-evaluate supply chain strategies to insulate themselves from supply chain shocks. However, 46% say they don’t have enough sufficient visibility. This lack of visibility makes it hard to understand which suppliers are impacted by supply chain disruption. At the same time, 43% of organisations say they can’t adapt quick enough.

To deal with ongoing uncertainty, UK businesses are focusing on adopting the right tools and processes. Over half (58%) of organisations said investing in technology to improve supply chain visibility has been very effective at helping to mitigate the impact of supply chain disruption, while 58% said the same for collaborating with suppliers to share more risk data. A further 71% said implementing AI to automate supplier risk management has been effective at reducing the effect of supply chain disruptions.

“Four-in-ten UK businesses agree that their supply chain recovery is moving at a snail’s pace, so it’s vital they take proactive measures to minimise the impact of disruptions,” continues Thompson. “This means arming procurement teams with the right tools to improve supply chain transparency and collaboration.”

  • Risk & Resilience

Andy Coussins, Executive Vice President at Epicor, lays out the role of data and AI in developing supply chain resilience.

Essential industries — those that make, move, and sell products — are no strangers to using technology to help them navigate supply chain disruptions, escalating costs, and skilled labour gaps. Businesses in sectors like manufacturing, retail and logistics have already embraced cloud computing and the Internet of Things (IoT) to streamline their operations and insulate them from the chill blast of economic uncertainty and supply chain disruptions. 

A report by PWC, Transforming your supply chain, highlights this trend, discussing industry-wide investment in digital systems and noting that that 77% of UK digital champions have implemented solutions to gain visibility across their end-to-end supply chain. 

Today, these ‘traditional industries’ are further advancing their investment in cloud and IoT technology by embracing artificial intelligence (AI) and machine learning (ML) to enhance their supply chain resilience.

AI is key to developing resilience and increasing efficiency 

One of the main reasons behind the adoption of AI is its almost unlimited potential. It can help establish vital data bridges across departmental silos, automatically analyse disparate business data, and provide actionable insights to enhance operational performance. 

Not only can AI automate processes, but it can also replace the need for human interventions. Therefore, this streamlines complex processes even further. It can spot trends, carry out mundane and repetitive tasks, flag inconsistencies, make connections, and deliver insights that would be beyond the capability of even the most eagle-eyed employees.

But there’s a problem. AI relies heavily on access to quality data. Inaccurate, untimely data inevitably leads to poor insights. That’s why a holistic, data-first, ERP business strategy is key to success. 

Modern ERP system designers are purposefully incorporating AI into their products. This AI-powered software enables quick analysis of large volumes of data, converting a system of record into an organised system of actions. 

By automating certain manual processes from the shop floor that could take hours to complete, it frees up employees to focus on other important areas of the business.

The importance of having a clear understanding of operations before adopting AI  

Businesses can only achieve this if they clearly understand what’s going on both inside and outside of their operations. This means knowing what data they already have access to, where silos exist, and how to strengthen the critical partnerships needed to facilitate seamless and secure data exchange. 

According to Epicor’s 2024 Agility Index, conducted by independent analysts Nucleus Research, 58% of organisations have already integrated generative AI into their digital supply chain operations. 

Underlining just how much progress had been made, the research found that businesses had applied AI across various functions within their software applications including product descriptions, customer chatbots, natural language querying, reporting, and in-application assistance. 

In fact, almost two-thirds (63%) of high-growth organisations have integrated generative AI into their respective supply chain operations through their ERP and supply chain management software applications. 

These findings point to one obvious conclusion; businesses are increasingly turning to AI, ML and other technologies as part of a strategic move to enhance operational efficiency and customer engagement.  

A practical approach to adoption

Of course, the rewards for such strategic decision-making don’t happen overnight. Nor can such results be achieved successfully without taking a measured and practical approach to the adoption of AI. So, what’s the best approach? 

The message from those that have already begun their AI journey is that an effective data supply chain strategy can only work through a connected ecosystem of partner communities. Not only that, it must also seek to remove data silos by integrating key functions such as finance, design, testing, and manufacturing. 

For it is only once organisations close the gaps between the shop floor, the boardroom, and different departments, that insights can start to flow more freely. Key to that, of course, is to ensure open communication across all departments and between management layers — as well as trusted strategic digital transformation partners.  

After all, as ERP specialists they know the industry and can alleviate any anxiety about AI-powered data integrations, cybersecurity, or adaptability. What’s more, they are best placed not only to help businesses capitalise on an AI-led approach but ensure that it’s aligned with the long-term strategic direction of a business. 

  • AI in Supply Chain
  • Risk & Resilience

Neela Ahmed, Country Manager, Head of UK and Ireland at E1, explores tech-driven solutions to the biggest challenges facing the supply chain sector.

The supply chain ecosystem within construction is facing significant strain. While most severe impacts from the pandemic are easing, challenges like labour shortages and inflation continue to create ongoing pressure throughout supply chain networks. The latest setback is the anticipated 6% decline in construction output this year, as rising mortgage rates start to take their toll. These issues can lead to delays in the delivery of materials and resources, which, in turn, heavily impact a contractor’s finances if not managed effectively. 

This is where technology could make all the difference. Implementing digital solutions can significantly streamline and optimise their supply chains. Whilst some of these challenges may appear limited to the job site, solving them starts with the estimating and procurement teams, which is where tech can play a main role. 

From our conversations with estimators over the years, it is clear that the construction supply chain can become messy. It can often feel like a jigsaw puzzle. From gaining quotes to syncing service lines with the main contractor it is like trying to find that last puzzle piece that didn’t make the box. That’s where online tendering platforms come in—simplifying everything, and giving you one place to handle bids, quotes, and communications, making it smoother for everyone. 

Here are some top tips for ensuring your supply chain operates smoothly:

Broaden your reach 

As skilled labour continues to be scarce, main contractors must look beyond their usual network for new suppliers. Effective collaboration throughout the project is essential for these new partnerships to thrive. But how? 

Digital tendering platforms, like E1, help mitigate construction delays and disruptions by streamlining project execution. These platforms enable contractors to broadly advertise opportunities and invite new subcontractors to submit quotes, reducing the need for extensive back-and-forth communication.

Keeping your network up-to-date is key to staying ahead. By broadening your list of suppliers, main contractors can enhance their resilience and avoid over-relying on just a few subbies. Additionally, expanding your network will boost your competitiveness. With a wider range of quotes, contractors can offer more competitive pricing, improving your chances of securing the project.

Automate, Centralise, and Collaborate

A centralised digital platform could significantly aid the industry in navigating changes and avoiding disruptions. However, Hackett’s Golden Thread Guidance reveals that over 90% of product manufacturers don’t view digitalisation as a major concern. Too often investments in digital technology are misguided due to a lack of understanding of its potential and implications. This view is likely widespread across our industry.

Effective tendering relies on building strong connections rather than getting bogged down by paperwork. Traditional methods of managing tenders can result in missed opportunities and outdated quotes. 

Collaborative networks provided by digital platforms simplify document management, facilitate seamless teamwork, and enable real-time tracking of quotes. This allows estimators to focus on evaluating actual quotes rather than managing paperwork.

I should clarify that automation doesn’t mean replacing human effort with robots; it means speeding up processes by eliminating repetitive tasks, allowing for estimators to focus on building connections in the industry, as opposed to admin crunching. Automated addenda management reduces the risk of document errors, and digital audit trails offer a clear overview of document distribution, minimising disputes.

Looking Ahead

The ongoing challenges we see within the supply chain sector show it is time for the construction industry to get on board with automation and update how we handle tenders. Similar to other industries, such as law and healthcare, automation cuts out the admin hassle and lets contractors focus on the job at hand. When both subcontractors and main contractors see these benefits, it leads to more accurate quotes. 

We’re not looking for a complete overhaul but rather a gradual move toward smoother, more efficient processes that strengthen relationships. Our goal is to keep the UK and Ireland competitive; and we believe the answer lies in improving teamwork and making project execution smoother by refining our essential supply chains, creating a better industry for everyone.

  • Digital Supply Chain
  • Risk & Resilience

Ian Cairns, Sales Director at TalkTalk Business discusses why a resilient network is essential for supply chains to mitigate the risks of disruption.

When a faulty software update led to a global IT outage on the 19th July, it acted as a light on our world-wide dependence on digital applications. Affecting 8.5 million computers worldwide, according to the BBC, the CrowdStrike update saw significant disruption to day-to-day operations, in particular across banks, travel providers and healthcare practices worldwide. 

In today’s world, having reliable access to online systems and data is critical for the successful day-to-day running of most businesses. Taking learnings from this most recent incident is key, to reduce the likelihood of future disruptions on a much larger scale.

Supply chain vulnerability 

Businesses across the supply chain are embracing new, innovative technologies every day. From robotics and AI to cloud storage systems, this digital transformation is providing new opportunities for growth and transformation. However, it also opens new opportunities for faults and unforeseen disruptions to compromise operations. 

One significant point of vulnerability for supply chain operations is the increasing risk of cyber attacks. Vast amounts of data, including banking and payment data, move through the average logistics business daily. This wealth of sensitive information about both the logistics business itself and its clients makes them particularly tempting targets for hackers. 

Whilst the CrowdStrike outage was the result of an unintended error rather than a malicious attack, it acted as a stark demonstration of why our intricately connected world needs to mitigate against such risks. If a comparatively small glitch can cost the top 500 US companies up to £4.1 billion in financial losses, we can’t afford to underestimate the potential ramifications of a larger threat. 

The best way for businesses to mitigate the risks of such disruption is through preparation. It’s vital that companies invest in the right foundations, including secure and reliable network solutions. This can help to make sure any data stored or processed by this technology is accessible to those who need it and kept safe from the hands of cyber criminals. 

Implementing robust network solutions 

There are several ways that companies can invest in their network to help keep their data safe as they invest in new and innovative technologies.  

For example, cloud computing is becoming an increasingly integral part of many supply-chain operations. Remote data storage has many benefits, allowing employees and customers alike to access important business data from all over the world. But this also means that a fault or disruption which interrupts this access can have a significant impact on operations.

Investing in Security Service Edge (SSE) technologies, for instance, can provide businesses with secure remote access to data, applications and tools and monitor and track user behaviour. These SSE technologies includes Cloud Access Security Brokers (CASB). A CASB identifies cloud applications, providing reputation, compliance, and risk scores. They also block inappropriate apps and malware. Data Loss Prevention (DLP) also protects against data exfiltration, and cloud malware detection eliminates infected files which might put sensitive data at risk.

Security teams can also combine SSE technologies with SD-WAN to form a converged network and security solution. Referred to as Secure Access Service Edge (SASE) this cloud architecture model combines security monitoring and policy enforcement with integrated network controls. SASE allows network and security to act as a single service, providing authentication and access to data as and when it is needed. It ensures that all endpoints are secure and are managed with the same security and networking policies as their on-premise infrastructure, regardless of their location.

This enables anyone, anywhere to utilise company apps or data when needed, with only the right people having access to critical business data.

Getting ready for resilience

Today’s world of digital reliance demands businesses to prepare as much as possible for any disruption risks. As the logistics sector continues to embrace new and innovative technologies, having network solutions which provide centralised control and built-in security at scale is now a necessity for successful operations. 

By adopting network solutions which enable safe and reliable data access, logistics managers will be able to mitigate the risks of disruption to supply-chain operations, allowing businesses to continue running smoothly. 

Is your business prepared for disruption? Start evaluating your network infrastructure today to mitigate the risks of operational standstill. 

  • Risk & Resilience

Shannon Kirk, Global Director of Legal Industry Solutions at Icertis, explores how supply chain disruption can be mitigated with contract intelligence.

The spring and summer months mark a time of high alert around the world. In the U.S., East coast states have just entered the dreaded hurricane season, while the West Coast is deep into fire season (currently, there are over 70 active wildfires across the U.S.). Not even Europe can escape the weather; with record high temperatures wreaking havoc, experts estimate the economic impact to be upwards of $10 billion. 

Weather-related events have lasting impacts on all aspects of our day-to-day lives, whether it be school closures, power outages, insurance claims, or even supply chain disruptions. In fact, early predictions expect supply chain disruptions to cost companies as much as $100 billion globally this year alone.

Each year, these events serve as a stark reminder of the critical role supply chains play in modern business and how far-reaching these disruptions can be on a global level. 

Despite best efforts, supply chain disruptions happen all the time; whether through natural disasters, geopolitics, shifting regulations, or economic instability, the supply chain is sensitive to change. Therefore, businesses must have a modernised contracting solution in place to help mitigate risk

Managing supply chain disruption begins with contracts

Every supplier relationship is governed by a contract, making contracts one of the most powerful data sources to gain visibility and insights into potential supply chain weaknesses. 

When disruptions occur, the impact can vary across industries. Airlines may experience grounded flights; retail might face disruptions at the point of sale; and manufacturing could see production lines come to a halt due to delayed delivery of critical components, resulting in costly downtime and potential revenue loss.

So, who actually bears the cost of lost revenue when a disruption occurs? Well, the answer should be found in the contract. 

Contracts are the foundation of commerce, governing every dollar flowing in and out of an enterprise and acting as the single source of truth for business relationships. No matter what side of the transaction, sellers need to know what they’re entitled to, and buyers need to know what to expect. That’s why ensuring contract language, such as required terms and clauses that respond to supply chain disruption, is critical. 

The complexity of modern supply chains

Modern supply chains consist of hundreds of suppliers across a range of geographies. This complexity results in the management of hundreds of thousands of contracts, likely written in different languages, adhering to local regulations, and stored in clunky and disjointed systems as PDFs. 

The sheer volume of these contracts makes it increasingly challenging for businesses to map the full ecosystem of relationships and ensure that the intent of their commercial agreements is fully realised. 

Poor contract management can cost companies nearly 9% of their bottom line. This is a significant loss that AI-powered contract management solutions can help prevent. In a recent survey, 44% of CPOs reported leading AI adoption efforts, recognizing the increasing importance of AI in the procurement function.

The power of contract intelligence 

Contract Lifecycle Management (CLM) is one key area where CPOs see the value of AI. Traditionally, procurement teams managed contracts manually in disparate, disconnected systems, hindering agility and quick responses to disruption. However, by digitising these data goldmines and applying AI, automation, and machine learning, organisations can enhance visibility, standardise processes, and unlock insights across their hundreds of suppliers.

Contract intelligence, a modern approach to CLM, not only helps businesses respond to crises but can also enable proactive measures within contracts to help maintain continuity. For example, if a particular supply chain route is at risk due to a natural disaster, AI can help quickly detect potential supply chain failures and identify tertiary suppliers as alternatives, ultimately mitigating potential delays. 

For example, the semiconductor shortage attributed to the pandemic and exacerbated by extreme weather and the Russian invasion of Ukraine highlights the vulnerabilities within complex global supply chains. Although the chip supply chain has largely stabilised, the lingering effects underscore the challenges inherent in relying on specialised suppliers. 

This situation emphasises the need for businesses to diversify their suppliers and turn to contracts as critical sources to manage risks effectively. Implementing AI-powered contract intelligence can provide better visibility into their supply chain dependencies, proactively secure alternative sources, and help maintain business continuity.

The future of CLM

As recently as a decade ago, CLM was nothing more than a repository of scanned documents. Today, AI has completely revolutionised the CLM space, transforming contracts into dynamic resources that guide how businesses operate with their suppliers. Gone are the days of signing a contract and just forgetting about it. Now, contracts serve as a living data source to mitigate risk and manage compliance. 

By connecting millions of contracts and infusing their data into core operations, businesses can create rich pools of AI-powered insights to inform better decision-making, increasing the pace of business, and positioning the company to thrive despite supply chain challenges.

  • Risk & Resilience

Neerav Shah, VP EMEA at commercetools, discusses how supply chain managers can make their eCommerce operations more resilient and agile.

Delayed, in transit, more delays, and finally, delivered! Logistics resource shortages, advancing cyber threats, geopolitical tensions, and economic uncertainties — whether you’re a retail chain or a B2B manufacturer, as a leading multinational organisation — these unforeseen challenges can and will inevitably affect your supply chain. Precision, timeliness, and resilience are paramount in the supply chain industry today, as any delay can have cascading effects on distribution and production processes, which impact consumers and, ultimately, businesses.

However, while risks in the supply chain can’t be avoided, they can be managed. With heightened awareness surrounding these disruptions, and the inevitability that a crisis can strike at a moment’s notice, organisations are proactively looking for new strategies to prepare for upcoming challenges. 

As we explore the topic further, we interviewed Neerav Shah, VP for EMEA at commercetools, a leading provider of composable commerce solutions, to discuss the current challenges faced by the supply chain industry and how to fix them. 

Today’s eCommerce supply chain challenges

Some supply chain issues are beyond any organisation’s control. To mitigate the overall impact and build critical resilience in today’s market, companies could focus on tackling the challenges that are within their power.

Inventory management 

A particular struggle I’ve noticed organisations often grapple with is walking the tightrope of inventory management. 

According to a 2024 Gitnux report, businesses lose a collective $1.1 trillion annually due to inventory distortion, with retail operators maintaining 63% inventory accuracy. Inaccurate predictions can result in understocking, leading to missed sales opportunities, or overstocking, which ties up capital and risks losses on perishable goods. 

We advocate for the use of composability, using independent services to integrate with any inventory system, while also offering the flexibility to scale and enhance the inventory service independently as your business grows.

Outdated technology 

Another crucial factor that I’ve seen organisations overlook is their legacy systems. All too often, companies cling to their ‘tried and true’ tech, thinking it will continue to serve them as it once did. However, times have drastically changed… relying on older systems to manage shipping and returns won’t prove efficient. 

Persisting with ‘old’ technology can soon create inefficiencies in inventory tracking, order processing, and customer service as more features become redundant, leading to fragmented processes and error-prone operations. With more consumers turning to online shopping to take advantage of cheaper buying opportunities, these gaps in operational efficiency are sore spots for eCommerce businesses. Customers expect a seamless, swift, and sophisticated service from online providers, so these companies can’t afford to fall short. 

The secret to harnessing supply chain resilience

Fast-fashion giant Shein recently took a bold step in the world of eCommerce, announcing its new business model — ‘supply chain as a service’. 

As a company that possesses the unique ability to manufacture, ship and deliver exceptionally more than its direct competitors, this unique offering plays to its strengths and allows external brands and designers to tap into Shein’s sophisticated infrastructure and facilitate greater innovation and efficiency across the global fashion market.

How did they achieve this in the current climate? 

It’s simple. They digitised their entire supply chain from top to bottom, providing real-time visibility into capacity, inventory levels, and demand signals to facilitate data-driven decision-making and rapid response to market trends and potential setbacks.

So, how can organisations optimise their operations to handle the unexpected? The answer lies in addressing the following pain points:

End-to-end visibility 

With a comprehensive view of the supply chain from start to finish, organisations can pinpoint potential bottlenecks and mitigate them. 

New technologies such as cloud-native and cloud-agnostic platforms can give businesses access to a centralised repository of supply chain data, enabling them to standardise data formats and protocols across systems. These solutions can also provide the real-time capabilities that legacy systems lack, offering essential visibility and advanced analytics to alert companies of potential supply chain issues and provide actionable insights for timely decision-making. 

Flexibility in innovation

Tech is the driving force behind eCommerce. It’s always changing and shows no sign of stopping any time soon. 

From the rise of generative AI to machine learning, automation, the Internet of Things (IoT), and more, the supply chain has never been ‘smarter’, and businesses must demonstrate a willingness to innovate and upgrade in order to keep up with modern systems and operate more efficiently. A composable architecture can support these initiatives by enabling businesses to swap out, adopt, and drop technologies as and when needed. The outcome? Greater scalability, innovation agility, and system connectivity.

Conquering eCommerce fulfilment

Nobody can predict the future. But what we can do is ensure we’re prepared for sudden disturbances and have the flexibility to adapt to whatever may arise.

Siloed systems should be coming to an end. By embracing new, innovative technologies and infrastructures, organisations can not only unlock more agility for rapid scaling but also focus on optimising resilience to better handle unexpected disruptions. 

In an era defined by digital connectivity, companies that keep their finger on the pulse of cutting-edge tech solutions will be best poised to stay ahead of the curve and thrive against competition.

  • Collaboration & Optimization
  • Risk & Resilience

Holly Clarke, Product Manager, Inventory AI, at Peak, examines the role of AI in creating stock transparency for supply chain managers.

For as long as commerce has existed, from ancient merchants to today’s multinational conglomerates, knowing the optimal amount of stock to hold across complex networks of warehouses and stores has been a persistent challenge. Now, in an increasingly digital age, supply chain managers are having to adapt even quicker. 

Research last year predicted inventory distortion – the combined cost of loss of sales from out-of-stocks and excess stock – would cost retailers $1.77 trillion in 2023. With so much value at stake, failure to adapt to modern day challenges would be catastrophic for businesses and consumers alike. The seamless adoption of new solutions is critical to business development. 

This is where AI has and continues to play a pivotal role. However, only a third of executives have a strategic vision for integrating AI into supply chain functions, with just 29% saying it’s pinpointed for “heavy investment” over the next three years. This lack of planning and investment could prove a business’s undoing if others take the lead on adoption. 

For supply chain managers untuned to the world of AI, how can the technology optimise their processes? And what advantages can they expect? 

Same problem, far greater variance

Economic downturns, geopolitical tensions, extreme weather events and changing consumer habits have always played their part in global challenges faced by supply chain managers. What’s more, a reliance on historically manual processes and spreadsheets has made it incredibly challenging to gauge what optimal inventory levels look like and how best to balance costs.

Today, unprecedented modern events have laid bare supply chains’ vulnerabilities, meaning solutions need to be found at pace. Not only caused by political or economic levers, even superstars impact global supply chains. Last year, Google search data showed a notable spike in the search term ‘metallic cowboy boots’ as Beyoncé’s Renaissance world tour kicked off and fans grappled to purchase their own show outfits. If you also consider vastly changing customer needs driven by economic uncertainty, supply chain managers are dealing with a host of obstacles; demand can change at the flick of a switch. 

Disruption and uncertainty can always be expected, but striving for near-perfect inventory levels – including more SKUs and faster delivery – is almost impossible without AI.

Overstock vs out of stock: A balancing act

The key challenge for any supply chain manager is finding the balance between holding too much stock (especially when demand is low) and too little (especially when demand is high). 

The former means they risk obsolescence, needing more warehouse space to house additional stock and potentially wasting vast amounts of products that go past their ‘sellability’. It can result in the business having to shift that stock at discounted rates and puts pressure on nailing every single sale. The latter of course means a host of missed sales opportunities, not only impacting revenue and operational costs but also brand reputation. The consequences can be critical to a business.

Forward-thinking companies are looking to AI to optimise their inventories. The more they can optimise, the less sales lost and the less capital tied up in excess stock. For example, by using AI, they can assess inventory levels in real time and instantly make decisions to balance factors like product availability and life cycles with operational costs, a process that used to take days or even weeks. 

And for the early adopters, the proof is already in the pudding. Using AI, McKinsey research showed these adopters lowered their logistics costs by 15% and improved service levels by 65% “compared with slower moving competitors”. But if the results are attractive, why are more companies not jumping aboard the AI train? 

Optimising team processes

It’s the unfortunate truth that supply chain teams are struggling for resource. In fact, a recent survey found that 76% of supply chain and logistics leaders are experiencing significant shortages in their supply chain workforce.

Part of this is due to recruitment challenges, which plague the industry. Enticing tech companies and roles attract talented tech workers. Supply chain is missing out on key talent. Organisations need to shine a light on these supply chain roles and companies to ensure there is a healthy flow of talent into the sector.

On top of recruitment challenges, to combat these pesky supply chain resource shortages, organisations need to optimise their team processes. But, what does this look like?

When AI is introduced into the fray, teams can regain time in both the short- and long-term, giving them much-needed time back to plan and strategise. AI-powered insights also elevate this strategic planning, empowering supply chain teams with a quantity and quality of data they might not have accessed previously.

An approach fit for the modern world

You can never truly predict future customer demand. But if you know how much variance there usually is between forecasted demand and the true level, you can implement a supply chain strategy and inventory level best suited to deal with this fluctuation. 

It’s not an exaggeration to say that without using AI in the coming years, companies could be losing millions in margin compared to their AI-powered competitors. But if they can start to embed AI into their supply chain operations now, they can form a flexible and modern approach to tackle a problem as old as commerce.

Holly Clarke is Product Manager for Inventory AI at Peak, a UK-based artificial intelligence company building unique AI solutions for companies of all sizes in every market and vertical.

  • AI in Supply Chain
  • Risk & Resilience

SupplyChain Strategy is delighted to announce our partnership with Manifest: The Future of Supply Chain & Logistics – A 3-day event being held on February 10 – 12, 2025, at The Venetian, Las Vegas.

Manifest is the premier gathering of industry leaders, innovators, and investors in a showcase of the cutting edge of supply chain and logistics.

Over 300 of the industry’s best and brightest will take the Manifest Vegas 2025 stage, at its new home in The Venetian, to address the most pressing issues across global end-to-end supply chain and logistics operations such as Planning, Sourcing, Manufacturing, Maritime & Ports, Intermodal, ESG, DEI, AI, Nearshoring, Cold Chain, Supplier Relationship Management, Geopolitical Disruptions, Talent & Labor, Warehouse Innovations, Last Mile & Returns.

To learn more, and to join us at Manifest at a discounted rate, please click the link below and save $200:

  • Digital Supply Chain
  • Event Newsroom
  • Risk & Resilience

Siddharth Rajagopal, Chief Architect, EMEA at Informatica, explores the need for effective data management to ensure the UK’s food security.

After one of the wettest winters on record, farming leaders  are warning that flooded fields and massively delayed sowing will likely lead to shortages and price rises on crops like wheat, oilseed rape, potatoes, and barley later this year. 

That’s not just an ‘industry problem’: warnings of wet weather washing out domestic food supplies will be a major headache for families with dietary restrictions or those on tight budgets.   

But despite farmers’ best efforts, you simply can’t put seeds into a field that resembles a lake. 

The UK’s food needs aren’t going anywhere, so the food will have to come from somewhere. And that means the burden of feeding the nation significantly falls to the food industry’s importers, shippers, and distributors. Locating, securing, purchasing, and moving food on this kind of scale is no small feat – not least because accessing and managing all the information involved is a tall order in itself.

Stepping into the breach

The initial response to the weather crisis will likely focus on protecting this year’s food stock. 

This will mean either stretching out tight supplies, or careful planning to make up any shortfalls by importing more from abroad. Both will require retailers and distributors to have a single, 360-degree view of supplier profiles if they’re to get the right volume of products to the right place at the right time.

That in turn means they need the right technology approach for the job. In particular, the ability to maintain accurate data on supplier status, pricing, and stock levels, as well as the location of current shipments and information on any potential delays. The more the industry knows about the wider situation, the more agility and accuracy it can bring to purchasing decisions and shipping plans. 

With the right data strategy in place, it will be possible to source and import the staple supplies the UK needs, albeit at a higher price and with little benefit to the farmers whose annual income will have been significantly impacted thanks to the heavy rain. 

Future-proofing the UK’s food supply

Unfortunately, this type of disruption is highly likely to become more commonplace in the future. As the effects of climate change take hold, the UK is set to have longer, wetter winters that will impact annual food supplies and severely challenge the whole food production and distribution ecosystem. 

To protect food security, farmers, retailers, and distributors will need to work closely together to build greater resilience into food supply chains

A clear approach to data management and governance can provide visibility over potential sources of disruption, ensuring companies can respond promptly and do their best to mitigate against costly delays. An example of what this looks like in practice is having a common terminology of food supply related glossaries, processes and policies.

Not only do supply chain stoppages cause added logistical costs – with many crops, they can be the difference between a usable product and a totally spoiled cargo. Given that demand is likely to be high during periods of weather-related disruption, strong data management will also help retailers navigate a crowded market, securing products and shipping windows efficiently.

As artificial intelligence applications become more available to wider sections of the industry, they can also help to offer a clear view of strategic supplier relationships. As a result, organisations will be better able to manage supply chain challenges, plan ahead, and mitigate the effects of any potential food shortages. 

Creating a comprehensive view of the market

These kinds of advanced data management solutions and data-driven applications not only enable companies to get a more comprehensive overview of the market situation – they also free up staff time to ensure people can focus on value-add tasks rather than the manual work of compiling, cleaning, and storing ever-growing datasets. 

Organisations already waste too many man-hours on repetitive tasks. The more this kind of work is streamlined through the use of automated solutions, the greater the opportunities will be for organisations to develop innovative responses to the growing pressure of unpredictable weather.

Winters like the one we’ve just endured are only the tip of the iceberg (so to speak). Logistics professionals across a whole range of industries are going to face a raft of new challenges in the coming decades. Increasingly they will have to grapple with more dramatic weather patterns, work to decarbonise their supply chain and comply with global sustainability reporting requirements. 

As the old proverb goes, knowledge is power. 

Companies need to equip themselves with advanced data management capabilities to ensure they can make intelligent, data-driven decisions when crises hit – and emerge stronger on the other side.

  • Digital Supply Chain
  • Risk & Resilience

Oana Jinga, Chief Commercial and Product Officer and Co-Founder at Dexory, on how to increase supply chain resilience and visibility.

Markets today are rapidly evolving, bringing a change and unpredictability which has proven the fragility of supply chains across the world. It’s a challenge not even the biggest companies are able to prevent, with Airbus having recently lowered its annual forecast due to ‘persistent specific supply chain issues’.

The impact of such is that we need to ensure our global supply chains are more resilient than ever. With the challenge of doing so high on the c-suite agenda, just how can organisations ensure their supply chains are not only high performing, but also highly adaptable?

The crucial role of visibility

Positively, supply chain resilience is something organisations are looking to improve. Capgemini’s ‘Fast Forward’ report found that more than 57% of organisations are increasing their investments to enhance the resiliency of their supply chains, and that, for many organisations (62%), increasing their supply chain resiliency is a key priority.

But where should companies start on their journey? For me, the first place is visibility.

We already know high quality supply chains thrive on a deep understanding of the flow of raw materials and goods. Visibility is at the core of this concept. Despite this, only 6% of logistics companies claim full visibility over their operations.

Change here is vital but business leaders must first understand the key aspects of visibility in the journey to more resilient supply chains. These include:

  • The early detection of issues and effective risk management: Visibility allows organisations to promptly identify potential disruptions or issues at various points in the supply chain. This means that they can take proactive measures to mitigate against them.
  • Improved decision making and optimisation: Decisions informed on accurate and timely data enable true business agility. While visibility, by definition, increases the quality and volume of data and insights.
  • Customer satisfaction: Trust between suppliers and customers are damaged when supply chain issues are present. Visibility allows organisations to be more transparent with their customers and gives them data-driven insights to share.

Visibility is a foundational element of the modern, resilient and efficient supply chain. And while, yes, it can enable better performance, it’s potential is much broader with quality insights driving better decision making as well as better partnerships with customers and stakeholders.

The power of real-time data

We know data is an incredibly powerful asset for business leaders and teams when it comes to decision making. Timely, accurate data is a competitive advantage in the world of business. Therefore, it needs to be used within the complex, fast-paced world of supply chains, too.

When coupled with innovative technologies, this data can transcend traditional boundaries and expectations. For example, inventory levels can be adjusted dynamically to re-route shipments into unforeseen events like weather or traffic. The impact of securing these insights also extends far beyond operational efficiency. When thinking about this use case alone, not only does real-time data mean unexpected disruptions can be avoided, but it also means workforce time doesn’t have to be wasted due to more accurate and effective schedules.

It’s important to note here real-time data can also help organisations ensure compliance with regulatory requirements throughout the supply chain. For example, export and import requirements, environmental regulations and even those surrounding worker safety. By understanding exactly what is going on in your supply chain at all times, compliance issues can be fixed before they become an issue.

Fixing the visibility gap

The absence of end-to-end visibility, or the ‘visibility gap’, is masking significant economic costs for businesses and not allowing them to squeeze tight margins by improving inefficiency and reducing the cost of disruption. Yet, organisations no longer need to grapple with the visibility gap in their supply chains. Innovative solutions to address strategic gaps in data, technology and visibility exist. However, organisations need to make the most of them.

There are still challenges standing in the way. These include determining the types of data to collect, grappling with the multitude of elements in play, and translating insights into actionable steps. Thankfully, advanced robots can help with this complex puzzle by offering a solution to improve accuracy.

Final thoughts

There is still a lot of work to be done to remove the visibility gap and ensure resilient supply chains. Actioning this has never been so important as right now. The world we live in remains unpredictable and businesses continue to fail as a result. Only by improving visibility through real-time data can organisations get a firm grip of their supply chains.

  • Collaboration & Optimization
  • Risk & Resilience

The container industry faces plateauing demand, easing congestion, and lower rates for freight shipment, but for how long?

Conditions in the global shipping container market are improving. In recent weeks, demand has plateaued, congestion has eased, and available capacity has increased. Shipping rates have fallen as a result, easing cost tensions for supply chain managers around the world. 

This comes as welcome news, given the fact that rates reached “unsustainable levels” earlier this year, according to Maersk CEO Vincent Clerk

Not all sunshine 

However, some industry experts note that disruption could be having a greater effect on freight rates than changing demand. Alvin Fuh, VP of Ocean Freight at forwarder Dimerco Express Group, told Seatrade Maritime News that freight prices rising over the past few months was more closely tied to Houthi attacks in the red sea, and that “Freight rates could deteriorate as quickly as they have increased recently.” 

Nevertheless, geopolitical tensions between the apartheid state of Israel, Iran, and Houthi rebels in Yemen (who have been targeting Israeli shipping in the Red Sea) appear at risk of escalating further in the wake of the assassination of Hamas leader Ismail Haniyeh on Iranian soil. Escalation of armed conflict across the region could further throw off balance logistics chains that have weathered almost a year of disruption around the Suez canal. 

… and now the good news

Nevertheless, it seems as though a combination of factors around the world are conspiring to lower container freight rates. Total freight capacity will likely rise by around 5% in August, compared to July, mainly due to a 35% reduction in blank sailings. Carriers are reportedly reducing cancellations from 70 to 52 sailings.

According to Drewry Shipping Consultant’s Principal Consultant Hind Chitty, “The recent decline [in freight rates] is likely due to carriers expanding capacity on transpacific and Asia-Europe services (as demand and spot rates surged over the last two months). This drop may indicate that peak rate pressure is easing.”

A recent Drewry report also noted that the majority of major container terminals in Asia are now congestion free. In particular, Singapore recently opened up new capacity (a previously shuttered cargo handling facility) to ease congestion. In the US, Los Angeles and Long Beach have some congestion, and major North European ports are still struggling to manage overflow. Nevertheless, the trend is moving towards cleared backlogs and fewer delays. 

  • Collaboration & Optimization
  • Risk & Resilience

The GCC procures 85% of its food requirements from overseas, making food security a key challenge in a time of worsening climate disasters.

Three quarters of a billion people struggle with food insecurity and hunger. A grim new report from the United Nations on the State of Food Security and Nutrition in the World argues that the global fight against hunger and malnutrition has stagnated in recent years. Malnutrition rates are worse than they were 15 years ago. One in 11 people faced a situation last year when they could afford or access food. In Africa, that figure becomes one in five. 

The production, procurement, and distribution of food is a global, humanist issue. And some parts of the world are better prepared to face it than others. 

A newly released new report from CZ Advise lays out the challenges facing food procurement in the Gulf. It also presents some potential ways forward for GCC states in a world where supply chain disruption is increasingly the norm, rather than the exception.  

Food (in)security in the Gulf 

Thanks to vast reserves of oil wealth, Gulf Cooperation Council countries (Bahrain, Kuwait, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and the United Arab Emirates) are generally counted among the more food-secure nations by the Global Food Security Index. The index creates its ranking based on the availability, affordability, quality, and safety of food supplies in a country. 

However, the region lacks control over its food production, remaining highly dependent on imported foods from beyond its borders.

Approximately 85% of GCC countries’ food is imported. This proportion rises to 90% for cereals, and almost 100% of rice is imported. This overdependence on foreign production creates significant vulnerabilities in the CGG nations’ food supply chains. The vulnerability of these systems was conveniently demonstrated during the COVID-19 pandemic just a few years ago. 

Food security in the GCC is largely an artificial construct. This is especially pertinent considering the populations of GCC nations largely comprise migrant workers. The dramatic social and economic inequality that permeates many Gulf states means that disruptions to food supply chains can and will impact the GCC’s most vulnerable populations, who exist with few rights and little semblance of a social safety net. 

The GCC’s most vulnerable populations are the most at risk 

Supply chain disruptions, price fluctuations, and geopolitical tensions in exporting nations all have the potential to hurt the Gulf and its most vulnerable. 

While CZ’s report is quick to note that “There is no such thing as a country which is entirely food secure,” some nations, like those in the GCC are more at risk than others. More poignantly, that risk is only going to increase over the decades ahead, as the worsening climate crisis disrupts agricultural yields, threatens biodiversity, and throws supply chains into disarray. 

Ironically, the crisis has been exacerbated by the burning of fossil fuels largely extracted from the GCC states. But, again, it won’t be the wealthy native citizens of the GCC that suffer; in the UAE specifically, Human Rights Watch notes that migrant workers make up 88% of the country’s population — a subset of UAE residents who face systemic exploitation and abuse. These abuses of UAE-based migrant workers have also been linked more broadly by Human Rights Watch to climate-related harm.

In recent years, the GCC nations have made decent strides towards enhancing their food security. This has been achieved through a combination of factors. They include augmenting port operational capacities, bolstering food storage, and beneficial government subsidies for food enterprises. However, CZ notes that “Achieving food security domestic production is improbable for the GCC. Therefore, the GCC countries must undoubtedly continue to rely on diversified global food import strategies to ensure food security.” 

Looking to Southeast Asia and Brazil to meet food needs 

CZ argues that food imports from Southeast Asia and Brazil will play a crucial role in GCC food security. Shifting where the GCC’s food comes from, they argue, will diversify the region’s food supply chains away from single-supplier systems. For example, the overwhelming majority of rice imported by GCC states is grown in India. That nation is currently battling its own agricultural woes as a result of climate change. 

Southeast Asia, CZ’s report points out, “is a significant producer of various agricultural products such as rice, fruits, vegetables, and seafood.” The proximity of Southeast Asia to the GCC, coupled with established trade routes, allows for timely and cost-effective transportation of fresh and processed food products.

The report adds that Brazil, “as one of the world’s largest agricultural exporters, is another vital partner. Brazil’s vast and productive farmlands yield substantial quantities of grains, meat, poultry, and sugar.”

  • Risk & Resilience

Nigel Pekenc, Partner at Kearney, examines the trends and challenges set to define the supply chain sector for the rest of 2024 and beyond.

Supply chains are the backbone of the global economy, ensuring the seamless flow of goods and services across the world. However, recent disruptions caused by COVID-19 and geopolitical tensions have triggered a significant transformation. 

Companies are diversifying their supplier bases and increasingly moving production closer to home to reduce dependence on distant suppliers and mitigate risks associated with global disruptions. There are five main trends shaping this transformation:

1. Regionalisation

A key component of this transformation is the shift from a global model to a network of interconnected local value chains. For supply chain leaders, this results in increased flexibility and resilience by relying on multiple local sources instead of fewer global suppliers to enhance supply chain visibility and control. Kearney’s 10th Annual Reshoring Index Report found that regionalisation is increasingly gaining momentum, with up to 96% of US CEOs committed to reshoring as a strategy to enhance supply chain resilience.  

2. Artificial intelligence 

The rapid emergence and adoption of AI is forcing supply chain leaders to rethink how they use technology, and how they incorporate it into the fabric of their businesses. These digital tools have a myriad of applications, such as predictive analytics and machine learning algorithms, the ability to improve efficiency, transparency, forecasting and much more. Moving forward, companies must integrate data and AI technologies to optimise their supply chains from end-to-end if they are to remain competitive. 

3. Re-skilling 

With new technology and new priorities, comes the need for new skills. With 60% of the global workforce in need of significant training to bridge the skills gap, supply chain leaders need to act now to make sure they have a workforce that enables growth and innovation. This could involve investing in new training programs, e-learning platforms, or outsourcing further work overseas.  

4. Sustainability 

Driven by the push of regulatory pressures, and the pull of growing consumer demand for greener practices, businesses are recognising the need to move beyond compliance and embracing more innovative sustainable practices. For example, Unilever has invested in sustainable sourcing, working closely with farmers and supply chains to ensure that raw materials are produced in an environmentally/socially responsible manner. Innovating around sustainability throughout a company’s operations will not only help with compliance, but also help create an ecological friendly value chain that is fit for the future.

5. Customer value 

There is a growing recognition amongst leaders of firms that operations should be driven by customer value, rather than cost alone. 80% of organisations plan to compete mainly based on customer experience, underscoring the increasing importance of a customer-centric approach. enhancing customer satisfaction and loyalty through value-centric supply chains has become a priority. This shift reflects a broader realisation that providing excellent customer service can be a crucial differentiator in today’s competitive market in terms of minimising the risk of losing market share.

The gap between ambition and operational delivery 

The case for transforming business operations is well understood, and many organisations have made good progress towards global value chain rewiring. However, we are still seeing a significant gap between strategic intent and operational delivery. 

This is evident in the figures. For instance, while 92% of manufacturers say they are looking to regionalise their manufacturing footprint, only 28% aim to have nearly all in-region-for-region operations by 2030. 

In terms of technology, 64% of supply chain leaders perceive AI as the key to driving supply chain improvements but only 1% have been able to eliminate Excel-like manual spreadsheets from their operations. A similar story plays out across all five trends, with only 14% of manufacturers redesigning their network to reduce Scope 3 emissions — but why is this? 

Delivering on this ambition is easier said than done. The scale and complexity of value chains means that carrying out end-to-end transformation is no small task, and one that requires significant investment. Additionally, the very same factors that are driving transformation in the long-term are hindering it in the short-term, including macroeconomic, political and ecological disruptions. 

Rewiring global supply chains

To tackle these issues, companies should focus on phased implementation, prioritise high-impact areas, and look to develop partnerships to share costs and risks. In particular, partnerships and engagement between the public and private sector organisations are critical and enable a globally coordinated development of next-generational strategies. 

Resistance to change can hinder transformation efforts, especially on this scale. As a result, clear communication of benefits, stakeholder involvement in decision-making, and comprehensive training can enable a smoother, and more efficient, transition. 

On a nuanced level, supply chains can use the complexity of supply chains to their advantage. For example, by promoting stakeholder collaboration across the value chain, they can enable flexible nodes and real-time re-routings to avoid delays and increase efficiency.  

To maximise the value they generate from AI, and new technology, organisations should integrate AI decision-making capabilities with digital twins of supply chain in order to model scenarios, and combine this with the real-time enterprise resource planning so they can act proactively in line with evolving priorities. 

Real-time decisions made using scenario based data can also help organisations to upskill their workforce. Unlike implementing top-down directives, this approach can increase the agility of organisations to respond to their changing skill requirements, reflecting the dynamic nature of the skills gap. 

In short, transforming supply chains to be more resilient, sustainable, and technologically advanced is no simple task, but the opportunities for those who do it successfully are vast. To guarantee the global economy’s resilience and sustainability in the future, industry leaders must focus on these issues. 

  • Digital Supply Chain
  • Risk & Resilience

Tim Lawrence, Director of the Digital Supply Chain Hub at Digital Catapult, calls for a new digital approach to trade regulation.

No region is close to being entirely self-sufficient when it comes to global trade. In fact, every part of the world relies on trade with others for over a quarter (25%) of at least one important type of good. 

This tells us that global trade policies and processes are critical to the success of global supply chains, particularly in light of the fact that approximately 40% of global trade is “concentrated”, whereby importing economies rely on just three or fewer nations for their entire share of global trade. 

As such, calls for a radical rethink of global trade are mounting in parity with increasing disruption to supply chains across key sectors. Public and private entities are racing to ensure that supply chains remain robust and ready to overcome unforeseen challenges, and advanced digital technologies will play an important role in this transformation. 

Digital Catapult’s new international accelerator will look to play a critical role in transforming global import and export processes by leveraging advanced digital technologies, with a view to increasing the efficiency, sustainability and resiliency of global supply chains. 

The growing importance of transforming global trade practices

An uncertain geopolitical climate is prompting many businesses to reconsider their import and export processes. Global trade is critical for economies to grow, directly impacting a country’s gross domestic product (GDP). Maintaining equilibrium between imports and exports is also essential for achieving economic stability. 

This is because fluctuations in trade can have economic implications including devaluing currency and leaving citizens worse off. This is where logistics and supply chain management will play a critical role in achieving the right balance between exports and imports, ensuring robust and resilient trade processes that drive economic growth in the long-term. 

The need to transform import and export processes becomes even more important in light of research from KPMG, which found that poor logistics and supply chain management poses a critical threat to a country’s successful cross-border trade. Tracking orders, determining liabilities for in-transit goods, and meeting promised delivery time frames can be more challenging in cross-border trade due to multicarrier handoffs and border delays. 

New solutions to transform global supply chains and logistics will therefore be critical to solving these challenges, and are even more important as the World Trade Organisation (WTO) expects to see global trade pick up this year following a contraction in 2023. 

How advanced digital technologies may be the answer 

Advanced digital technologies are set to serve as pivotal tools for optimisation and enhancement in the realm of supply chains and logistics. 

The International Chamber of Commerce (ICC) affirms this, noting that the most effective way to boost trade across the G7 will be by digitalising the trade ecosystem, using new technologies and innovations. Doing so, the ICC claims, will boost trade by $9 trillion by 2026, and the acceleration of digitalisation in the sector is driven in large part by new legislation such as the Electronic Trade Documents Act (ETDA). 

The ETDA is now in force in the UK, with similar legislation coming to Germany. This law aims to streamline cross-border trade by digitising commercial transactions, regulatory compliance information, and cargo logistics. 

The ETDA’s benefits are immediately accessible, with a reported 80% reduction in border waiting times, 18% decrease in shipping costs, and a 30% improvement in profitability. These digital improvements also facilitate easier access to trade capital and help meet ESG compliance requirements, but require countries to embrace digital solutions to comply with the legislation and to yield the best benefits from it. 

At Digital Catapult, we work with a range of advanced digital technologies including artificial intelligence (AI), quantum, machine learning, the internet of things (IoT), immersive and more to consider how these technologies might solve industry challenges including those that exist within the supply chain. 

Using AI for example, business leaders can forecast demand, optimise inventory management, and streamline route planning, in addition to complying more with the ETDA by automating reporting processes and reporting their ESG activities more accurately. 

What Digital Catapult is doing to transform global trade 

In my role as Director of the Digital Supply Chain Hub, a national programme working to advance and accelerate the understanding and inclusion of digital technology in UK supply chains, I oversee projects that not only improve logistics and supply chains in the UK, but overseas too. 

We recently launched our first international accelerator with BAE Systems and Leonardo UK  to enhance the efficiency of import and export trade processes.  As part of the programme, we will work with technology providers who can help to solve the challenges, providing funding of up to £85,000. 

The programme titled International Supply Chain Accelerator: Seamless Trade Across Borders, will leverage advanced digital technologies such as AI, distributed ledger technology (DLT), and IoT to solve challenges set out by BAE Systems and Leonardo UK. 

Sharing data for trade transformation 

The first challenge will consider how participants at all stages of the supply chain can standardise and share high quality data effectively. The second challenge will focus on enhanced transparency and visibility of the export and import process steps in the supply chain. 

This is something that technology provider Kavida has achieved, developing a new solution that aims to solve the lack of visibility and control that procurement and supply chain managers in UK SME manufacturing experience after placing an order. Using Kavida’s platform, advanced digital technologies can provide business leaders with the location, condition and expected arrival time of products, and offer further detail on orders that might be of risk. Kavida is an alumnus of the Digital Supply Chain Hub, going on to raise £900,000 in funding, and is testament to the innovation we develop for broader industry at Digital Catapult. 

With approximately 40% of global trade concentrated among a few nations, the need for innovative solutions is paramount, and advanced digital technologies present a significant opportunity to revolutionise import and export processes. At Digital Catapult, we help organisations of all sizes to leverage technologies to address supply chain inefficiencies and enhance global trade, and this is why we have announced the international supply chain accelerator. 

Any company interested in being part of the programme can apply here

  • Risk & Resilience

Martin Davies, Audit Alliance Manager at Drata, unpacks the impact of the EU’s Digital Operational Resilience Act (DORA) on managing third party supply chain risk.

The European Union’s Digital Operational Resilience Act (DORA) takes third-party risk management very seriously. Upcoming regulatory compliance requirements under DORA will require financial institutions to have a thorough understanding of the end-to-end supply chain and enhance the way they conduct Third Party Risk Management (TPRM) by January 2025.

Many financial services firms risk having insufficient operational resilience intelligence on their core ICT suppliers and will need to ramp up their efforts to become compliant or face significant penalties for non-compliance. 

Here are some key pointers to help you and your partners meet regulatory requirements painlessly.

Visually map out key functions within your business

Begin by identifying each vital part of the organisation and then break it down into: the PEOPLE who are responsible for managing the function; the PROCESSES that underpin its daily operation; the TECHNOLOGY (systems, data, information) which enables the processes and management; and THIRD PARTIES, who supply you with the necessary systems and solutions.

As a first step, this will provide a clear overview of how the business operates and how functions overlap and interconnect. It lays the stage for the next critical step, and to build operational resilience across the supply chain.

Mapping third party risks  

Every moving part within the organisation will have some level of operational risk attached. For example, could be ‘key-person’ risks. These occur when just one or two people in a function have access to critical system knowledge. This leaves them and the function highly exposed. Or perhaps there are functions that rely on third-party systems to the extent that there are no viable manual or internal workarounds in the event of outage. Such third-party risks are particularly important, because exercising control over them is less straightforward than risks arising from in-house activities.

Successfully mapping such risks will depend on collaboration between vendor owners and subject matter experts across the organisation: professionals who are close to the coal face and have a detailed understanding of potential risks and associated impacts and can prioritise accordingly.

Identify well-governed risk treatment plans  

Having identified risks in each functional area, and the potential impact they might have on the business’s resilience posture, it’s time to develop well-governed risk treatment plans. Begin by securing sign off on remedial actions from the board; senior buy-in is essential to underline the importance of implementing the plans.

Each plan should summarise the impact of the risk to resilience, specify mitigation methods, identify who is responsible for implementation, and set deadlines for action. Ongoing monitoring and reporting will assess the effectiveness of implemented measures so they can be adjusted as necessary.

Ensure that staff are trained on DORA  

With the January 2025 deadline looming, now is the time to begin training employees on DORA and how it will affect their roles and responsibilities. The sooner people are made aware of the implications, what is required of them and how it will impact their day to day activities, the more time there will be to strengthen these practices and really bed them in before DORA is live.

There are a range of DORA training courses that provide the know-how and confidence to navigate the route to DORA compliance, as well as e-learning courses that cover essential compliance knowledge.

Develop an Operational Resilience testing framework

It is vital to regularly test threat-led testing on specific components and systems across all essential functions to calibrate assumptions made about their resilience. By integrating the outcomes of test exercises into a continuous risk assessment, organisations can enhance their resilience posture, even as external and internal threats continue to evolve.

Remember that operational resilience is an ongoing process. Regularly review and update your framework to adapt to changing circumstances and emerging risks.

Implement Governance Risk and Compliance (GRC) Tools

Third Party Risk Management is of the utmost importance to operational resilience. These tools act as a single source of truth for all vendor relationships, as well as highlighting the associated risks and mitigating controls in place. Nominate vendor ‘owners’ within the business who can use GRC tools to oversee the relationship and mitigate risk for each supplier.

At the same time, create and maintain a vendor directory, which provides complete visibility of your vendor ecosystem and the associated risks so you can make informed decisions. With all the relevant information in one central repository, you can streamline the risk management process and reduce the potential for human error.

Finally, instead of random manual checks, implement an automated Third Party Risk Management (TPRM) platform to manage the ongoing assessment of risk. This will take on the hassle of repetitive tasks and continuous verification, ensuring a consistent approach to vendor-related risk. 

For example, in the case of a vendor questionnaire, it begins with automation, but then enables individuals to thoroughly review and evaluate the provided responses, as well as the findings from any compliance audit report. Leveraging pre-mapped controls can save organisations significant time compared to carrying out manual assessments of third parties. Features like flagging and risk scores measure supplier performance, and reports provide real-time visibility into how third parties are impacting the risk and security posture of an organisation.   

By deploying such GRC tools, organisations can minimise vendor risks and the residual operational impact of any outages.

As the clock continues to tick down to January 2025, the sooner you begin addressing DORA, the better. By following these simple steps, you can ensure that you’ll be well placed to meet compliance standards and build operational resilience measures across the entire supply chain. 

  • Risk & Resilience
  • Sourcing & Procurement

The extreme weather event has shut down ports, disrupted shipping, and caused up to $32 billion in economic losses.

Although the worst has now passed, the effects of Hurricane Beryl are still being felt across the Caribbean, Texas, and the rest of the Gulf of Mexico. In addition to the risk posed to human life by the passage of the Category 5 hurricane through the Atlantic — although the storm had calmed to a Category 1 by the time it made landfall in the US — supply chains across the southern US face serious disruption

Hurricane Beryl made landfall near Houston, Texas on July 8th. Right now, AccuWeather estimates the total economic loss in the United States from Beryl is between $28 and 32 billion. Losses are proportionately much higher in Caribbean nations like Guadalupe, Barbados, and Mexico. 

Research conducted by supply chain management platform operator project44 notes that Hurricane Beryl’s impact on Houston includes power outages affecting millions amid a heatwave, extensive flooding, and disruptions at the Port of Houston with terminals closed for repairs. Trucking operations have seen improved on-time performance post-storm but face reduced daily loads and potential service interruptions as recovery efforts continue. After dropping to zero for several days during the port’s closure, dwell times are expected to spike heavily in the coming week. 

Courtesy of project44

Shipping, rail, road, and air freight affected

The majority of vessels affected by Hurricane Beryl are tankers. Texas is a major hub for the US’ gasoline production and refinement, meaning that a major disruption at one of the state’s largest ports will mean the industry is the first to feel impacts of service interruptions. 

Houston’s port has also grown dramatically in size and traffic over the past few years, as shippers have used it as an alternative to congested West Coast ports and COVID-19 impacted East Coast ports. This comes at a particularly inopportune time as many retailers are currently in the process of importing holiday goods, marking the beginning of ocean shipping peak season.

Authorities have downgraded Beryl to a tropical depression. However, the storm is nevertheless provoking storm surges, flash flooding, heavy rains, and power outages as it moves inland through Texas. The number of outages in the state on Wednesday morning were still above 1.7 million, according to PowerOutage.us.

The storm cancelled 1,700 flights earlier this week at both George Bush Intercontinental Airport and William P. Hobby Airport, according to Supply Chain Dive. Later in the week, FedEx issued a statement that the storm had rendered Southeast Texas “hazardous”, particularly in the Houston metro area. The extreme weather has affected over 280 zip codes, throwing last mile delivery into chaos in a significant portion of the state.

  • Risk & Resilience

Luke Dash, CEO at ISMS.online, explores the rising tide of supply chain cyber attacks on UK organisations and how companies can beat the odds.

In an increasingly interconnected world, the importance of robust cybersecurity measures cannot be overstated. 

At present, one of the pressing security concerns facing organisations is supply chain attacks. Supply chain attacks are a sophisticated, extremely harmful threat technique in which cybercriminals target organisations by infiltrating or compromising the least secure aspects of a company’s increasingly broad digital ecosystem.

Critically, these attacks specifically exploit interdependencies between companies and their digital suppliers, service providers or other online third-party partners. This makes them particularly challenging to defend against.

Several notable examples of supply chain attacks highlight their potentially devastating impacts, such as the recent attack on the NHS. Several hospitals were forced to cancel operations and blood transfusions following an attack on IT company Synnovis. The IT company was hit by a major ransomware attack. The consequences have affected thousands of patients. In response, the NHS has issued a major call for blood donors as it struggles to match patient’s blood quickly. 

There was also the Okta supply chain breach disclosed in early 2022. Here, a third-party contractor’s systems were breached, subsequently impacting the leading identity and access management firm. Critically, hackers managed to extract information from Okta’s customer support system. This gave them access to sensitive data such as its clients’ names and email addresses. 

Similarly, the MOVEit breach stands as another noteworthy example. Discovered in 2023, this incident involved the exploitation of a zero-day vulnerability in the MOVEit Transfer software—a widely used file transfer application developed by Progress Software. The breach led to the unauthorised access and theft of data from numerous organisations globally. The attack was so bad that the NCSC provided its own information, advice, and assistance to affected companies.

Indeed, these two incidents, among many, highlight a crucial lesson for organisations: as supply chain threats become increasingly prevalent and complex, firms must recognise that their security is only as strong as the weakest link in their network of suppliers and partners. 

Seeking to ascertain just how widespread the issue of supply chain attacks is at present, ISMS.online recently surveyed 1,526 security professionals globally to uncover their own experiences. 

Our latest State of Information Security report details the seriousness of the situation facing UK companies. Critically, we discovered that 41% of UK businesses had been subject to partner data compromises in the last 12 months. Further, a staggering 79% reported having experienced security incidents originating from their supply chain or third-party vendors—up 22% versus the previous year.

The message from this dramatic spike in statistics is clear. Supply chain vulnerabilities are not only becoming more prevalent but are also increasingly exploited by cybercriminals. This highlights the urgent need for comprehensive and collaborative cybersecurity measures across all levels of the supply chain.

Indeed, companies must work to mitigate these threats and minimise their risk exposure by reassessing their cybersecurity strategies. But where and how exactly should they focus their efforts? At ISMS.online, we believe that there are four key areas that companies should prioritise when it comes to achieving best practices.

1. Stronger vetting processes

First, it is critical to implement rigorous security vetting processes when selecting partners and suppliers. This involves thorough due diligence, assessing potential partners’ security posture and cybersecurity measures, and reviewing past security incidents and responses. Companies should also evaluate compliance with relevant regulations and continually monitor their partners’ security practices where appropriate.

2. Enhanced cybersecurity measures

Of course, it’s not good to demand that partners have robust security measures without adopting best practices yourself. Therefore, bolstering internal cybersecurity measures and extending them to the supply chain is needed to significantly reduce risks. Here, strategies to consider include the regular auditing of internal systems, comprehensive employee training in cyber threat recognition and response, the adoption of advanced cybersecurity technologies like multi-factor authentication and encryption and keeping an updated and unique incident response plan in case of supply chain breaches.

3. Robust partnership agreements

Detailed and stringent partnership agreements will undoubtedly help establish clear cybersecurity expectations and responsibilities. Indeed, it is important to define security requirements, request regular security status reports, and define access controls to safeguard sensitive information.

4. Alignment with essential standards

Aligning with critical standards and asking that partners and clients do the same can be a highly effective way of ensuring consistent and high-security levels across the supply chain. Of course, there are a variety of standards to consider. However, for UK companies, some of the most important ones to align with include:

  • Cyber Essentials: A UK government-backed scheme designed to help organisations protect themselves against common cyber threats by providing clear guidance regarding basic security controls.
  • ISO 27001: An international standard for information security management systems that provides a systematic approach to managing sensitive company information, ensuring it remains secure.
  • NCSC Supply Chain Security Guidance: A comprehensive supply chain security guide providing recommendations about managing supply chain risks, implementing robust cybersecurity measures, and ensuring continuous monitoring and improvement.

Given the growing threat of supply chain attacks, it is imperative to demand the adoption of cybersecurity best practices both internally and among suppliers, service providers, and partners. 

From aligning with essential standards to developing new partnership agreements, it can feel like a daunting or challenging task. Indeed, the difficulty for many companies is knowing where to start. However, achieving best practices on each of these fronts doesn’t need to be as daunting or burdensome as the businesses might think.

Indeed, with proper support and guidance, best practices can be adopted, followed internally, and advocated externally with relative ease.

  • Risk & Resilience

Boeing and Airbus have cited supply chain disruptions as being responsible for severe production delays that could last years.

The world’s largest aircraft manufacturers are continuing to experience a run of bad luck in their supply chains. 

Airbus faces delays 

This week, French manufacturer Airbus announced an adjustment to its year-end aircraft delivery. The adjustment also affected company’s earnings before interest and taxes (EBIT), and free cash flow (FCF). Currently major supply chain issues are affecting the manufacturer’s operations and ability to deliver aircraft on multiple fronts. 

In the statement issued on June 24, Airbus blamed persistent supply chain issues for a shortage of engines, aerostructures, and cabin equipment. The shortages are forcing the company to reduce the number of aircraft it plans to deliver in 2024 to around 770 aircraft, compared to the 800 aircraft that it had previously expected to send to customers. 

Additionally, Airbus was planning to ramp up production of its A320neo aircraft to 75 per month. Airbus’ supply chain disruption have also delayed this initiative, with completion expected in 2027 rather than 2026. 

Strikes with no end in sight 

Both Airbus and its main competitor Boein faced additional delays this week due to disruptions in their supply chains. Reuters reported on June 25 that, after a five week-long strike by workers at Montreal-area Safran SA, management and the Confederation des syndicats nationaux union are no closer to reaching an agreement. 

Workers picketed on Tuesday outside the factory in Mirabel, Quebec, where Safran has been running operations using personnel non-striking, non-union workers, a company spokesperson told Reuters.

Safran has told the union that it has made its final offer a 14.5% raise over three years, while workers represented by the union have said since the start of the strike that they need an estimated 22% salary hike. Safran manufactures landing-gear components used in both Boeing and Airbus jets.  The company reported €2.7 billion in profit last year. 

EU deadlines extended 

Due to the pervasive nature of the supply chain issues, the European Union this week also rolled back the deadline for the inclusion of new safety features on all newly-built aircraft. Commercial aircraft manufacturers will be granted a further 18 months to meet the new requirement, shifting the deadline back from 1 January 2025 to 1 July 2026.   

The safety features are designed to use energy calculations during approach and landing to predict the point at which an aircraft will come to a halt, and compare this with the runway length, in order to identify any risk of overrun. 

The European Union Aviation Safety Agency announced after its investigation that several type-certificate holders have faced “significant difficulties” due to supply chain disruption.

  • Risk & Resilience
  • Sourcing & Procurement

Members of the UK’s food and drink supply chain have criticised the British government’s lack of engagement on supply chain resilience.

In the lead up to the general election, British food and drink supply chain organisations have released an open letter to the country’s political parties, expressing their frustration with a perceived “lack of coverage” of the issue of food supply chain security. The letter was penned by the NFU, British Retail Consortium, UK Hospitality and Food and Drink Federation – representing the majority of the UK’s farmers, supermarkets, hospitality, catering and food companies. 

The letter states that the UK’s food system has shown itself in recent years to be “efficient and resilient, maintaining UK food supply through a series of major challenges, including Covid-19, Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, and new trading arrangements by leaving the European Union.” Currently, the food and drink supply chain is the UK’s largest industrial sector. It employs 7.7m people with a total estimated Gross Value Added (GVA) of over £240bn.

They warn, however, that past successes do not forestall future failures. 

“Food security is national security” 

The letter points out that these events have caused the UK’s food supply chains to come under “severe strain”. This strain has led to shortages, disruption, and increased prices “at all points of the chain from producer to consumer.”  

“It would be foolhardy to assume that our food system will always withstand shocks,” they write. Continuing, the letter highlights the growing challenges of geo-political instability and the climate crisis. The problems faced in the past several years aren’t going away.

Around the world, the climate crisis is already affecting food security at global, regional, and local levels. Changes in temperature, humidity, and soil chemistry can all disrupt food production and reduce access to food. Not only this, but the changing climate can also affect food quality and nutritional content. 

The United States’ EPA noted in a recent report that extreme weather events exacerbate food insecurity. These events, from droughts to extreme rain, are also becoming more common as thecrisis worsens. The report also notes: “spikes in food prices after extreme events are expected to be more frequent in the future.” Lastly, they add that “increasing temperatures can contribute to spoilage and contamination.”   

“The basic responsibility of any government is to ensure its citizens are safe and properly fed. But while we have heard much about defence and energy security in recent weeks, we have heard very little about food security,” argues the letter. The authors argue that they perceive a lack of focus on food in the political narrative as the country’s political parties campaign ahead of the July election. This, they argue, “demonstrates a worrying blind-spot for those that would govern us.”

Six steps to food security for UK supply chains 

The open letter sets out six key steps towards building a more resilient food supply chain for the UK. Its authors argue that, whichever party forms the next government, they must examine and take these priorities seriously. They stress it is vital that the government follow these steps to ensure British produce is available at all price points. 

  • A planning system that allows investment in modern buildings and infrastructure
  • Work with the sector to deliver a plan to achieve our net zero ambitions
  • A coherent industrial policy that includes a tax framework incentivising investment, fosters research and innovation in the UK, takes a joined-up approach to immigration, skills and employment policies that ensure the sector has access to the labour it needs
  • An agricultural budget that enables the delivery of environmental objectives, delivers targets for climate and biodiversity
  • An approach to trade that seeks to reduce non-tariff barriers with key trading partners
  • A long-term partnership with industry to tackle obesity and health inequalities in communities across the UK

The letter has been signed by NFU President Tom Bradshaw, British Retail Consortium Chief Executive Helen Dickinson, Karen Betts, Chief Executive, Food and Drink Federation, and UK Hospitality Chief Executive Officer Kate Nicholls.

  • Risk & Resilience
  • Sustainability

Modern software supply chains are emerging as a critical point of vulnerability to cyber attacks.

Supply chain attacks have long been recognised as one of the most effective ways for hackers to gain access to their targets. Traditionally, these attacks involve compromising a partner or supplier in the target’s ecosystem in order to gain access to the target’s network. 

Today, however, cyber attacks targeting software supply chains are proving even more effective. Concerningly, cybersecurity teams have even less recourse to prevent them. 

The traditional supply chain cyber attack

This occurred in 2013 when hackers gained access to the computer network of US retailer Target. The breach resulted in the theft of financial and personal information belonging to as many as 110 million Target customers. This information was then removed from Target’s network to a server in Eastern Europe. 

The breach occurred when Target granted network access to a third-party HVAC company in Pennsylvania. The company, according to insiders, did not appear to follow broadly accepted information security practices. This allowed attackers to gain a foothold in Target’s network. Despite multiple alerts from anti-intrusion software, Target did not respond adequately. The attackers progressed from less sensitive to more critical parts of Target’s network. This escalation indicates that the company failed to isolate its most sensitive data. 

The shape of this attack is one that became familiar to cyber security professionals in the subsequent decade. Network breaches affecting third party suppliers and partners could easily escalate into major intrusions by hackers into an organisation’s system. Cyber security practices have tightened as a result. By and large, zero trust policies and other measures have cut down on the severity of third party risk. 

However, the greater concern today is an attack targeting the software supply chain. 

Software supply chains are uniquely vulnerable 

Rather than using a third party network in the supply chain to gain access, a software supply chain attack is embedded directly into the digital tools and applications. By doing so, hackers can affect all the users of a particular application or tool. This means that a successful attach could potentially compromise thousands of users and millions of individuals. 

In 2021, 84% of security leaders said they believe software supply chain attacks could become one of the biggest cyber threats within the next three years. 

This problem is being exacerbated, according to a report by Crowdstrike, by the fact that modern software is “not written from scratch,” but built piecemeal from “many off-the-shelf components, such as third-party APIs, open source code and proprietary code from software vendors.” 

In 2020, the average piece of software had 203 dependencies. If a single dependency is compromised in an application, then every organisation using that app is compromised. Crowdstrike’s report notes that, if this occurs, “the number of victims can grow exponentially.” They also note that, because pieces of software are often reused throughout the enterprise, a compromised piece of software can remain dangerous beyond the original software’s lifecycle.

Most concerningly, many organisations could be considered underprepared to mitigate the effects of a software supply chain cyber attack. Crowdstrike found that, in 2021, 59% of organisations that suffered their first software supply chain attack did not have a response strategy.

  • Digital Procurement
  • Risk & Resilience

Political upheaval, genocide, and the climate crisis are driving a new era where “normality” might be forever out of reach for supply chain managers.

It’s undoubtedly been a difficult few years for global supply chains. From the COVID-19 pandemic and disruptions to two of the world’s busiest shipping routes, to ongoing acts of genocide and over 60 countries heading to the polls this year alone, some experts believe the signs point to us entering a new age of perpetual supply chain instability. 

“We’re in a new era. I don’t think that there is a normalisation anymore. I think that what companies are now facing is that supply chain disruption is the new norm,” said ,” Marissa Adams, head of global trade solutions at HSBC Americas, said to Yahoo Finance in a recent interview.

Unprecedented disruption? 

It’s easy to look at events unfolding in the present and struggle to view them with the same objectivity as the distant (or even not so distant) past. Disruption has been a thorn in the side of global trade networks since they first started developing almost half a millenia ago. 

HSBC’s new report on supply chain resilience admits that “Supply chain disruption is not new: shipwrecks, piracy, and natural disasters have disrupted supply chains for centuries.”  

In the past century, two world wars, severe financial collapse, the downfall of empires, and several plagues with higher mortality rates than COVID-19 all conspired to make the gyroscope of worldwide supply chains wobble. 

Surely, the kinds of disruption caused by these cataclysmic events throw current supply chain woes into perspective? 

According to HSBC’s report, “the supply chain disruption keeping procurement executives awake at night in 2024 is very different from the disruption that their predecessors worried about in 1924 or 1824.” Today, the report’s authors argue, trade flows today are orders of magnitude larger, more complex, and more vulnerable to disruption. Not only that, but some of the disruptions being faced by supply chains today are genuinely unprecedented. The fact that over a quarter of the world’s population will head to the polls in the biggest election year in human history could have massive consequences for global trade relations, especially since the report notes that “in many of those ballots, messages of protectionism, isolationism and nationalism feature strongly.” 

Steven Carnovale, a professor at Florida Atlantic University, warns that “In many cases, [procurement organisations] are thinking over a five or 10-year timescale, and predicting likely stability over that period is becoming increasingly difficult.”

  • Risk & Resilience

Four out of five software supply chains in the UK faced at least one cyber attack within the last twelve months.

Around the world, software supply chains are increasingly emerging as one of the most common vectors for cyber attacks. Now, newly released research from BlackBerry highlights the extent of the problem for UK software supply chain security. 

What is a supply chain cyber attack? 

A software supply chain attack exploits vulnerabilities in a supplier’s software. This turns them into an unsuspecting Trojan horse which then gives hackers access to the organisation. In recent years, awareness of cyber risk has grown. As a result, many enterprises have strengthened their cybersecurity defences. Direct attacks have become more challenging as a result. 

However, software suppliers often have weaker security measures, making them easier targets for hackers. Once compromised, these suppliers’ software can be injected with malicious code, providing hackers with a way to breach their target from within.

BlackBerry’s report highlighted the 2020 hacking campaign which targeted a vulnerability in SolarWinds software and managed to penetrate US government departments including the Department of Homeland Security and part of the Pentagon.

UK firms battered by cybersecurity threats 

BlackBerry’s study found that four out of five software supply chains have been either notified of a vulnerability or the target of cyber attacks in the past year. Out of those who experienced an attack, 59% were operationally compromised, 58% lost data, 55% lost intellectual property, 52% suffered a perceived loss to their reputation, and 49% were hurt financially. 

Recovery times following an attack were also longer than ideal for many firms. Nine out of ten companies took up to a month for their operations to recover following a software supply chain attack. According to BlackBerry’s researchers, “the damage to reputation and brand lasts much longer.”

This data not only identified an increase in attack frequency but also shows a greater financial impact compared to data from 2022.

A challenging time for British cybersecurity

The survey, which gathered responses from 200 IT decision-makers and cybersecurity leaders across the UK, comes at a time when the UK government is enhancing software security through its £2.6 billion National Cyber Strategy. 

The findings highlight key vulnerabilities that need to be addressed to mitigate risks effectively.

Transparency is severely lacking in software supply chains

One alarming discovery from the report was the presence of hidden entities within software supply chains. According to BlackBerry, three in four businesses uncovered hidden entities in their supply chain, with over two-thirds (68%) of businesses only recently identified these unknown participants. 

This vulnerability typically arises as the result of gaps in regulatory and compliance processes. Troublingly, fewer than 20% of UK companies request security compliance evidence from suppliers beyond the initial onboarding stage.

Also, despite reporting high levels of confidence in their suppliers’ ability to identify and prevent vulnerabilities, few companies consistently verified compliance. This lack of verification and visibility, the report’s authors argue, leaves opportunities for cyber criminals to exploit.

“It is the lack of granular detail that exposes vulnerabilities for cybercriminals to exploit,” commented Christine Gadbsy, VP of Product Security at BlackBerry. “Unknown components and a lack of visibility on the software supply chain introduce blind spots containing potential vulnerabilities that can wreak havoc across not just one enterprise, but several, through loss of data and intellectual property, operational downtime along with financial and reputational impact. How companies monitor and manage cybersecurity in their software supply chain has to rely on more than just trust.”

  • Risk & Resilience

From Brexit to the Red Sea, Andrew Black, Director at Efficio Consulting, explores the biggest disruptions affecting global supply chains and how organisations can remain resilient.

From the latest Brexit border rules to the Tawain earthquake and ongoing Red Sea attacks, recent events from across the globe have served as an undeniable reminder of the importance of resilience and agility within the supply chain.

Over four years on from the UK’s official withdrawal from the EU, the aftershocks of Brexit are still being felt across industries such as food, agriculture, and pharmaceutical. In the last month alone, we have seen food and plant businesses thrown into chaos as compulsory inspections and complex paperwork requirements came into force at UK/EU borders. At the same time, Brexit-driven drug shortages in the pharmaceutical supply chain have now been deemed critical, with hundreds of different medicines becoming hard, and even impossible, to obtain. 

Impacting other sectors, the recent Taiwan earthquake paused the production of chips at a company responsible for the supply of 90% of the world’s most advanced computer processors. Whilst only temporary, this was enough to spark serious concern within the tech industry, following several years of battling an ongoing global shortage. 

Meanwhile, in the Red Sea, widespread container-shipping detours to avoid Houthi attacks are expected to extend to the second half of the year, and maybe even into 2025 – causing ongoing disruptions and delays for various organisations reliant on global trade. 

Whilst each of these events may vary in specifics, the consequences are much the same for businesses – delayed or decreased supply, increased costs, and ultimately a damaging impact on profitability. So, how can business leaders navigate such scenarios whilst protecting their bottom line in a world where disruption has become the norm?  

A new approach for a new supply chain era

In today’s turbulent landscape, when the next event is likely just around the corner, organisations must adapt their business models to ensure resilience across the entire supply chain. This, for many, will require a change in mindset. Whilst a business model based on pursuing revenue and squeezing costs may have worked in a low-risk world, this approach no longer makes sense. Instead, organisations must focus on building in resilience where they can. This may require sourcing multiple contracts and diversifying suppliers or onshoring manufacturing operations to ensure production takes place closer to the customer. Whilst this may be more costly initially, this readiness can limit disruption when,  more of these events arise. Rather than pursuing revenue for its own sake, businesses would be wise to pursue good margins that factor in these additional costs and make way for a more resilient supply chain.

A good starting point is identifying critical components and mapping out the supply chain tiers for these to pinpoint bottlenecks and prepare plans for when disruptions occur.

Onshoring – more than just a trend

Since the 1970s, the trend has been towards offshoring the manufacture of components and physical goods to low-cost countries. In recent years, however, this activity has slowed. Many organisations are now taking steps to nearshore or onshore manufacturing, either bringing operations back to the UK or closer to home to reduce supply chain vulnerability. The theory is that the less distance or number of journeys required to transport the goods, the less chance of disruption occurring.

Bringing manufacturing back to the UK, however, comes with its own set of challenges. For example, around 50-60% of the gross value-added material in the automotive sector is sourced from Europe. Untangling these contracts and operations will be a complicated process. Plus, many sectors will face limited capacity in the UK, in terms of both numbers of suppliers and the volumes they can handle. Onshoring will require thorough tender exercises and patience to find credible suppliers, and often, a willingness to jointly invest in new capacity should this be lacking.

Considering safety stocks

For some industries, the investment in safety or buffer stocks is another strategy for reducing risk in the supply chain. However, this can be a double-edged sword. Whilst offering continuity should a disruptive event occur, this approach can be costly and even have a damaging knock-on effect for suppliers and their own planning. Therefore, supply chain managers should calculate their buffer stocks based on concrete need and calculated risk. 


Take the current UK drug shortages. To weather this critical challenge in the long term, ongoing horizon scanning and building buffer stocks accordingly will be key. This could include managing markets, evaluating stock holding as part of tender submissions, and including adequate lead time in tenders to allow for often lengthy contracting cycles and stock onboarding. To ensure ongoing supply of medicines, there is a need for deliberate forward-planning across products, suppliers and markets bolstered by extended regulatory capacity to allow the system to be more agile, allowing for new entrants or substitutes where possible.

Staying ahead in a high-risk world 

Long gone are the so-called ‘golden years’ of procurement – the early 2000s, professionals are now finding themselves in the ‘new normal’ which involves everything from global disruptions due to geopolitical conflicts to pandemics and environmental issues. Procurement leaders must now prepare for any possible scenario and be sure their processes have the resilience to weather a number of potential threats.

Collaborative efforts with suppliers to ensure transparency and resilience in the face of disruptive events are paramount to navigating this new normal. Continuous monitoring of the landscape and any developments is also crucial to be able to make informed decisions in real-time. Taking a proactive approach to uncertainty will better position and prepare businesses for potential disruptions and ensure the robustness of their procurement processes.

  • Risk & Resilience

A crippling ransomware attack has disrupted operations at multiple hospitals and thrown the NHS’ delicate blood supply chain into chaos.

The UK’s National Health Service (NHS) has been left reeling in the wake of a devastating ransomware attack. The attack took place last week on June 3rd. A vulnerability in the health service’s supply chain led to a successful cyber attack against medical diagnostics company Synnovis. 

The breach caused huge disruption to pathology and testing, essential services that hospitals rely on for routine diagnostics. Multiple hospitals across London were forced to suspend services. This lead to postponed operations, as well as other critical delays to lifesaving care. In particular, healthcare providers have struggled to match blood to patients, as attackers made vital patient data unavailable.    

Now, disruptions are expected to persist for days, or even weeks. As a result, the NHS’ delicate, complex, and absolutely mission critical blood supply chain is at risk. The attack is believed to be the work of Russian group Qilin.

Devastated patient data

Reportedly, the disruption has resulted in the cancellation of more than 200 emergency and life-saving operations. In addition, hundreds of urgently referred appointments for suspected cancer patients were delayed and rescheduled.

Professor John Clark, Professor of Computer and Information Security at the University of Sheffield, commented:  “Patient safety is of paramount concern and the accuracy of results is essential, so it is important to stress that unless it is known what has happened to the system, the accuracy of any stored data cannot be ensured. Determining whether stored data has been manipulated may simply not be possible and tests may have to be rerun and results re-recorded.”

In the wake of the successful cyber attack, multiple London hospitals experienced the knock-on effects of disruption to pathology service provider Synnovis, including King’s College hospital—a major trauma centre that treats over 450 patients per day—and Guy’s and St Thomas’. 

As a result, critical decisions on patient care are currently being made by doctors without access to crucial lab results. 

Bad blood (supply chain)

The attack has had a profound impact on blood transfusions and test results, leading the NHS to launch an appeal for O blood-type donations.

King’s College hospital is a major trauma centre that treats over 450 patients per day. Credit: Yau Ming Low, iStock.

The blood supply chain is a particularly precarious and fast moving operation. The process obviously starts with the blood donor and ends with it being administered to the patient. However both supply and demand are inherently unpredictable. Not only this, but harvested blood only remains medically viable for about 35 days. These factors together limit the resilience of the blood supply chain, making it especially vulnerable to these types of disruptions.

Various external factors affect the blood supply chain, according to the International Society of Blood Transfusion. The “number of donors who are willing to donate regularly, seasonal factors affecting donation e.g. public holidays, the blood services ability to adequately predict the number of units of blood required throughout the year and to ensure that they do not overstock and therefore increase wastage, the clinicians’ awareness of appropriate blood ordering and transfusion and the hospital laboratories ability to ensure sufficient stock yet have minimal wastage” all play a role. 

Particularly relevant to the current NHS crisis is the fact that the country is coming out of two bank holidays and a school half term holiday—all events which deplete the supply of blood through increased demand and disrupted collection. 

The first of many?

The attack on the NHS’ supply chain partner is unlikely to be the last this year, according to experts. 

Dr Christian Schroeder de Witt, Postdoctoral Research Assistant in Artificial Intelligence, University of Oxford, warned of the “possibility of such incidents occurring increasingly frequently ahead of the elections. While we do not yet seem to know who is behind these specific attacks, we do know that ransomware attacks on critical infrastructure such as hospitals are part of the playbook of hybrid warfare.” 

“It is still early days, and we are trying to understand exactly what has happened,” it said in a statement. “We take cybersecurity very seriously at Synnovis and have invested heavily in ensuring our IT arrangements are as safe as they possibly can be. This is a harsh reminder that this sort of attack can happen to anyone at any time and that, dispiritingly, the individuals behind it have no scruples about who their actions might affect.”

Only a few weeks earlier, the Italian subsidiary of Synlab was badly affected by a ransomware attack. Credit for the attack was later claimed by an affiliate operating on the Black Basta ransomware-as-a-service (RaaS) platform.

RaaS is a cybercrime business model in which a ransomware group sells code or malware to other groups of hackers. These hackers then deploy it against targets like the NHS. According to IBM’s X-Force Threat Intelligence Index, ransomware was the second most common type of cyber attack in 2022. Many experts believe the rise of RaaS has played a role in keeping ransomware so prevalent. 

  • Risk & Resilience

A new industry report has identified “accelerated regionalisation” in global supply chains as companies increasingly embrace local suppliers.

For over two decades, supply chains and trade networks have skewed consistently in the direction of globalisation

It was cheaper to farm, harvest, manufacture, and ship goods from overseas than it was to make them close to home. In countries with developed economies, higher wages and material costs, as well as stricter regulations, have been pushing corporations to look farther afield since the 1990s. 

Now, however, the tide appears to have turned for this decades-long trend. According to a new report by the Dubai Multi Commodities Centre (DMCC), the future of global trade looks a lot less globalised and a lot more local. 

From COVID-19 to Carbon Reductions—What’s driving deglobalisation? 

“We are entering a new, digital-driven era of globalisation,” wrote Peter Vanham, former Deputy Head of Media at the World Economic Forum and Executive Editor at Fortune. Writing in January of 2019, Vanham couldn’t have known at the time that the clock was already ticking down for globalisation’s dominance as an economic ideology. 

The COVID-19 pandemic threw global supply chains into a state of system shock. Now, the effects of the pandemic are finally fading, and global supply chains are sitting in a relatively good place. Global trade is expected to recover from last year’s minor contraction to grow 2.6% in 2024. 

However, some bells can’t be unrung. We are living in an age of more frequent disruptions, geopolitical tension, and a worsening climate. According to the DMCC, supply chains are still facing multiple headwinds stemming from geopolitical and macroeconomic risks. These include economic slowdowns in China and Europe, persistent inflation and higher-for-longer interest rates, and continued commodity price volatility.

As a result, the report predicts supply chain managers will respond with an accelerated shift towards regionalisation defined by deeper bilateral and multilateral partnerships.

“The world order is causing supply shortages, rerouting cargo, and adding costs to consumers,” commented Feryal Ahmadi, Chief Operating Officer at DMCC. “Businesses and economies are prioritising resilience in the years ahead given the pressures they face today. This is also creating new regional blocs and trade corridors that are heavily indexing on technological prowess given the importance of semiconductors and AI development to businesses around the world. Trade hubs that get this piece right will find themselves at the nexus of global trade flows for the coming decades.”

  • Collaboration & Optimization
  • Risk & Resilience

Supply chains that primarily focus on customer experience, rather than efficiency, will create better overall outcomes.

To most people, supply chains are invisible. They don’t think about the long and winding path that turned raw materials into a brand new pair of sneakers. They don’t think about the complicated, intercontinental logistics efforts that unfolded to not only get that pair of shoes made, but to have them waiting on the customer’s doorstep less than 48 hours after they clicked “Buy Now”. 

Like a sheet of perfectly clean glass, they don’t notice the supply chain. They’re looking at the shiny products and services behind the windowpane. Unless, of course, the glass cracks.

Supply chain challenges directly affect CX 

This is already shaping up to be a complex year for supply chains. Even in contrast to the past four years being overshadowed by the COVID-19 pandemic, 2024 is presenting new challenges. Gartner analysts argue that, “mounting backorders, low inventory, increased prices and delayed shipments plague supply chains and threaten customer loss.” 

Whether delivering sneakers, software, or specialised aerospace parts, Supply chains are all enablers of customer experience. 

According to Gartner, a drop over time in the quality of supply chain performance is nearly three times as likely to harm customer loyalty than a rise in price. Supply chain performance can make or break customer experience (CX) and can undermine customer loyalty.

Traditionally, supply chain operators have had an undersized awareness of their impact on the end customer experience. “Supply chain performance plays a key role in whether a customer is likely to repurchase, and services and offerings should be designed around customer enablement,” Gartner notes. 

Taking a customer-centric approach to supply chain management 

One of the core reasons why supply chains feel more disconnected from customer experience than they actually are is because supply chain decision makers frequently aren’t included in the CX conversations that take place in other parts of the business. 

Supply chain leaders need to “improve their connection with other functions and use technology to solidify and scale the interactions required to deliver the designed CX,” argues Michael Dominy, a Research VP in Gartner’s CSCO Strategies and Planning team. Supply chain leaders need to leverage a combination of empathy backed by soft skills and technology. Successfully implementing this can create increased utility and ease for the customer. No only that, but supply chain leaders can meaningfully place CX at the core of their operational model, rather than approaching it as an afterthought or additional benefit of a job well done. 

This is done by putting the customer at the centre of each relationship stage, harnessing customer insights to govern the two-way relationship between customer and company, and then harnessing those insights to deliver improved CX across the organisation.

By identifying the stages where the supply chain has the most impact on customer experience—including commitment to a purchase and recovery from disruption—supply chain leaders can iterate and improve the processes that improve customer experience. Most importantly, they can do this with customer experience at the top of their mind. 

Dominy observes that “getting the right product to the right place at the right time isn’t enough. The customer’s experience with your company is more involved than taking and fulfilling orders. And supply chain’s role is larger than most think.”

  • Collaboration & Optimization
  • Risk & Resilience

Mike McGuire, senior software manager at the Synopsys Software Integrity Group, examines the threat posed to software supply chains by open source software.

Open-source software (OSS) holds a pivotal and significant position in modern application development, serving as a cornerstone of the software supply chain. However, its widespread integration into commercial applications poses challenges in tracking and managing potential risks. 

Naturally, the screening and vetting of OSS emerge as essential components of any software supply chain security initiative. But what is the current state of software supply chain security?

Software supply chain security 

Firstly, OSS has emerged as a primary target for cyberattacks. In fact, 9 out of 10 companies have detected software supply chain threats, with 70% admitting that their current solutions are inadequate. While open source attacks are the “path of least resistance” for many threat actors, attacks on commercial and proprietary software are also on the rise.

Threat actors exploit the challenge organisations face in keeping track of their OSS, leading to persistent supply chain attacks that affect software providers, businesses and consumers. These attacks, whether through exploiting OSS vulnerabilities or injecting malicious code, result in compromised user data and strained business relationships. The 2024 Open Source Security and Risk Analysis Report highlights the extent of this issue, revealing that 84% of scanned codebases in 2024 contained an OSS vulnerability, with 74% posing high-risk vulnerabilities. Despite the prevalence of these vulnerabilities, organisations often fail to adequately address or overlook them entirely. 

Rising threat levels 

Recent years have witnessed prominent vulnerabilities like Log4J, Curl, Apache Struts, and OpenSSL which have all led to a variety of operational damage. These highlight the severe impact posed to organisations when a single weakness within the software supply chain is exploited.

The most prolific supply chain attack was SolarWinds. Due to lax security practices, a former intern inadvertently exposed a critical internal password. By exploiting this vulnerability, hackers gained access to SolarWinds’s systems which were responsible for assembling updates to one of its core products called Orion. The attackers implanted malicious code into a legitimate software update, allowing them to clandestinely monitor and identify running processes involved in Orion’s compilation. They then manipulated source files to include the SUNBURST malware which compromised Orion’s updates and impacted 18,000 SolarWinds customers. As a result, the attackers obtained sensitive information while locating further targets to spread the malware. The ultimate targets were multiple steps removed from the initial breach. This underscores this vulnerability incident as a prime example of the serious impact of modern software supply chain attacks. 

Presently, more sophisticated supply chain attacks involve the insertion of malware and malicious packages into the software development life cycle (SDLC), effectively transferring risks to end users. These attacks succeed due to the implicit trust placed in third-party software during organisational software development.

Organisations must broaden their approach to addressing software supply chain security, gaining comprehensive visibility into all application dependencies and enhancing their capability to identify modern risks beyond OSS vulnerabilities. While historically challenging, addressing these concerns is now more feasible than ever before.

Comprehensive open-source discovery

With the majority of software supply chain made up of open source software, failure to properly track and manage it equates to a glaring gap in any risk management strategy. Additionally, any required Software Bill of Materials (SBOM) will mandate that all OSS dependencies be listed. 

Therefore, security teams within organisations should adopt tools that can easily identify all open source components using a combination of dependency, snippet, binary and container analysis to surface these all, regardless of language or package manager because this will provide the most comprehensive view of the OSS available. 

Most commercial and enterprise software teams use third-party code from an outside vendor. Although security teams can perform their analysis of these third-party artefacts, it is much easier if the software vendor provides their own SBOM. There are tools available that will assist security teams in importing external SBOMs and automatically catalogue the open source, commercial, and custom components contained within them. This helps expand software supply chain visibility beyond just open source dependencies and analyse all dependencies for risk.

Attackers are getting more devious, injecting malicious packages and malware into open source ecosystems, and even directly into applications, making it possible to compromise build environments. 

Catching this type of malware requires a specialised form of analysis that modern tools incorporate. Moreover, having continuous risk identification and monitoring capabilities are essential because even though something is secure when it enters the SDLC does not mean it will remain secure further down the development pipeline. Having the capability to analyse dependencies in both generated and imported SBOMs is vital to monitor for open-source vulnerabilities, secrets, malware and malicious packages.

“Comprehensive” supply chain security 

Achieving comprehensive security across the software supply chain necessitates a deep understanding of its entirety and the establishment of a robust system for continuous monitoring, vulnerability testing and prompt remediation. 

Open-source software, while offering numerous benefits such as enhancing critical software applications and enriching customer experiences, also poses inherent risks. 

Safeguarding your organisation against these risks demands a coordinated approach, facilitating the identification, monitoring, and analysis of code content. Leveraging appropriate tools and technologies will dramatically reduce the risk of your organisation suffering a software supply chain attack.

  • Digital Supply Chain
  • Risk & Resilience

Shelley Pierre, IPP’s commercial director, argues for fresh thinking on post-Brexit fresh produce checks.

New post-Brexit rules governing the biosecurity of fresh produce entering the UK will not only see disagreements over increased costs and operational viability kicking off. The consequential delays could see fruit and veg literally going off while waiting for an ‘all-clear’ certificate.

Challenges posed by the BTOM

The new Border Target Operating Model (BTOM) classifies all plant and animal products coming from the EU and puts them into three risk groups: high, medium and low.

In its wisdom, the UK government has placed many fruit and vegetable imports into the medium risk category, meaning multi-page documentation must be provided confirming its provenance and safety at the new border points, which opened at the end of April.

With most fresh produce arriving in the UK in mixed loads, questions have been raised about potential delays and how to unpick the consignments in a timely fashion, particularly as there are question marks over the numbers of inspectors mandated to issue phytosanitary certificates at the border.

Import costs could pass down the supply chain to consumers

The Fresh Produce Consortium (FPC) argues that the process will add £200 million in additional import costs across the fresh produce supply chain, calling it “a crippling blow to a sector already grappling with unprecedented challenges.” It’s likely fees that will negatively impact small fruit and veg enterprises. Ultimately, organisations will end up passing on those costs to consumers.

Supporters of the legislation argue that the restrictions empower businesses to manage the integrity of the product through the supply chain. Regular checks from UK border controls would potentially cut down on the paperwork and maintain the steady flow of fresh produce from the EU. However, every time a product is stopped or touched, it adds cost and delay. Neither are affordable when it comes to perishable produce.

When we talk about ‘farm to fork,’ fresh produce ceases to be so when it does not arrive in a just grown or picked fashion.

BTOM may prove to be good news for British growers, but what about non-native fruit and veg? And what about choice for British consumers who will have to go without or pay more for the privilege of having not-so-fresh produce on their plates?

Either way, these post-Brexit fruit and veg rules need fresh consideration rather than unnecessary composting. 

Shelley Pierre is commercial director at leading European pallet pooler IPP. The IPP pool is a leading rental provider of pallets and boxes in fast moving consumer goods and industrial supply chains.

  • Risk & Resilience
  • Sourcing & Procurement

Philipp Pfister, CCEO at Transporeon, explores how supply chain managers need to not merely adapt to but anticipate disruption in an increasingly volatile world.

After disruptions at two of the world’s most crucial trade corridors – the Panama Canal and the Suez Canal, it’s fair to assume political tensions will likely play a more prominent role in sourcing and distribution as supply chains continue into 2024. Wars in Ukraine and in the Middle East are threatening flows of grain, oil and consumer goods. Climate change and mass migration are destabilising trade lanes from the Panama Canal to the U.S. Mexico border. The result? A potential migration of trade from once secure and stable trade routes. The map is being redrawn.

It’s clear, growing geopolitical tensions are making international supply chains ever more complex. A disruption in a supply chain is not just a logistical challenge, but also a sign of a broader shift in the global trade ecosystem, which calls for a new approach to traditional supply chain models, making sure that they provide resilience and innovation. However, global supply chain disruption can be transformed into a pathway for building stronger, more adaptable supply chains that can weather future storms with the right tools and a forward looking approach. As explained by Gartner, “Supply chain disruption is no longer an ‘if,’ nor is it really a ‘when,’ since it’s both omnipresent and unpredictable at the same time. The question you must answer is: Are we able to mitigate the next global supply chain disruption that comes our way?”

Unlocking Technology Benefits 

Organisations can no longer rely on reactive measures and outdated manual processes to manage these disruptions. Supply chain managers need to proactively transform their operations using automation technology. Effectively deployed, automation increases efficiency, reduces risk, and allows managers to better anticipate and mitigate disruptions as they occur. 

In the meantime, companies have taken vastly different digitalisation trajectories over the past decade due to the lack of universal standards for digital solutions. As a result, technology stacks are often siloed and can’t communicate with one another. In addition to other challenges, it can make it harder for companies to understand their order and capacity situation accurately and to verify whether processes are flowing smoothly.

A standardised approach to digitalisation based on a collaborative network, rather than companies working in isolation is the solution. A collaborative ‘platform approach’ facilitates a phygital (the seamless integration of physical and digital systems) future by enabling the creation of a transportation network spanning the entire industry. Connecting shippers, carriers, logistics service providers and other stakeholders simplifies communication, gathers real-time insights, reducing administrative costs and improving efficiency.

Furthermore, a platform approach facilitates better decision-making and problem-solving. Real-time data allows stakeholders to identify and visualise tracking the load in transit to minimise the impact of issues on product delivery or customer satisfaction.

A collaborative approach also enables data-driven decision-making, with companies benefiting from a vast pool of insights that helps all parties get ahead. With the help of this data (and a high degree of automation), companies can reduce dwell times, optimise yard operations, and more. On a long-term basis, AI models can learn to create tools for autonomous procurement or quotation, real-time ETA and everything in between.  

A new reality 

In the transport and logistics industry, there is no such thing as a once in a lifetime event like a global pandemic that can create costly supply chain disruptions, especially as eighty percent of industry executives reported major issues in their operations over the past 12-18 months, highlighting the importance of flexible and resilient supply chains.

A fundamental requirement for progress in 2024 and beyond is being able to adapt to the new reality, with companies across many industries recognising resilience is not just a competitive advantage. For this reason, digital and technology solutions have become essential to creating stronger, more healthy supply chains. As such, organisations should harness technology and a smart network approach to predict, mitigate, and swiftly recover from disruptions to reinforce the quality of their operations and competitive edge. 

Conclusion 

In the pursuit of a resilient future, businesses should not merely adapt but anticipate. Digital tools empower supply chain managers and leaders to proactively address disruptions, respond with agility, and thrive in a changing environment. In order to maintain a resilient supply chain that is robust and ready for new challenges and opportunities, organisations need to develop the right strategies and commit to continuous innovation. 

As companies navigate an increasingly complex and volatile global landscape, digital transformation becomes a strategic imperative. In order to build agile, tech savvy teams, integrate sustainability measures, and foster supply chain collaboration, companies need to recognize challenges of a changing landscape and seize technologies that empower supply chain visibility. 

Data-driven decision making and scenario-based resilience plans enable organisations to create a durable supply chain that can weather any storm and sustain growth.

  • Digital Supply Chain
  • Risk & Resilience

Critics of the newly-passed CSDDD argue that it could inadvertently harm developing economies, potentially wiping billions of dollars from national GDPs.

Long, complex, and opaque supply chains are a well-established breeding ground for human rights abuses. All too frequently, investigators and regulators find forced labour, unsafe conditions, and environmentally harmful practices in global value chains of organisations professing their ESG bonafides. 

On April 24, 2024 the European Parliament approved its new “due diligence” directive. The Corporate Sustainability Due Diligence Directive (CSDDD) aims to mitigate human rights violations and environmental issues propagated within the global supply chain. 

What is the Corporate Sustainability Due Diligence Directive?

The scope of the CSDDD will eventually apply to any EU company or parent company with an international turnover higher than 450 million euros and over 1000 employees. It will also affect companies with franchising or licensing agreements in the EU. The latter will be subject to the new rules if their worldwide turnover is higher than 80 million euro (if at least 22.5 million euro was generated by royalties). 

Organisations found to have human rights or environmental violations within their supply chain could face heavy fines. Responses to the directive have been mixed, as evidenced in the vote itself. The CSDDD was ratified, with 374 votes cast in its favour, and 235 in opposition. A further 19 MEPs abstained. 

Supporters of the CSDDD see the new regulations as instrumental to ensuring ethical business practices throughout global supply chains. The date of the vote held specific significance as it was the 11th anniversary of the collapse of the Rana Plaza factory in Bangladesh. The event claimed over 1,000 lives and highlighted crucial issues surrounding the European fashion supply chain.

It is clear that scrutiny of global supply chains is required when the cost is human lives and the welfare of the planet. Nevertheless, critics for the CSDDD have raised questions as to whether the new directive addresses these issues effectively.

Potential corporate difficulties 

The coming years as the directive gets underway will prove challenging, as the CSDDD goes beyond Tier I suppliers, taking into account the entire supply chain. Companies will need to alter their operations alongside the new framework. This will not only require businesses reshaping their own practices, but also to address their suppliers’ operations. 

The directive will also bump up against the different strata that make up compliance in the ESG (Environmental, Social and Governance) field. Depending on national supply chain regulations, companies could have to wait for guidance from their governments on how to navigate existing laws, whilst still responding to the EU ruling.

Impacts on vulnerable economies

Another major stumbling block for the well-intentioned regulations is the prospective impact it will have on weaker economies attached to the EU’s supply chain. 

Jodie Keane, a Senior Research Fellow with the International Economic Development Group at ODI, is one of a group of researchers who have modelled the economic data that highlights the  prospect of a “green squeeze” heralded by the CSDDD. 

Keane asserts that countries like Ethiopia could face GDP reductions of up to $1.13 billion as an upshot of the directive’s effects upon the supply chain. She also expresses concerns that these repercussions could echo across the global economic landscape. “Ethiopia isn’t unique: a similar situation is playing out in other poorer countries exporting goods into the EU,” she adds. 

Last week, researchers from the Complexity Science Hub (CSH) published a study examining the impact countries with high GDPs have upon those with medium-to-low GDPs by way of the global supply chain. The study calculated different countries’ exposure to economic losses caused by companies based in other countries, using firm-level data sourced from the global supply network. The parallels with Keane’s assertions regarding how rich countries expose poor countries to economic risk through the global supply chain are evident.

“We discovered that high-income countries create significant exposures beyond their regions and thus export systemic risk,” stated Stefan Thurner, senior author of the study. Comparatively, these high exposure values disproportionately affect low-income countries.

Next steps

The EU will gradually expand the new regulations’ effects between now and the end of the decade, with the directive broadening its scope over the next 5 years or so

Its goal is to enact positive change in relation to human rights and environmental issues, however, the impact upon costs to businesses is already perceptible and the potential for harming developing nations looms heavily on the horizon.

  • Risk & Resilience
  • Sustainability

A proliferation of data is creating bigger siloes and pain points than ever before throughout unprepared supply chains.

Supply chain management is an increasingly data-driven field. This trend is being accelerated by a confluence of factors. First the increasing complexity of global supply chains and the growing risk of more frequent disruption. Secondly, more responsibility is being placed on functions like supply chain and procurement. Once more tactical and functional, these functions are now expected to deliver strategic wins and cost reductions for the business. 

As a result, supply chain leaders are investing heavily into data collection and analysis tools. Their hope is that, with the application of machine learning and artificial intelligence (AI) analytics, vast quantities of data can be leveraged into full organisational visibility and strategic insights. 

“Capturing, protecting and then leveraging an organisation’s data through the use of AI and Machine Learning is an example of how organisations are increasingly turning towards intangible assets to extract new sources of value,” noted Ken Chadwick, VP Analyst at Gartner’s Supply Chain Practice, in a report from October. Spurred by the need to generate more valuable insights, supply chain organisations are collecting as much data as possible, from ERP platforms, advances tracking systems and, increasingly, from the Internet of Things (IoT). 

However, making effective use of data is another matter entirely. Experts at KPMG argue that, despite massive investment, data remains “one of the core challenges facing supply chain management.” 

The data management challenge 

Every day, “millions and millions of date records are generated across the supply chain from multiple systems,” notes KPMG’s 2024 Supply Chain trends report. The problem is that supply chain operators are failing to successfully manage this growing wealth of data. The resulting deluge has “given rise to greater silos of data within the organisation.” In turn, this has led to disconnected data sets, among other issues.  

They add: “Duplication and misinterpretation will become increasingly problematic, too. Critically, the fragmentation of data impedes the creation of a holistic view of the organisation’s supply chain.” 

Addressing the data problem 

Supply chain operators must abandon the “more is more” approach to data analytics that is currently creating pain points throughout the sector. If they intend to make strategic, informed decisions, these data management complexities need to be addressed. 

Focusing on data availability, quality, reliability, cadence, and consistency enables supply chain managers to get better control over their data. By doing this, they will be significantly better positioned to eliminate pain points. By focusing on specific data use cases, organisations can take a more intentional and proactive approach to applying their data. In time, establishing data management standards will improve the overall quality of the data that is kept, handled, and used for decision making. 

  • Digital Supply Chain
  • Risk & Resilience

Shorter supply chains cut carbon costs and increase resilience, but do so at the expense of year-round convenience.

Food supply chains around the world are facing an array of challenges, even as the legacy of COVID-19 fades. Geopolitical disruptions are creating delays and increased shipping costs. At the same time, inflation and the rising cost of living have put pressures on supply chains to combat cost. 

Above all, of course, the worsening effects of the climate crisis continue to create supply chain instability. Nowehre is this happening more so than in the food and agriculture sector. According to the EPA, “climate change is very likely to affect food security at the global, regional, and local level. Climate change can disrupt food availability, reduce access to food, and affect food quality.” Changes in rainfall, humidity, temperature, and other cyclical weather patterns (as well as the increasing regularity of extreme weather events) have the potential to “result in reduced agricultural productivity.” 

Global food supply chains are under threat 

This increasing instability in global crop yields is already threatening the availability of crops around the world. 

Last year, in India, tomato prices surged by over 300%. This is thanks to climate change-related flooding in major tomato-producing Indian states like Andhra Pradesh, Maharashtra, and Karnataka.

2023 was also the worst year for grapes in over 30 years. Droughts and wildfires in South America and an overabundance of rain in Europe slashed yields in some of the world’s largest grape-producing mountries, according to estimates by the International Organization of Vine and Wine (OIV). 

Potatoes are also severely threatened by climate change if we continue at our current trajectory. Data suggests that global potato yields could fall by between 18% and 32% within the next 45 years.

Food insecurity in Europe could be closer than we think

In their current configurations, European and UK food supply chains are vulnerable to the worsening effects of the climate crisis. A little less than half of the food on plates in the UK is produced domestically, according to the British Government’s 2021 food security report. Despite relatively strong domestic production, the report stresses that the UK is reliant upon “diverse and longstanding trade links” in order to “meet consumer demand for a range of products at all times of the year.” 

Other countries in Europe also rely on imported goods to guarantee year-round supplies of fruit and vegetable produce. These supply chain links are especially vulnerable to climate change disruption. For example, just under 40% of Germany’s fresh fruit and vegetable imports come from developing countries. These are areas of the world being disproportionately affected by climate change and experiencing much more severe food insecurity. Climate change-related food insecurity could cause civil unrest in countries like the UK within the next few decades. Other nations in Europe are likely to be similarly affected, unless the region reevaluates its approach to agricultural procurement. 

Interestingly, not only is the process already underway somewhat organically, but a widespread shift in the way that Europe sources its produce could remove some strain on other regions whose food insecurity is at least partially linked to exports, like India. 

Pressures on global supply chains were expected to abate along with the effects of the pandemic. However, it seems as though the year (and decade) ahead will be defined by a near-constant state of disruption. The climate crisis is only expected to exacerbate this increasingly unstable state of affairs. 

As a result, many governments and companies (across multiple industries) began the process in late 2023 of nearshoring (or friend-shoring, in more political cases) their supply chains. 

Shorter supply chains and a return to seasonal food 

By moving closer to home, organisations reduce the risk of disruption to their procurement process. This is the case whether the goods moving through the value chain are silicon semiconductor chips or corn tortilla chips. 

This phenomenon was already present in Europe pre-pandemic. A report released in 2016 by the European Parliament found that shorter food supply chains where “farmers sell their produce directly to consumers or with a minimum of intermediaries,” were flourishing across the EU, both in rural and urban areas. These shorter, localised food supply chains, the report’s authors hoped, could “represent an alternative to conventional longer food chains.” 

Now, this trend is expected to accelerate further under pressure of mounting supply chain disruptions. This shift away from extended, complex supply chains “where any one of a multitude of moving parts could give retailers a pricing headache” has a price, however. According to Carlos Cordon, a professor of strategy and supply chain management at the IMD, this shift “militates against all-year-round availability.” 

Cordon believes that 2024 could be the first year when European consumers “find themselves transported back to a time when out-of-season goods were not available from their local stores.” Retailers throughout Europe may not be able (or willing) to source goods from the other side of the world. 

As a result, Europe’s food supply chains could get significantly shorter. This would increase their stability, but at the expense of the availability of out-of-season produce.

There could also be major benefits from a sustainability perspecive. Food transport has been estimated to account for one-third of the sector’s greenhouse gas emissions. As an added bonus, this reemphasis on seasonality could be the key to reducing carbon emissions and food waste while addressing food insecurity. 

  • Risk & Resilience
  • Sourcing & Procurement

Supply chains face an increasingly complicated threat landscape. Catching hidden risks before they disrupt operations is essential to supply chain management success.

Risk management is a critical aspect of supply chain management. In 2024, supply chain leaders find themselves facing an increasingly hostile supply chain landscape. Geopolitical conflict, economic pressure, and the worsening effects of the climate crisis all conspire to disrupt trade, increase costs, and destabilise supply chains. 

However, not every supply chain risk is as easily identifiable as a war in Ukraine or a drought in Panama. There are hidden risks to every supply chain. The supply chain leaders who can identify these risks are the ones with the best chance of avoiding disruption and capitalising on new opportunities. Here are 5 hidden risks you should be watching for in your supply chain. 

1.  Tier 2 suppliers and beyond 

The biggest risk to your supply chain often lies beyond your tier 1 suppliers. These are organisations who you can vet, and are probably required to adopt certain business practices, as well as demonstrate their overall financial and operational health to you. However, your supplier’s suppliers, and their suppliers (and theirs) present a much greater risk. Suppliers from lower tiers can pose risks that echo throughout the supply chain if they fail or go bankrupt.

There is a lot less control you can exert beyond tier 1 suppliers, so ensuring tier 2, 3, and 4 suppliers aren’t a threat to your supply chain can be complicated. To address this issue, start by focusing on your top 20 suppliers. Identify their sub-suppliers and check their financial health, business practices, and overall stability. 

2. Supplier financial instability 

Suppliers at any point in the supply chain could go bankrupt. Most companies at risk of bankruptcy will likely try to hide this fact until the last possible moment. Asking a supplier for an assurance of their financial stability isn’t enough. 

Any supplier relationship whose failure has the potential to seriously harm your operations should start with a thorough assessment of public documents, research, and references. This is especially important if the supplier is located in another country where your organisation may have less legal recourse to recover funds in the case of bankruptcy.   

3. Supplier unethical behaviour and compliance breaches 

A significant failure by a supplier to uphold ethical standards or meet compliance guidelines can not only damage your company’s reputation but also disrupt your supply chain, erode customer trust, and lead to legal consequences for your organisation. 

It’s crucial to ensure that all associated partners maintain high ethical conduct to safeguard your company’s image and avoid potential legal issues. 

A wildfire that closes a sea port or an earthquake that destroys a factory is obvious. However, there are subtler, harder-to-identify effects of the climate crisis that can be just as devastating to your supply chain. Heatwaves can lead to an unusually poor harvest, leading to a spike in the price of biofuels and raising logistics costs on the other side of the world. Unseasonal snow cracks and degrades concrete, which leads to landslides and more logistics disruptions next spring. 

The repercussions of our worsening climate aren’t always predictable or avoidable, but monitoring the ways in which extreme weather events affect supply chains in both the short and long term is an increasingly critical part of supply chain management. 

5. Third party cyber attacks 

Whether it’s AI deepfakes or good old fashioned ransomware, cyberattacks are on the rise. As supply chains become increasingly interconnected with their ecosystem (and each organisation becomes increasingly digitised and saturated with IoT) hackers have more attack vectors at their disposal than ever. 

According to Gartner’s 2022 Thriving Amid Heightened Complexities Supply Chain survey, 31% of respondents reported experiencing a cyberattack in the last 24 months that impacted supply chain operations. Third party supply chain attacks are on the rise, and it’s not just large scale enterprises being affected.

  • Risk & Resilience

Rising water levels in one of the world’s busiest freight corridors could see the end of one of the most severe pain points affecting global shipping.

The months-long drought affecting the Panama Canal may be coming to a close. The return of annual rains are predicted to raise water levels throughout the 51 mile-long stretch. With the end of the drought, optimistic predictions could see shipping volumes return to their normal levels. If that happens, it would ease one of the most severe pain points faced by supply chains in recent years. 

Since Summer 2023, a brutal drought caused water levels in one of the world’s busiest waterways to drop to historic lows. 

The reduced water levels have cut the rate at which ships can traverse the Canal in half. By December, long queues developed. According to reports, some captains paid as much as $4 million to jump to the front of the line. Those unwilling or unable to pay inflated rates have been forced to make a difficult choice between weeks spent waiting in line and long, inefficient journeys around the southern tips of either Africa or South America. The drought has also coincided with Houthi attacks in the Red Sea, further disrupting global shipping. As a result the cost of container shipping nearly double year-on-year in Q4 2023.

The end of the drought in the panama canal

Now, however, the start of Panama’s rainy season could see the trade chokepoint resolve itself. The news has been welcomed as global supply chains brace for the busiest months of the year. 

According to IMF PortWatch, the number of vessels traversing the Canal averaged 25 per day in April. That’s a significant jump from the record low of 21 in January. However, it’s still a long way below the pre-drought average of 35 ships. 

The upward trend is expected to continue, however. The canal’s governing authority recently announced plans to lift the number of daily transits through the canal to 31 in the second half of May. Then, in June, the figure will rise again to 32.  

A report by S&P Global Market Intelligence noted that this rise in water levels “should steadily lift the restrictions to global trade resulting from canal disruptions since last year, which is particularly important ahead of the peak shipping season.

“By the end of April, rain is going to begin and we’re going to have a lot,” Argelis Moreno Lopez said earlier this month at a conference at the University of Houston, Bloomberg reports. “That will reverse the situation and go back to normal at the end of the year or next year.”

  • Risk & Resilience
  • Sourcing & Procurement

Supply chain resilience is essential to meeting the challenges of the green transition, as raw material supplies struggle to meet demand.

The global green transition is well underway. The results of the reshaping of our economic and logistical systems will be profound and long-lasting. “The transition to net zero will be turbulent,” observes Mattieu Favas for the Economist. According to him, the reconfiguration of energy-consumption patterns and resulting shifts in global supply chains will “both crown new winners and create new losers.”

The shift is already taking place, and nowhere is it more visible than in the supply chains tied to electric vehicle manufacturing. 

EV demand soars worldwide

From battery components like lithium and nickel to copper cabling and rare earth elements, the materials used to build the decarbonised future are different to the ones used to support humanity for the last hundred years. 

These materials are supposedly essential to the green transition, but manufacturers’ already ravenous appetite for these finite resources is already straining global supplies. 

Worldwide electric vehicle sales in 2021 surpassed more than fourfold compared to their market share in 2019. China, the world’s largest electric vehicle market, tripled its sales year-on-year in 2020. Sales in Europe and the US continue to accelerate. Just over 3 million passenger plug-in electric cars have been registered in Europe, a 16% increase over the year before. 

Going forward, 7% of the global automotive industry will be electric vehicles by 2030, up from 0.2% in 2023.  

According to the International Energy Agency, manufacturing and maintaining solar energy, wind power, electricity networks and (especially) electric vehicles will account for almost 90% of lithium demand by 2040. The process will also account for 60-70% of nickel and cobalt demand, and more than 40% of copper and rare earth element (in particular, neodymium) demand. 

Supply chains headed into the unknown

In a new report from Roland Berger, author Wolfgang Bernhart notes that “raw material supply chains will have to remain stable while becoming more flexible to prepare for the unknown.” 

Nevertheless rising demand for these resources will almost certainly test supplies as they currently stand. Supply chain managers will have a pivotal role to play in ensuring continuity, as raw materials shortages have the potential to throw supply chains into complete disarray.  

The solution, Bernhart writes, is to increase the resilience of green transition-related supply chains. “Making supply chains resilient is the key to dealing with uncertainties. They must be designed to maintain stability while also being flexible and able to mitigate risk,” he says. “They must stabilise by minimising the impact of disruptions; increase flexibility to adapt to changing market conditions; improve visibility; enhance collaboration between all parties; and find the sweet spot between acceptable risks and costs.” 

  • Risk & Resilience
  • Sustainability

From extreme weather to skill shortages, here are the biggest pain points procurement teams face in 2024.

Around the world, supply chains are under mounting pressure, both internally and externally. Geopolitical conflict, economic pressures, and the climate-crisis are creating an environment where the risk of disruption is almost constant. 

At the same time, staffing shortages are exacerbating the fact that the demands placed on supply chain and procurement teams are significantly increasing. A report by McKinsey found that, in 2023 alone, the workload of a typical procurement function increased by 10%. As procurement leaders and supply chain managers fight to drive efficiency and strategic wins for the business amid turbulent times, here are the top 5 pain points we see creating headwinds for the sector. 

1. Geopolitical disruption 

Shipping in the Panama and Suez canals is at a historic low, as a climate change driven drought and Houthi military action, respectively harm the flow of shipping. Transits along major shipping lanes have increased by an average of 1-2 weeks, with more than 600 vessels chose instead to travel around the Cape of Good Hope to avoid the Red Sea in March alone, according to project44 research. 

The war in Ukraine, US and Chinese posturing over Taiwan, and the ongoing genocide in Gaza can all be expected to ratchet up political tensions around the world this year, further raising prices of raw materials, oil, and other freight. 

Friend-shoring is becoming increasingly common, as supply chains are relocated to parts of the world that are less diplomatically contentious. However, this process takes time. For example, the US is in the process of divesting its semiconductor supply chain from China by investing in building up the Filipino and Malaysian manufacturing sectors. Nevertheless, this is not an overnight process. 

2. Extreme weather 

The effects of the climate crisis are only going to get worse. Droughts (like the one in Panama), wildfires, flash flooding, hurricanes, and other extreme weather events are going to not only disrupt global trade routes but interfere with the procurement of raw materials and crops. 

Predicting and avoiding extreme weather disruption is a major priority for sourcing teams in 2024. Widespread nearshoring efforts in Europe and North America are seeking to increase procurement resilience by shifting supplier ecosystems closer to home. However, much like the process of friend-shoring to avoid geopolitical tensions, this is not an overnight process. Experts believe it could take between two and three years before moving supply chains closer to home starts to positively shore up procurement resilience. By then, who knows what kind of climate we will be dealing with. 

3. Poor quality data 

Procurement is an increasingly data-driven field. Increasingly complex supply chains, growing risk of disruption, and greater expectations on procurement teams to be strategic value creators are all intensifying the demand for data. 

“Capturing, protecting and then leveraging an organisation’s data through the use of AI and Machine Learning is an example of how organisations are increasingly turning towards intangible assets to extract new sources of value,” noted Ken Chadwick, VP Analyst at Gartner’s Supply Chain Practice, in a report from October.

However, many procurement teams struggle to organise and utilise the massive amounts of data they collect. The massive deluge of data gathered by thousands of IoT sensors, smart platforms, and analytics tools is giving rise to data silos within organisations and poor quality data as a result. Procurement teams must abandon the “more is more” approach to data analytics. Instead, they must prioritise quality over quantity, and successfully tackle their data complexity issues in order to successfully make smarter, more informed decisions. 

4. Skill shortages 

Labour and skill shortages are hitting every industry. While much of the conversation is focused on the crisis-level disruption caused by a deficit in warehouse and trucking workers for the logistics sector, procurement is feeling the pinch as well. According to a recent Gartner survey, fewer than a fifth of procurement directors and executives believe that their teams contain “adequate talent” to meet the future needs of their organisations’ procurement functions. 

Shifting talent requirements driven by the increasingly digitalised and strategic nature of procurement are adding to the problem. Just 4% of procurement leaders told Gartner that no gap existed between their current capabilities and their need for technology and data skills.

5. Maverick spending 

If unauthorised spending is unregulated throughout the procurement function, it can throw off budget forecasts. These disruptions are difficult to manage for procurement as they typically originate outside the function itself, typically originating from employees or departments operating beyond procurement’s jurisdiction. This maverick spending, or “dark procurement” is difficult to track and even more complex to reign in. 

Creating standardised procurement processes across the organisation is a vital first step. Procurement leaders should enforce  strict purchasing guidelines and approval systems. It’s also important to prioritise working with trusted people and companies, both within the organisation and in the supplier ecosystem to avoid corruption.

However, eliminating maverick spend is less an issue of regulation and more deeply rooted in an organisation’s broader culture. Using training, effective communication, and collaboration with other elements of the business, procurement can cultivate good purchasing behaviours within other departments that eliminate maverick spend without turning the whole procurement department into a watchdog. 

  • Risk & Resilience
  • Sourcing & Procurement

Do falling buffer stock levels mean supply chain confidence in lower risk of disruption, or are we already forgetting the lessons of COVID-19?

When the COVID-19 pandemic hit, worldwide trade was thrown into a state of extreme disarray. 

Delays, staff shortages, quarantine regulations, and other headwinds combined with a meteoric rise in e-commerce traffic, placing intense stress on global supply chains. Overnight, waiting lists for container space, along with logistics costs, spiralled out of control. A report by the US International Trade Commission found that container shipping costs “roughly tripled” in 2020 while “experiencing significant volatility.” Worldwide disruption created “bottlenecks in the global trade system” which immediately created shortages across multiple industries and threatened global supply chains.

Just-in-time to just-in-case 

One of the reasons the pandemic hit global supply lines so hard was the prevalence of “just-in-time” methodology. The approach was initially pioneered by the Toyota Motor Company. “Just-in-time aims to anticipate demand accurately enough that inventory stocks can be kept low at every stage of the supply chain. Each unit of material or product arrives “just-in-time” for it to be needed by the next point in the chain. This continues from procurement all the way to the end customer. Stockpiles of inventory are kept low, which increases capital liquidity and reduces expenditure on storage. 

However, combine this approach with the complex and fragile nature of a sprawling global supply chain, and you have an organisational structure that’s highly vulnerable to disruption. Taking a just-in-time approach to inventory management was suddenly asking for delays, price hikes, and potentially disastrous uncertainty. 

A recent McKinsey report notes that, following COVID-19’s disruption of global supply chains, “companies began to ramp up their inventories in response to pandemic-era supply chain disruptions.” Stock levels and inventory buffers were increased to stave off instability, a move which McKinsey notes “led some observers to declare the death of the just-in-time supply chain.” 

Dealing with post-pandemic disruption 

Four years later, the effects of the pandemic are waning. However, global supply chains are by no means free from disruption. 

From geopolitical conflict and economic uncertainty to the worsening effects of the climate crisis, supply chains are increasingly under threat. Resilience is still being touted as a key virtue of today’s supply chains. McKinsey’s data suggests, however, that larger inventories may be falling out of favour.  

“We built buffer stocks everywhere during COVID-19. Inventory was the only way we could build resilience at the time,” a surveyed supply chain executive told McKinsey. “Now we are back to competing on cost and capital. Nobody remembers why we had those buffer stocks.”

McKinsey found that a quarter of supply chain leaders have “particularly aggressive inventory reduction goals” for the year ahead. This is especially true in the automotive, aerospace, and defence industries. Here, 32% of supply chain leaders had plans to reduce inventory levels to below pre-pandemic levels. Across all industries, the number of supply chains planning to return to pre-pandemic inventory levels was approximately 50%. 

What about the next pandemic? 

There’s no denying it. The next big disruption is out there. It could take the form of another pandemic, conflict between nation states, or large scale environmental disaster. Even if another singular event doesn’t occur in the near future, the world faces multiple sources of pressure. Growing ppain points range from the climate crisis to looming civil unrest in multiple countries. 

These headwinds threaten to throw unprepared supply chains into disarray in much the same way COVID-19 did if organisations aren’t ready. McKinsey’s report reflects that, four years after the pandemic struck, the question of whether global buffer stocks will rise, fall, or stay constant is “still open.” 

“Our survey suggests that inventories remain high, but respondents are divided about their future direction,” they write. The question for supply chain leaders need to answer is: are the short term benefits of returning to a just-in-time model enough to outweigh the consequences when the next worldwide disruption impacts the global supply chain?

  • Collaboration & Optimization
  • Risk & Resilience

Macroeconomic turbulence is making it harder to predict customer purchasing, which is in turn hurting supply chains.

Supply chain issues will cost consumer goods brands more than $800 billion in top-line growth over the next five years. At the heart of it, the problem is unpredictability. However, some experts suggest that unpredictability in the supply chain can be a force for increased revenue and strategic opportunity. 

A hostile supply chain landscape 

During the pandemic, global supply chains were exposed for just how fragile they had become. Hyper-globalised just-in-time organisation buckled overnight under the pressures of the COVID-19 pandemic. Since then, the supply chain sector has repositioned itself. Increasingly, supply chain leaders are seen as sources of resilience as they capture value and deliver wins despite disruptions. 

However, the current economic landscape may be—as strange as it seems—more hostile than the climate of 2021. Today, supply chains are being placed under unsustainable pressure. This pressure originates from increasingly unpredictable customer buying behaviour, in addition to ongoing material shortages, and macroeconomic turbulence. 

Supply chain problems aren’t being solved 

“To thrive in this uncertainty, businesses must take control of their supply chains and deliver value. But despite valiant efforts, supply chain problems aren’t being solved,” a report by Celonis found recently

The ripples of geopolitical conflict and climate-crisis-driven disruption continue to disrupt global supply chains, with no signs of going away. At the same time, economic pressures are growing more severe. In addition to a global slowdown, multiple post-industrial nations are teetering on the brink of (or already sliding into) recessions. The result is widespread uncertainty as to customer and consumer behaviour. 

Is uncertainty a supply chain killer?

Traditionally, uncertainty is anathema to supply chain managers. In a 2023 Gartner survey of 164 supply chain executives, 63% predicted that supply chain uncertainty would lead to a loss. 

Source: Gartner (November 2023)

Strangely, 9% of CSCOs believes that uncertainty would result in an increase in revenue. This data challenges (in a very small way) the assumption that uncertainty in the supply chain is a bad thing. 

“The inability to cope with uncertainty is driven by a misallocation of initiatives to the wrong strategy,” asserts Tim Payne, Vice President Analyst in Gartner’s Supply Chain Practice. In many supply chains, he argues, processes and systems are set up to “keep keep uncertainty outside the supply chain.” 

However, this is a world where uncertainty is the only state of existence that supply chain managers can count on. Under these circumstances, this methodology comes badly apart at the seams. “This overinvestment in a barrier to keep uncertainty out actually stifles the ability to learn from it, keeping most supply chains today in a fragile state,” Payne says. 

Antifragility in the supply chain

The answer, according to Gartner’s experts, is cultivating an “anti-fragile” supply chain. 

“Rather than trying to keep uncertainty out of the supply chain, antifragile supply chains embrace uncertainty with the objective of learning, evolving and adapting their capabilities based on their improved knowledge of it,” notes Payne. “An antifragile mindset changes how CSCOs approach and shape their capabilities, including in areas such as integrated planning, ROI calculations, supply chain redundancy and assessing uncertainty.” 

According to Gartner’s research, several capabilities are useful in reducing the fragility of supply chains and increasing their potential to capitalise on uncertainty, rather than be disrupted by it. 

 The most impactful antifragile supply chain capabilities identified by Gartner include:

  • Decision Processes and Collaboration. Organisations that enable dynamic decision processes during uncertainty were 4.9 times more likely to have a positive revenue impact.
  • Calculating ROI for Supply Chain Investments. Those that accurately assess the value of investing at different times due to uncertainty saw a 4.5 times increase in positive revenue impact from uncertainty.
  • Managing the Assessment of Uncertainty. Organisations that performed a high degree of experimentation on their supply chains to stress test them saw revenues increase 3.7 times due to uncertainty.
  • Supply Chain Redundancy. Supply chain managers that viewed redundancy (whether from inventory, capacity, or multiple suppliers) as an investment opportunity rather than an inefficiency to be eliminated saw a 3.6 times revenue spike from uncertainty.
  • Supply Chain Planning. Organisations with a focus on end-to-end planning policies in the midterm and accurate functional short-term planning saw revenues increase by 2.5 times.
  • Monitoring, Adjustments and Responsiveness. Businesses that practised monitoring at “arm’s length” to intervene only if policies are breached and empower local stakeholders to adjust within policies saw a 2.1 times increase.
  • People & Culture
  • Risk & Resilience

The first step in making your supply chain more resilient is evaluating your current ability to resist disruption.

Global supply chains became more geographically and organisationally complex over the past decade. As a result, efficiency increased and costs came down. However, speed, efficiency, and cost-saving have their own price. 

The price of complex, globalised supply chains

When the COVID-19 pandemic threw the world into the chaos of global lockdowns, many supply chains discovered they lacked the resilience to meet the challenge. As noted in an article published in the Journal of Computers & Industrial Engineering last year, “the interdependency between worldwide partners causes a butterfly effect, leading disruptions to dissipate quickly and the [supply chain network] to be impacted more swiftly.” Supply chain networks had their weaknesses exposed, often in dramatic fashion. 

Now, four years later, the conversation has shifted. 

“Manufacturers are facing a wide range of disruptions across the world. Supply chain shortages are caused by geopolitical issues, cyberattacks, consumer-demand swings and natural disasters,” Rochelle Fleming, director of partner marketing at Microsoft, wrote in a recent opinion piece for the Technology Record. As a result, the virtues that drove supply chain organisation pre-COVID—efficiency and cost-containment—are now being held in almost equal importance to a new indicator of supply chain excellence: resilience

In pursuit of a more resilient supply chain

Fleming notes that many organisations are turning to digital transformation initiatives to meet the current market challenges. She argues that “new evolving technologies like edge computing and IoT can, and will, transform the way they create resilient supply chains in the future,” and that tools like artificial intelligence (AI) will also “positively impact supply chain resilience.” 

However, as with all digital transformations, understanding the needs and goals of the business is critical. A recent report by Gartner warns: “simply increasing or decreasing investments in digital or physical resources is not the solution.” 

Instead, a more targeted, thoughtful approach is required. The key to this is for supply chain leaders to be able to accurately assess their own levels of resilience in order to identify and eliminate weak points. 

Assessing supply chain resilience 

When assessing a supply chain’s resilience, there are three fundamental metrics to consider. 

Time-To-Survive

A supply chain’s time-to-survive refers to how long it takes the organisation to resume its operations after being disrupted. The shorter a supply chain’s time-to-survive, the better it can maintain stability, even amidst unforeseen events. Supply chain with a shorter time-to-survive is more resilient and less vulnerable to disruption. 

For example, in the wake of the COVID-19 disrupting businesses, time-to-survive described how long it took companies to outfit staff with PPE, place COVID-safety measures in place, and obtain the go-ahead from regulators. 

Time-To-Recover

Time-to-recover refers to how long it takes for a supply chain to return to full capacity and clear its backlog. This is probably the most pivotal step. Time-to-recover is strongly linked with an organisation’s ability to mitigate financial losses, uphold customer satisfaction, and safeguard its reputation.

Time-To-Thrive

Lastly, time-to-thrive measures the company’s performance after emerging from a disruption. Evaluating time-to-thrive looks at the state of the supply chain (and company as a whole) pre-disruption and afterwards to determine the lessons learned and steps required to minimise both time-to-survive and time-to-recover in the future. 

  • Collaboration & Optimization
  • Risk & Resilience

Three ways that businesses can strengthen their verticals and increase supply chain resilience.

Resilience has emerged as the key indicator of long-term supply chain success. The current supply chain landscape is defined by geopolitical disruptions, extreme weather events, and economic pressures. Unpredictable consumer demand, rising cybercrime, and tightening regulatory restrictions are also stressing global supply chains already battered by COVID-19. 

“It is widely accepted that unexpected events and disruptions are intrinsically an integral part of SCNs, which have become increasingly interconnected, interdependent, and complex due to globalisation,” noted the authors of an article published in the Journal of Computers & Industrial Engineering last year. 

They add that this complexity and interdependency between organisations in a supply chain renders the structure less resilient. Furthermore, disruptions affecting one point in the chain are more likely to affect the rest of it too. Disruption of a fragile supply chain can result in “decreasing sales, delays in distribution, damage to market share and reputation, and declines in stock returns”. In short, the damage can go well beyond the initial disruption.  

Resilience is becoming an increasingly prized characteristic of modern supply chains. As such, we’ve identified three ways supply chain managers can increase the resilience of their operations. 

1. Diversify your supplier ecosystem

Climate-related disruptions and geopolitical crises are affecting more of the world. As a result, sourcing all of a certain product or resource from a single supplier in a single region can render your whole supply chain vulnerable to disruption. If all your raw materials come from a single supplier, country, or region, your supply chain is vulnerable. Whether a war breaks out, a government changes hand, or drought wipes out crops, you are at the mercy of that area’s fortunes. In short, don’t put all your eggs in one basket. 

A diversified supplier ecosystem that deals with multiple suppliers, both overseas and locally, is significantly less likely to be disrupted. You can further increase resilience by signing dual-source agreements and longer-term contracts. Many organisations are also considering nearshoring and friend-shoring key elements of their supply chains where possible. Sometimes it’s worth paying more for the stability of being closer to home.  

2. Take a more conservative approach to inventory management

The days of just-in-time fulfilment and inventory management have been replaced by insecurity and long lead times. Even Toyota Motors—the company widely regarded as having invented the just-in-time methodology—increased its inventory of semiconductors from a three to five month supply amid the shortages last year. 

Safety stock buffers can be augmented by AI analytics. These tools can effectively manage inventory replenishment by taking into account multiple internal and external business factors. Of course, there is still a risk incurred by holding onto too much stock, as it prevents you from adapting to new challenges as quickly as you might if your operations were more agile. If disruptions do occur, short-term pressure valves can be used to get stock where you need it quickly. This is similar to a backup power supply at a critical building when the grid fails. While a form of rapid response transportation solutions like air freight can avoid a major disruption in the short term, overreliance on these methods can create pain points of their own. 

3. Practice diversity in your logistics network

The movement of raw materials, manufacturing parts, and finished products all takes place outside your direct control. Shipping routes are especially prone to disruption, as demonstrated by ongoing delays in the drought-stricken Panama Canal and Houthi military action in the Red Sea. These two unrelated events in tandem effectively doubled the price of container shipping in Q4 2023. By getting what you need from a wider array of locations, you can minimise or even avoid this kind of risk. Obviously, it’s impossible to completely mitigate risk, especially when the threats to your operations are global. Nonetheless, if you are being disrupted less on average compared to your competitors, it’s going to create an advantage.

By mapping out alternative routes and using multi-modal transportation, supply chains can increase resilience and reduce costs. Switching from rail to road, or from sea to air, for example, can increase your supply chain’s resilience. Lastly, by outsourcing fulfilment to a third party, you can also help scale operations up or down as necessary, which can be especially valuable in a market defined by unpredictable customer demand.

  • Collaboration & Optimization
  • Risk & Resilience

Artificial intelligence could help manage risk to the supply chain by flagging threats and predicting disruption.

Cybersecurity risk to global supply chains is increasing. 

In October, data collected by the Boston Consulting Group found that the “number, severity, and sophistication” of cyber attacks is growing. 

As noted by experts at the Ponemon Institute, the problem is reaching a tipping point. They report that 98% of companies have been negatively impacted by a breach that occurred at a company in their network. Similarly, the Microsoft Digital Defense Report 2023 highlighted that a supply chain attack affected 61% of businesses in the past year.

Supply chain complexity is creating cyber vulnerabilities  

The risk of attack, the report notes, is increasing in tandem with the complexity of global supply chains. 

As organisations increase the scope and diversity of their supplier networks to boost resilience, the number of network tiers and endpoints also increases, and so do the supply chain’s points of vulnerability. 

Globalised supply chains are increasingly “often several tiers deep” notes the BCG report, which adds: For example, an auto manufacturer’s supply chain includes numerous vendors, manufacturers, service providers, and customers that rely on other suppliers, which, in turn, depend on still other vendors. The auto manufacturer’s many suppliers connect to its digital network.” The organisaiton therefore also connects to their vendors’ and customers’ digital networks. Adding another layer of risk, the suppliers connect to the company using an array of hardware and software components which were acquired from and serviced by still more third party vendors. 

The upshot is that, in a large, multi-tier supply chain, there are multiple partner entities with varying degrees of proximity to the organisation. However, while the organisation might not have any control over these organisations’ security practices, they nevertheless share in their security risks.  “Third parties’ cybersecurity risks are also the company’s risks,” the report notes. 

A recent survey of business leaders in Australia conducted by PwC found that more than 75% of respondents believe organisational complexity creates “concerning” cyber risks. However the problem is that “While Australian business leaders have raised concerns that too much avoidable, unnecessary organisational complexity poses concerning cyber and privacy risks, some complexities are necessary,” warns PwC Australia Cybersecurity & Digital Trust Partner Cameron Whittfield. 

Managing complexity and cyber risk 

Faced with the financial and reputational damage that a supply chain breach can cause, leaders need to find ways to remain resilient in the face of the cybersecurity threats. Complexity is undeniably a driver of risk to the supply chain. 

However, faced with the fact that complex supply chains are, in many cases, necessary, organisations need to find ways of protecting themselves from cyber attack without “thoughtlessly streamlining and simplifying operations and processes,” as Whittfield puts it. 

“Organisations should consciously and deliberately” simplify where possible, he adds, “to protect its systems and data.” However, simplifying the complexities that can be eliminated, and protecting complex elements of the supply chain that can’t are both significant challenges.   

Intelligence sharing can mitigate complexity risk

Whittfield argues that collaboration between ecosystem partners and threat intelligence sharing are vital in the process of securing a supply chain. He emphasises that there needs to be “more effective collaboration, within and between the public and private sectors.” Most importantly, the public and private sectors need to collaborate before, not just after attacks take place.  

“While supply chains are invariably large and complex, it is vital that organisations gain better visibility and more effectively manage their third-party relationships and dependencies. Mapping these relationships and the data held by an organisation is key to increasing cyber resilience and making informed cyber investment decisions,” he adds. 

This collaborative approach is an essential when mapping the supply chain in order to locate and minimise risks. Visibility remains a huge problem for supply chains, as 85% of supply chain disruptions originate from indirect Tier 2+ suppliers.

  • Digital Supply Chain
  • Risk & Resilience

Disruption in the Red Sea and Panama Canal are conspiring to double the cost of worldwide shipping.

The worldwide shipping sector suffered a cataclysmic shock in 2020 with the advent of the COVID-19 pandemic. Container prices surged, delays spiralled from days to weeks to months, and the highly distributed global model of just-in-time delivery came grinding to a halt. 

Now, almost four years later, the freight industry is starting to show signs of clawing its way back. Surging oil prices from the war in Ukraine, a looming recession, and the after effects of a US-China trade war all slowed recovery. Slowly but surely, however, global supply chains have recovered, pivoted, and restructured to thrive again. 

Back to square one: supply chain disruptions are the new normal

We’re only a few months into the new year, and new pain points already threaten to push global supply chains backwards into situations that feel an awful lot like mid-2020. 

On top of economic uncertainty, disruptions to global shipping lanes sent shockwaves through supply chains at the start of 2024. 

Two of the world’s busiest waterways are both experiencing serious disruptions, with both the Panama and Suez Canals handling less traffic. 

$4 million for a fast pass through the Panama Canal 

In Panama, a once-in-a-generation drought brought water levels at critical points along the waterway to half its usual level. As a result, cargo traffic dropped from an average of 36 to 38 ships per day in the past to approximately 18 in February. Lower water levels also mean ships cannot pass through the canal as heavily loaded as before. 

Paul Snell, chief executive officer of British American Shipping, told Fortune in December that “We face less capacity, more trips, higher costs and a less efficient supply chain.” Reports indicate that, at the end of 2023, some tanker captains were paying up to $4 million to jump the queue to pass through the canal. Others risked the weeks-long, dangerous voyage round either the Horn of Africa, or the southernmost tip of South America to reach their destinations. 

Troubled waters in the Red Sea 

Over 22,000 ships passed through the Suez canal in 2022. This year, that number is expected to be much lower. 

The Houthis, acting in response to Israel’s genocidal assault on Gaza, hijacked a series of Israeli-owned cargo ships in the Red Sea. While the attacks were carried out without loss of life, they provoked a sizable response from the US and UK armed forces, and disrupted trade through the world’s busiest waterway.  

Global slowdown triggers price increase 

The effect of water shortages in Panama and conflict in the Suez have been profound. A United Nations report found that traffic is down by more than 40% in both the Suez and Panama canals compared to their peak operating rates.

The result of less traffic, ships travelling longer distances, and increased risk of disruption is a severe rise in the price of container freight. 

In Q4, the worldwide cost to ship a 40-foot container nearly doubled compared with November of 2023. The US’ nine largest ports experienced a 13% decline in the total number of twenty-foot equivalent units handled compared to the previous year, and C.H. Robinson, the country’s largest freight broker, reported that fourth-quarter revenue and earnings fell 17% and 68%, respectively year-on-year. 

The report advises that organisations “importing from or exporting to South America, the Far East or the Middle East via either [the Suez or Panama canal] should plan for the incremental cost and time requirements to use alternative shipping routes and modes.” 

Even if the disruptions in the Suez and Panama are resolved, the first half of 2024 will be defined by higher shipping prices and increased disruption. The UNCTAD’s report confirms that “Container freight rates on Asia–Pacific to Europe routes have risen sharply since November 2023,” with weekly rate spikes for single containers of $500 observed in the last week of December 2023. “Average container shipping spot rates from Shanghai in early February 2024 more than doubled – up by 122% compared to early December 2023. The rates from Shanghai to Europe more than tripled, jumping by 256%.”

  • Risk & Resilience
  • Sourcing & Procurement